Home

FOUNDATION

1. 1 10 Scaling Parameters cee canyacd aeeai E rRe ei digada atse 1 17 Modbus Scale Conversion 1 18 Fault State nel u 1 20 EE 1 21 Alarms and Events Alert Processing 1 23 ANEA C E G 1 29 CHANNEL configutation es eee ce nccecceenseetetcncceceuansesenteuscueeesnsessntcuccuccusnsed scescuedsecusdsereateceies 1 30 1 31 Order of Parameters during Download 1 enhn 1 31 Data Type and Data Structure Definition 1 32 Block Str cture oie RERUM MIND eii 1 32 Value amp Status Floating Point Structure DS 65 1 neret nnne enne nnn et nne ener 1 33 Value amp Status Discrete Structure 5 66 2 4 24 202200 00 enne ener enne nne 1 33 Scaling Str cture det ead eed tc eese ae 1 33 Mo
2. DataT Valid Range Default E Idx Parameter 9 Units ta Description length Options Value ode Information to generate constants A and B em 11 SCALE_CONV_IN2 DS 256 S O S equation Y A X4B 12 INS DS 65 N Analog input 3 Information to generate constants A and B em 13 SCALE CONV IN3 DS 256 S O S equation Y A X4B 14 INA DS 65 N Analog input 4 Information to generate constants A and B em 15 SCALE CONV IN4 DS 256 S O S equation Y A X4B 16 IN D1 DS 66 N Discrete input 1 17 IN D2 DS 66 N Discrete input 2 18 IN D3 DS 66 N Discrete input 3 19 IN D4 DS 66 N Discrete input 4 20 OUT1 DS 65 N Man Analog output 1 Information to generate constants A and B em PL SALE CONV DS 257 S O S equation Y A X B plus output status 22 OUT2 DS 65 N Man Analog output 2 Information to generate constants A and 23 SCALE_CONV_OUT2 DS 257 5 5 equation Y A X B plus output status 24 OUT3 DS 65 N Man Analog output 3 25 SCALE CONV OUT3 DS 257 s o s_ Information to generate constants A and B em equation Y A X B plus output status 26 OUT4 DS 65 N Man Analog output 4 27 SCALE CONV OUT4 DS 257 s o s Information to generate constants A and B em equation Y A X B plus output status 28 OUT_D1 DS 66 N Discrete output 1 29 STATUS_OUT_D1 Unsigned8 S O S Status to OUT 01 if master will not update 30 OUT D
3. 2 176 ILU een eerte 2 192 ari eene PR ERU E ER ah vertitur err em eese 2 192 eeu ROREM enne REPAS 2 195 ABC 2 198 HART Bypass Communication 2 216 VI Table of Contents Block Opti N ce 2 219 Resource Block Bit Strings da BL ee 2 219 Function Block Option 2 221 eta Do 2 221 d MD cate 2 222 STATUS OPTS ie niceties oh ihe 2 223 ALARM SUM and ACK OPT ON 2 224 APID and EPID Function Blocks 2 225 PID OBTSZ Ven aiu ohh nos icd 2 225 Integrator Function Block Options 2 225 oli e
4. Data Type Valid Range Default ERES Parameter Description length Options Value 8 OUT DS 65 oe ae OUT N Man The output value result of the block calculation The high and low scale values to the OUT 9 OUT_SCALE DS 68 0 100 OUT 5 parameter Options for controlling access of host computer 10 GRANT_DENY DS 70 0 na D and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 11 STATUS_OPTS Bitstring 2 2 0 S O S See Block Options 12 PV FTIME Float Non Negative 0 Sec 5 constant of a single exponential filter for the PV in seconds 13 IN DS 65 PV D The primary input value of the block or PV value 14 PSP DS 65 D This is the process setpoint which may be used for alarm limit determination This gain multiplies PSP before addition of biases 15 HI GAIN Float n S LIMand HL HL LIM This gain multiplies PSP before subtraction of 16 LO GAIN Float Oe S biases for LO LIM and LO_LO_LIM 17 BIAS Float Positive 1 0 Out S This bias is added to PSP HI GAIN to determine HI HI 18 BIAS Float Positive 0 0 Out S im is added to PSP HI GAIN to determine m This bias is subtracted from PSP LO GAIN to 19 LO BIAS Float Positive 0 0 Out S determine LO LIM This bias is subtracted from PSP LO_GAIN to 20 LO_LO BIAS Float Positive 1 0 Out 5 determine LO LIM PRE_OUT_AL 7 This parameter is the alarm summary variable of 21 09 5
5. WPC_00 Unsigned8 20 See parameter description command WPC 01 Unsigned8 20 See parameter description command WPC 02 Unsigned8 20 See parameter description command WPC_03 Unsigned8 20 See parameter description command WPC 04 Unsigned8 20 See parameter description command WPC 05 Unsigned8 20 See parameter description command WPC 06 Unsigned8 20 See parameter description command WPC 07 Unsigned8 20 See parameter description command WPC 08 Unsigned8 20 See parameter description command WPC 09 Unsigned8 20 Unsigned8 See parameter description See parameter description command command Unsigned8 See parameter description See parameter command command correlation 20 WPC 12 Unsigned8 20 0 None 21 WPC_13 Unsigned8 20 0 None rover Men to command correlation 22 WPC_14 Unsigned8 20 0 None 4 to command correlation 23 WPC 15 Unsigned8 20 0 None DT to command correlation 24 WPC_16 Unsigned8 20 0 None Scion to command correlation 25 WPC_17 Unsigned8 20 0 None ever Men to command correlation 26 WPC 18 Unsigned8 20 0 None 4 to command correlation 27 WPC 19 Unsigned8 20 0 None to command correlation 28 WPC 20 Unsigned8 20 0 Non
6. 2 136 MBSS ModBus Supervision Slave csere reiron niani n ea ione e reak odah Nad Ene iu ttti nnns 2 140 MBCM ModBus Control Master 12 cette eo envi eee EAA 2 144 MBSM ModBus Supervision Master 02 4 4 1 00000007 0 2 0 eene nnne ener nnne neret ennnsen resin ENEA enne nnne nnne 2 149 Output Function Blocks 3 iere ie 2 152 Analog emm 2 152 DO Discrete EE EO M oe ipd indocti HIDE 2 156 Multiple Ar log Qulput 2 iti ret PR e RERO ERE PR RARE LRL 2 159 MDO Multiple Discrete Q tp t assis EE 2 162 STEP Step Output Pid eiat chad ae Ont an 2 165 Output Transducer 2 22 2 rece ceste nei coch cae vavenstisceececuusveeess ccetcecaseveessocbenunccteces 2 172 FR302 Fieldbus Relay meetin edie Ae atone teeth Gund eta ean anes lene 2 172 FY302 Fieldbus Positioner 2 173 FP302 Fieldbus Pressure Lee rc 2 174 FI902 Fieldb s Gurrent T ransd cer 2e 2 175 Flexible Function
7. Code Description Type Available slot DF51 DFI302 Processor 1x10Mbps 4xH1 No DF50 Power Supply 90 264VAC No DF56 Power Supply for Backplane 20 30VDC No I O DF52 Power Supply for Fieldbus No DF49 2 channel Power Supply Impedance No DF53 4 channel Power Supply Impedance No DF11 2 Groups of 8 24VDC Inputs Isolated 16 discrete input DF12 2 Groups of 8 48VDC Inputs Isolated 16 discrete input DF13 2 Groups of 8 60VDC Inputs Isolated 16 discrete input DF14 2 Groups of 8 125VDO Inputs Isolated 16 discrete input DF15 2 Groups of 8 24VDC Inputs Sink Isolated 16 discrete input DF16 2 Groups of 4 120VAC Inputs Isolated 8 discrete input DF17 2 Groups of 4 240VAC Inputs Isolated 8 discrete input 16 discrete input DF18 2 Groups of 8 120VAC Inputs Isolated DF19 2 Groups of 8 240VAC Inputs Isolated 16 discrete input DF20 1 Group of 8 On Off Switches 8 discrete input DF21 1 Group of 16 Open Collector Outputs 16 discrete output DF22 2 Group of 8 Transistor Outputs source Isolated 16 discrete output DF23 2 Groups of 4 120 240VAC Outputs 8 discrete output DF24 2 Groups of 8 120 240VAC Outputs 16 discrete output DF25 2 Groups of 4 NO Relays Outputs 8 discrete output DF26 2 Groups of 4 NC Relays Outputs 8 discrete output DF27 1 Group of 4 NO and
8. Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 32 Block Library TEMP DF 45 Temperature Transducer Overview This is the transducer block for the module DF 45 an eight low signal input module for RTD TC Ohm Description This transducer block has parameters to configure the eight inputs of low signal as well an individual status and value in engineering units for each input Therefore it is enough to configure only the TEMP block if the purpose is to monitor variables If the application is a control loop or calculation it is also necessary to configure an Al or MAI block to address these variables One important difference for the TEMP block when using an Al block to access an input write to VALUE RANGE x parameter is disabled The user must configure the scale in the XD SCALE parameter of the Al block that will be copied to the corresponding VALUE RANGE x parameter BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR will reflect the following causes e Block Configuration Error When it is not compatible the CHANNEL parameter and HC configuration DFI302 e Input Failure At least one input is in failure DFI302 Out of Service When the block is in O S mode Supported Modes O S and AUTO Parameters idx Parameter debes Matte rien Units tae D
9. enne ener enn nennen nennen nennen rennen nennen nnne 1 38 Modbus Variable Locator Structure with Status DS 261 2 4 1 0 00 000000000 nennen nnne nennen nnne 1 38 FF Parameter ID Structur DS 262 poe eun ne i i iere 1 38 slave Addr ss Structure 05 263 Me eere e DN uri Moe SE 1 39 V Function Blocks Instruction Manual CHAPTER 2 BLOCK LIBRARY foro o e ise uia a ius 2 1 Description Of Block Types ee nnmnnn nnn 2 1 Block type availability and initial block 2 4 hire mE 2 6 RS Resource aee 2 6 Transducer 250 2 10 DIAG Diagnostics Transducer uiii rt cee 2 10 05 Display TransduiGetis omite e nde a cee End at RN 2 12 HC Hardware Configuration TranSQucet cccccccccseseeeseeceeeeeeeeeeaeeseeceaeeseeeeaeeeaeeseaeeseeeseaeeseeeeeaeeseeseaeeseeeeaeeseeeeeeeseaeeeaeenaas 2 13 IDShell Transducer Block eine e ce ge ie on dud a a ote cd 2 16 Input Trans
10. Parameterization Al BLOCK LD302 1 TAG FT 102 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO XD_SCALE 0 300 mm 2 OUT_SCALE 0 100 Al BLOCK LD302 2 TAG FT 101 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO XD_SCALE 0 200 inH2O OUT_SCALE 0 100 Al BLOCK TT302 TAG TT 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO XD_SCALE 0 600 C L TYPE direct PID BLOCK TT302 TAG TIC 100 MODE BLK TARGET AUTO PV SCALE 0 600 C OUT SCALE 0 100 CONTROL OPTS Direct acting Reverse OSDL BLOCK TT302 TAG FY 100 MODE BLK TARGET CAS TAG FY302 2 3 16 Examples OUT_TYPE dynamic limiter HI GAIN 1 5 5 LO_GAIN 1 LO_BIAS 2 HI_GAIN_1 1 BIAS 1 2 LO_GAIN_1 1 LO_BIAS_1 5 GAIN 1 GAIN_1 1 PID BLOCK FY302 1 TAG FIC 102 MODE_BLK TARGET CAS PV_SCALE 0 100 OUT_SCALE 0 100 CONTROL_OPTS Direct acting REVERSE AO BLOCK FY302 1 TAG FCV 102 MODE_BLK TARGET CAS PV_SCALE 0 100 XD SCALE 0 100 PID BLOCK FY302 2 TAG FIC 101 MODE_BLK TARGET CAS PV_SCALE 0 100 OUT_SCALE 0 100 CONTROL_OPTS Direct Acting REVERSE AO BLOCK FY302 2 TAG FCV 101 MODE_BLK TARGET CAS PV_SCALE 0 100 XD SCALE 0 100 3 17 Function Block Instruction Manual 3 Element Boiler Level Feedwater Control pe STEAM BOILER CN n WATER ul FBMANUAL 20 This control loop uses feed forward control combined with cascade control In this case the feed forw
11. 2 EM CT 4 Tul IN_3 BIAS_IN_3 x GAIN IN 3 ARITH_TYPE BAL TIME QUT HLLIM ALGORITHM TYPE Parameters DataT Valid Range Default er Idx Parameter 2 Units Store Description length Options Value Mode 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 S RO 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT_KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 MODE_BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO 7 PV DS 65 PV D RO Process analog value for use in executing the function OUT SCALE The analog value calculated as a result of 2 cun DS 65 10 executing the function Displays what would be the OUT value and 9 pepe Bum DRO status if the mode was Auto or lower 10 PV_UNITS Unsigned16 0 PV S The engineering units index for display See Arithmetic block 11 OUT UNITS Unsigned16 0 OUT S The engineering units of the output for display Options for controlling access of host computer 12 GRANT DENY DS 70 0 na D and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block uies Option bit string for handling the status of the 13 INPUT_OPTS Bitstring 2 0 S O S auxiliary inputs 14 IN DS 65 PV D The primary input of the block gt Input for the low range transmitter ina range 15 NLO DSe me 2 extension application 16 IN_1 DS 65 None D Numbered input 1 17 IN_2 DS 65 None D
12. 3 10 ParameteriZatlori ohio ES eee ade es ia et 3 10 Flow Compensation Configuration with 3 11 ERU RENI 3 11 2 3 11 Hydrostatic Tank Gauging stencreeceonnddusntaesuccecenastennercedeceneceduseenentecs 3 12 Gotresponding Configuration UR HR RR RM LL REDE ait US 3 13 2 2 3 13 Combustion Control with Double Cross Limits 3 15 Gorrespondirng GOonfigUtation s i e iin ccc d bet doe p E Bec er eee abner eal ee 3 16 2 e 3 16 3 Element Boiler Level Feedwater 3 18 Corresponding ieee SL ele ad elle RT rede 3 19 Parameterization orini er tet ae ei eee tea 3 19 Vil Function Blocks Instruction Manual Chapter 1 Overview Function Block Trans
13. O S and AUTO Parameters Data Type Valid Range Default aem Parameter D ription arameig length Options escriptio 1 ST_REV unsigned int 0 2 0 S RO 891 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na RW 891 3 STRATEGY unsigned int 0 to 2 0 None RW FF 891 4 ALERT_KEY unsigned char 1 to 255 1 None RW 891 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na FF 891 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO FF 891 7 UPDATE EVT EventUpdate FF 891 8 BLOCK ALM AlarmDiscrete FF 891 A directory that specifies the number 9 TRANSDUCER DIRECTORY unsigned int 0 to 2 5 Ro and the staring indices of the transducers in the transducer block FF 903 10 TRANSDUCER TYPE unsigned int 0 to 28 RO Identifies the transducer that follows FF 903 11 XD ERROR unsigned char 1 to 255 RO OE errorcode RE directory that specifies the number the starting indices and DD Item IDs 12 COLLECTION DIRECTORY unsigned long 0to 2 RO lof data collections each transducers in the transducer block FF 903 Role for the local device in the redundancy Passive Active Backup and Active_Not_Link_Master not 1 Passive synchronized roles valid only for 2 Active supervision and LAS redundancy 5 Hot Standby redundancy set via the following roles 13 FUNCTION_IDS D RW Sync Idle is the default role after Master factory initialization The 4
14. Swap 2 Intermediate 4 CHAR4 Swap 2 Last If the order was not followed correctly the blocks will not indicate configuration error but the algorithm will not work correctly The status limit Constant will be used between the CHAR blocks to indicate the value was Resolved by the block At the end the Status Limit will be Not Limited even the curve was limited the status limit will not used In the following example the application needs 80 points to be configured In this case is necessary to use four CHAR blocks It considers the input value for the first block CHAR 1 is 25 The value is repassed for the CHAR 1 and CHAR 2 blocks because the input value is out of the curve limits of these blocks The value is resolved by the CHAR 3 block that repasses the Y correspondent value for the following block as well the Constant Status Limit Thus the following blocks CHAR 4 in the example when check the input with Constant limit know the value was already resolved and repass it for the output 2 77 Function Blocks Instruction Manual x 10 20 25 30 40 OUT 1 GC 65 First Intermediate Intermediate Last The Cascade Swap is supported since the curve was monotonic in the whole extension The check if the curve is monotonic for all cascade blocks does not exist thus if the curve was not monotonic the result will be the first Y value found BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR will re
15. DENSITY This block has a special algorithm to calculate the density in different types of engineering units plato degree INPM and others CT CONSTANT It provides analog and discrete output parameters with constant values FFET FLIP FLOP AND EDGE TRIGGER It can be configured to work as SR flip flop RS flip flop D LATCH and EDGE TRIGGER rising falling or bi directional AEQU ADVANCED EQUATIONS This block was specially designed to support specific calculations MODBUS FUNCTION BLOCKS DESCRIPTION MODBUS CONFIGURATION This transducer block is used to configure general features related to Modbus MBCF gateway MBCS MODBUS CONTROL SLAVE When the device is working as gateway between Foundation Fieldbus and Modbus slave device this block may be used to exchange control data between both protocols MODBUS SUPERVISION SLAVE When the device is working as gateway between Foundation Fieldbus MBSS and Modbus slave device this block may be used to convert Foundation Fieldbus parameters into Modbus variables Such variables will be available to the supervisory with a Modbus driver MBCM MODBUS CONTROL MASTER When the device is working as gateway between Foundation Fieldbus and Modbus master device this block may be used to exchange control data between both protocols MODBUS SUPERVISION MASTER When the device is working as gateway between Foundation Fieldbus MBSM and Modbus master devic
16. phosphatic stone level LSL non activated e Oil Pressure PSL on e Conveyor 02 active M3 on e Bucket in initial position C4 on After the initial conditions we note e Activating the power switch the comport opens and then this begins the loading bucket e After reaches the desired weight the comport closes After 5 seconds the bucket rotates 180 and unload the product into the conveyor 02 Observation This new detected position will be detected by C2 and after 5 seconds the bucket will have to return to initial position and this will be detected by C4 e After the bucket return to the initial position we a new weight cycle Comment The operation sequence must be stopped if any requiring is not satisfied The silo comport is activated by a hydraulic piston Using the Flexible Function Block we have the following definitions e 151 will be connected to the hardware input 01 101 will be connected to the hardware input 02 102 PSL will be connected to the hardware input 03 103 C2 will be connected to the hardware input 04 104 C4 will be connected to the hardware input 05 105 Power will be connected to the hardware input 06 106 will be connected to the hardware input 07 107 M will be activated by hardware output 01 O1 The Comport will be activated by hardware output 02 O2 M1 will be activated by hardware output 03 O3 We have the following configuration
17. 1 15 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Block Permitted Hex value modes Al O S Auto 0x88 1 0 1 0 0 O S Man PID Auto 0x98 1 0 0 1 0 0 O S Man AO Auto Cas 0 9 1 0 0 1 1 0 Permitted Mode Bitstring Example for the loop control in the previous figure The retained target mechanism is suitable to work with toggle switch in the interface device following the rules toggle switch automatic mode gt Man mode Bit 4 lt 1 and Bit 3 lt 0 Man mode gt automatic mode Bit 4 lt 0 and Bit 3 1 Cascade Local toggle switch Cascade 2 Local Bit 42 lt 0 Local gt Cascade Bit 2 lt 1 Remote Non remote setpoint toggle switch Remote gt Non remote Bit 1 lt 0 and Bit 0 lt 0 Non remote gt Remote Bit 1 lt 1 and Bit 0 lt 0 Remote Non remote output toggle switch Remote gt Non remote Bit 1 lt 0 and Bit 0 lt 0 Non remote gt Remote Bit 1 lt 0 and Bit 0 lt 1 Rule for toggle Value retained Possible retained Target Retained Target mode modes modes 00010000 0x10 Man 10010000 0x90 Man 00001000 0x08 Auto 10001000 0x88 Auto O S 100 Bit 7 lt 0 000 00001100 0 0 Cas 10001100 0 8 Cas 00001010 0x0a Rcas 10001010 0x8a Rcas 00001001 0x09 Rout 10001001 0x89 Rout 00001000 0x08 Auto 00010000 0x10 Auto 0
18. 2 154 Block Library Data T Valid Range Default z Idx Parameter ype 9 Units Description length Options Value ode PV SCALE 4 The preset analog SP value to use when fault 24 FSTATE VAL Float 109 0 PV S occurs This value be used if the I O option fault state i to value is selected The value and status required by an upper block s 25 BKCAL OUT DS 65 PV D RO BKCAL so that the upper block may prevent reset windup and provide bumpless transfer to closed loop control Target setpoint and status provided by supervisory RE FAS ON 98 85 PM D Host to a analog control or output block 1 NormalShed NormalReturn 2 NormalShed NoReturn 3 ShedToAuto NormalReturn 4 ShedToAuto NoReturn 5 ShedToMan 27 SHED OPT Unsigneda NormalReturn 0 S Defines action to be taken on remote control device 6 ShedToMan timeout NoReturn 7 ShedToRetained Target NormalReturn 8 ShedToRetained Target NoReturn Block setpoint and status after ramping provided to 28 RCAS OUT DS 65 PV D RO 8 supervisory Host for back calculation and to allow z action to be taken under limiting conditions or mode change 29 UPDATE_EVT DS 73 Na D 30 BLOCK_ALM DS 72 Na D Legend Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted
19. USE CURVE The curve starts as specified by START VAL and DURATION b USE DUR The curve starts at BKCAL_IN value and use the duration specified c USE RATE The curve starts at BKCAL IN value and use the rate specified by the first two START VAL values and the first DURATION value 18 The input BKCAL IN can be connected to the output of an Analog Input block or to the BKCAL OUT of a PID control block If a PID is connected the CONTROL of the PID should be configured to use PV for BKCAL OUT If the PID is not in Cas mode when the operation status is READY see 15 initialization will occur as described in 17 If the operation status is ACTIVE the block will go to IMan mode and behave as described in 9 to make the value of OUT equal the value OF BKCAL o Dv HLLIM o Dv LO LIM SETPOINT __ Qo OUT START A P STEP POSM 5 6 w auro S JTIME POSN T AUTO CYCLE DURATION OP SPG START VAL START TYPE BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the SPG block will reflect the following causes e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when the START parameter has an invalid value Out of Service it occurs when the block is O S mode Supported Modes O S IMAN MAN and AUTO Status Handling The input BKCAL provides status If the status of BKCAL is bad and the option Use uncertain of STATUS OPTS is set to true the deviatio
20. 0x02 Using REQUEST_COUNTE FACTORY USE Counts the number of requests 17 R Unsigned321 8 0 DZBO made to all devices on that channel 18 RETRIES COUNTER Unsigned32 8 0 None BOO FACTORY USE Counts the numberof retries to all devices on each channel FACTORY USE Counts the number of invalid 19 INVADIBSOOM Unsigned32 8 0 pote D RO Start Of Messages captured in that channel FACTORY USE It totalizes the number of 20 NVALID_RX FRAME Unsigned32 8 0 None D RO INVALID frames received by each channel whichever the error 21 VALID RX FRAMES Unsigned3 8 0 lionis D RO FACTORY USE It totalizes the number of VALID frames received by each channel 2 207 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Parameter Data Type Description Options 0x00 Channel N Channel Channel Di Channel 0x04 Channel ANALOG_INPUT_TRI Channel Not M 6 Trimmed FACTORY USE Used to calibrate the analog inputs when applicable Apply a stable signal of 12 mA 0 005 mA to the channel or to all channels at once and write to this parameter accordingly to the channel you want to calibrate k or All Channels if you want to calibrate all at Channel ind After calibrate and test write this pe parameter to Trimmed and Checked to save ae Channel the data 0x08 All Channels 0x09 Not Trimmed 0x0A Trimmed and Checked FACTORY USE This array is used to calibrate the analog ou
21. FSTATE parameter The set and clear parameters do not appear in a view because they are momentary Write lock by software The WRITE LOCK parameter if set will prevent any external change to the static or nonvolatile data base in the Function Block Application of the resource Block connections and calculation results will proceed normally but the configuration will be locked It is set and cleared by writing to the WRITE LOCK parameter Clearing WRITE LOCK will generate the discrete alert WRITE ALM at the WRITE PRI priority Setting WRITE will clear the alert if it exists Before setting WRITE LOCK parameter to Locked it is necessary to select the Soft Write lock supported option in FEATURE SEL Features being implemented The parameter CYCLE TYPE is a bitstring that defines the types of cycles that this resource can do CYCLE SEL allows the configurator chooses one of them If CYCLE SEL contains more than one bit or the bit set is not set in CYCLE TYPE the result will be a block alarm for a configuration error MIN CYCLE T is the manufacturer specified minimum time to execute a cycle It puts a lower limit on the scheduling of the resource MEMORY SIZE declares the size of the resource for configuration of function blocks in kilobytes The parameter FREE SPACE shows the percentage of configuration memory that is still available FREE TIME shows the approximate percentage of time that the resource has left for processing n
22. Valid Range Default Parameter Data Type Options Value Description String_14 VisibleString 32 String_15 VisibleString 32 32 characters general use string String_16 VisibleString 32 32 characters general use string 32 32 characters general use string 32 32 String_17 VisibleString 32 32 charactres general use string 32 32 32 String_18 VisibleString 32 32 characters general use string String_19 VisibleString 32 32 characters general use string String_20 VisibleString 32 32 characters general use string UPDATE EVT DS 73 This alert is generated by any change to the static data The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to BLK ALM become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic non volatile S static 2 210 Block Library HCD HART Commands Definition Parameters Valid Range Default Parameter Data Type Options Value Units Description BLOCK_STRUCTU RE ST_REV Unsigned16 0 TAG DESC OctString 32 Spaces NA STRA
23. It follows the most common parameter relationship used in write check Itis required a mode to write the parameter The valid range depends on a scale parameter For configurable device the CHANNEL parameter depends on the hardware configuration in the HC block Due to these relationships between parameters in the write check some times it is necessary to take care about the order of parameters during a download of configuration The Smar configuration tool Syscon always sends the command to write in the MODE BLK parameter as last one for that block it is enough to avoid a lot of problems in the download The user must observe the other cases and may change the parameter order easily using drag and drop in Syscon 1 31 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Data Type and Data Structure Definition In this section are defined every data structure and data types used in the system Object Index Data Type Description Boolean True or false Integer8 1 byte Integer16 2 bytes Integer32 4 bytes Unsigned8 1 byte Unsigned16 2 bytes Unsigned32 4 bytes FloatingPoint They are one byte per character and include vi iblestring the 7 bit ASCII character set OctetString Octet strings are binary Date Date and hour 7 bytes Time in millisecond elapsed in the day 6 TimeofDay bytes TimeDifference Time difference 6 bytes BitString Intege
24. a result of executing the function 1 Disable Allows the transducer discrete input or output to the block to be manually supplied when simulate is enabled 10 SIMULATE D DS 83 are the Disable z When simulation is disabled the Enable Disable simulate value and status track the options actual value and status 11 PV_SCALE Unsigned16 0 PV S Index to the text describing the states of a discrete PV Index to the text describing the states of 12 XD SCALE Unsigned16 0 XD S a discrete for the value obtained from the transducer Options for controlling access of host 13 GRANT DENY DS 70 0 Na D computer and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 14 IO OPTS Bitstring 2 See Block Options 0 Na S O S See Block Options 15 STATUS OPTS Bitstring 2 See Block Options 0 Na S O S See Block Options This indicates the readback of the actual 16 READBACK D DS 66 XD D RO discrete valve or other actuator position inthe transducer state This parameter is the remote setpoint value of a discrete block which must ly Gee 05 66 come from another Fieldbus block or a DCS block through a defined link For more details about the configuration 18 CHANNEL Unsigned16 0 None S O S of this parameter see Chapter 1 CHANNEL Configuration The time in seconds to ignore the existence of a new fault state condition If the fault state condition does not 19 FSTATE TIME Float Positive 0 Sec S persist for FS
25. nits zu Description length Options Value Mode Discrete input that writes to contained 56 IND_2 95 96 p parameter configured in the IN D2 Disable the D2 writing in the correspondent T DSABLE D2 D contained parameter Indicate which the contained parameter will be 58 LOC IN D2 DS 262 005 written by the IN_D2 input Indicates which contained parameter will be 33 LOGOUT S OOS read for the OUT 5 output Indicates which contained parameter will be 99 LOC_OUT_6 35 562 91993 read for the OUT_6 output 4 Indicates which contained parameter will be 61 LOC_OUT_D5 DS 262 005 read for the OUT D5 output Indicates which contained parameter will be 55 LOC_OUT_D6 DS 262 5 005 read for the OUT_D6 output Writing reading status of the parameter The set 63 BAD_STATUS Bitstring 2 D RO bit indicates the algorithm does not get read write the specified Block Parameter Indicates which input or outpt is with 64 CONFIG_STATUS Bitstring 2 D RO configuration error See the parameter description in Function 65 STATUS_OPTS Bitstring 2 S OOS Block Options Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted BAD STATUS and CONFIG STATUS Bitstring The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mod
26. 5 parameter Index to the text describing the states of a discrete for n XD STATE 9 5 the value obtained from the transducer Options for controlling access of host computer and 12 GRANT_DENY DS 70 0 na D local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 13 CONTROL 5 Bitstring 2 See Block Options 0 na S O S See Block Options 14 STATUS OPTS Bitstring 2 See Block Options 0 S O S See Block Options 15 IN DS 65 PV D The primary input value of the block or PV value Time constant of a single exponential filter for the PV 16 PV_FTIME Float Non Negative 0 Sec 5 inseconds Duration of OUT_D in the active state when JOG_TME Float Positive 2 Sec 5 commanded by the operator to jog open or jog closed This parameter is the remote setpoint value which 18 CAS_IN DS 65 D must come from another Fieldbus block or a DCS block through a defined link PV Se Ramp rate at which upward setpoint changes in PV 19 SP_RATE_DN Float Positive INF P S units per second It is disable if is zero or INF Rate limiting will apply only in AUTO mode PV Se Ramp rate at which downward setpoint changes in PV 20 SP RATE UP Float Positive INF e S units per second It is disable if is zero or INF Rate limiting will apply only in AUTO mode 21 SP HI LIM Float PV SCALE 4 10 100 PV S The setpoint high limit is the highest setpoint operator entry that can be used for the block The se
27. Al DI MAI MDI PUL EPID APID ARTH SPLT CHAR a o ijloioi INTG AALM ISEL SPG E e Ae E E E Ee E E o A o a e oio ESPG TIME ak LLAG OSDL DENS CT ojojoj j ojojojojojo ojojoj j 2 4 Block Library i HVT 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Note 1 The column Block type indicates which block type is available for each type of device Note 2 The number associated to the block type and the device type is the number of blocks instantiated during the factory initialization Note 3 If the function block type is not available to the device type it will be indicated by blank space Note 4 Field devices and FB700 have a capability of 20 blocks including resource transducers and function blocks Note 5 DFI302 has a capability of 100 blocks including resource transducers and function blocks Note 6 The column Block type shows the mnemonics if it is followed by a number between parenthesis it indicates the maximum number of block instances If it is followed by
28. Parameters DataType Valid Range Default Parameter Description length Options Value Indicates the operation mode of 5 MODE_BLK DS 69 OOS AUTO OOS None D Tisineduser Block Indicates the status associated with 6 BLOCK_ERR Bitstring 2 None D RO hardware or software in the Transducer Backup 5 Differential Process The type of measurement represented 19 temp temp ele E by the primary value Process temp XD SC The measured value and status Us PRIMARY SCE De SS ALE D available to the Function Block The High and Low range limit values 850 sc the engineering unit code and the 15 PRIMARY_VALUE_RANGE DS 68 ALE 5 number of digits to the right of the 200 C decimal point to be used for Primary Value 20 SENSOR_TYPE Unsigned16 See table below Pt 100 IEC PVU 5 The type of sensor 27 SENSOR CONNECTION Unsigneds See table below 3 wm l e E mms o wa or gt temperature probe 28 SECONDARY VALUE DS 65 40 100 C svu D The secondary value related to the sensor 2 29 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Default DataType Valid Range Parameter length Options Value Description SS eid 5 The engineering units to be used with 29 SECONDARY VALUE UNIT Unsigned16 F 5 SECONDARY VALUE 39 ppp EE Unsigned8 1 2 0 None S Select the transducer number Legend E Enumerated parameter
29. TON PST resource 01 5 0s LOGIC 01 A01 101 amp 103 amp 107 amp 105 LOGIC_02 A02 106 amp RS01 102 101 LOGIC_03 02 103 LOGIC_04 A03 103 amp 107 LOGIC_05 02 106 amp A03 amp 104 LOGIC_06 1 01 104 105 03 3 Using Fault State values Lets suppose we have the following condition A01 it receives the logic between the status for discrete inputs like this A012IN1S amp IN2S when the status is bad for one of these inputs then A01 false 0 otherwise 01 1 FS1 it is the fault state value for O1 02 it is the bit containing the logic for 1 We have the following table between the FS1 01 and 02 2 190 Block Library 2 gt ES gt lt gt O Then 03 51 01 02 A04 FS1 amp A01 amp A02 05 51 8 01 02 06 51 01 02 01 A03 A04 A05 A06 2 191 Function Blocks Instruction Manual HART Function Blocks Instructions on HI302 Configuration The minimum configuration to be applied in the Syscon consists of 1 RESOURCE block 1 HCFG block 1HIRT block for each HART device Just one HVT block if necessary to use specific commands or a complete set of Common Practice commands This block is shared with all the devices installed The maximum block limit and its quantity in the factory confi
30. The status of OUT is set to the status of PV and IN when in auto mode If the worst quality of the stati of PV and PSP is bad or uncertain and Use Uncertain option in STATUS OPTS is not set the alarm test will not be performed and the status of PRE OUT ALM will be set to bad non specific Otherwise the alarm test will be performed and the quality of the status of PRE OUT ALM will be set to the worst quality of the stati of PV and PSP good or uncertain While the alarm condition is not being evaluated due to unusable stati existing alarms will not be cleared and new alarms will not be generated Prior alarm conditions may still be acknowledged In auto mode the status of OUT ALM will be set to the status of OUT ALM In man mode the limits status of OUT ALM is set to double limited Schematic OP YF TIME D EXFAMD_UF D _ D HIHLLIM 28 D ALHM RATE UP D HL LIBI2R D FATE DH D LOLLIM AH D IGHORE TIME D LOLO Lid C OUT SUM Parameters Data Valid Default Description length Options Value 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na S 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None S 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None S 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO 7 PV DS 65 PV D RO ea A This is the IN value after 2 90 Block Library
31. Units Store Description length Options Value OOS Indicates the operation mode of 5 05 69 AUTO 005 Aone Transducer Block Indicates the status associated with Broce p Done DRO hardware or software in the Transducer The measured value and status available 14 PRIMARY_VALUE DS 65 0 21 XD_SCALE D to the Function Block The High and Low range limit values the 15 PRIMARY VALUE RANGE 05 68 0 21 420 SCALE engineering unit code and the number of digits to the right of the decimal point to be used for Primary Value 25 TERMINAL NUMBER Unsigned8 1 2 3 0 None 5 Indicates the input terminal number Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 31 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Parameter TP302 Position Fieldbus Transducer Description The position fieldbus transducer makes the position input reading PRIMARY VALUE available to the Al block The engineering unit and the primary value range are selected from the XD_SCALE in the Al block The only unit allowed is this case is The Al block connected to this transducer has the CHANNEL the same selection as TERMINAL_NUMBER The supported mode is OOS and AUTO As the transducer block runs together with Al block the transducer block goes to AUTO only if the Al mode block is already in AUTO The sensor modu
32. it indicates that maximum number depends on the device type 2 5 Function Block Instruction Manual Resource RS Resource Block Description This block contains data that is specific to the hardware that is associated with the resource All data is modeled as Contained so there are no links to this block The data is not processed in the way that a function block processes data so there is no function schematic This parameter set is intended to be the minimum required for the Function Block Application associated with the resource in which it resides Some parameters that could be in the set like calibration data and ambient temperature are more part of their respective transducer blocks The mode is used to control major states of the resource O S mode stops all function block execution The actual mode of the function blocks will be changed to O S but the target mode will not be changed Auto mode allows normal operation of the resource IMan shows that the resource is initializing or receiving a software download Parameters MANUFAC ID DEV TYPE DEV REV DD REV and DD RESOURCE are required to identify and locate the DD so that Device Description Services can select the correct DD for use with the resource The parameter HARD TYPES is a read only bitstring that indicates the types of hardware that are available to this resource If an I O block is configured that requires a type of hardware that is not available
33. 13 IN 6 DS 65 D Numbered input 6 14 IN 7 DS 65 D Numbered input 7 15 IN_8 DS 65 D Numbered input 8 MO_OPTS 16 bit Bitstring 2 S O S See Block Options escription in profile revision 1 MO STATUS OPT 17 Bitstring 2 pee BOCK N S O S See Block Opti inatavailible in itstring 2 Options a ee Block Options profile revision 1 The time in seconds to ignore the existence of a new fault state condition If the fault state 18 FSTATE TIME Float Positive Sec S condition does not persist for FSTATE TIME seconds and while this time does not elapse the block will execute in the last actual mode The preset analog value to use when failure 19 FSTATE VAL1 Float S occurs in IN 1 Ignored if the Fault state to value 1 in the MO OPTS parameter is false The preset analog value to use when failure 20 FSTATE VAL2 Float S occurs in IN 2 Ignored if the Fault state to value 2 in the MO OPTS parameter is false The preset analog value to use when failure 21 FSTATE VAL3 Float S occurs in IN 3 Ignored if the Fault state to value 3 in the MO OPTS parameter is false The preset analog value to use when failure 22 FSTATE_VAL4 Float 5 occurs IN 4 Ignored if the Fault state to value 4 in the MO_OPTS parameter is false The preset analog value to use when failure 23 FSTATE_VAL5 Float 5 occurs in IN 5 Ignored if the Fault state to value 5 in the MO OPTS parameter is false The preset analog value to use when failure 24 FSTATE VAL6 Fl
34. DS 66 D Man The calculated discrete output variable 8 of the block in AUTO mode or specified by the user whenin MAN mode 33 HW_IN DS 160 D Man Data Structure 16 unsigned8 values and 1 unsigned8 status for Hardware Discrete Inputs 34 HW_OUT DS 159 D Man Data Structure 8 unsigned8 values and 1 unsigned8 status for Hardware Discrete Outputs 35 AUX_01_16 Bitstring 2 D OS Auxiliary bit enumerated variable 01 16 36 AUX_17_32 Bitstring 2 D OS Auxiliary bitenumerated variable 17_32 37 AUX_33_48 Bitstring 2 D OS Auxiliary bitenumerated variable 33_48 38 AUX_49_ 64 Bitstring 2 D OS Auxiliary bit enumerated variable 49 64 39 AUX 65 80 Bitstring 2 D OS Auxiliary bit enumerated variable 65 80 40 AUX 81 96 Bitstring 2 D OS Auxiliary bit enumerated variable 81 96 41 TON PST 16 Floats Positive S OS Array of 16 float elements where the user can setthe PST timer duration in seconds for each Timer ON Delay 42 TON CTA 16 Floats Array of 16 float elements where the user read the lapsed time until the PST timer duration in seconds for each Timer ON Delay 43 TON OUT Bitstring 2 A bit enumerated that indicates the timer output states 44 TOFF PST 16 Floats Positive S OS Array of 16 float el
35. HART Commands Definition It contains the HART command description for each device type or version This description stores information needed by the module to communicate and the data read on HCD the HIRT or HTV blocks The HCD blocks defining the universal and the common practice commands as well as all commands specific to Smar instruments are already stored in the equipment s memory and do not require any configuration from the user See the Appendix B for details HART Write Parameter Configuration This block stores information about all parameters to be written on the instrument and mapped on the HVT block 2 3 Function Block Instruction Manual Block type availability and initial block set Block type The table below shows how powerful and flexible the Smar devices are For example the user may instantiate up to 20 blocks selected from 17 block types algorithms in a field device as LD302 Indeed it means that almost all control strategy may be implemented using only the Smar field devices Read carefully the notes in order to fully understand the information in this table 292 2 TT302 IF302 TP302 FY302 FP302 FI302 FB700 DC302 DFI302 FR302 DT302 HI302 O HI302 N HI302 I RS 1 DIAG 1 DSP 1 HC 1 IDSH 1 TRD LD 1 TRD TT 2 TRD IF 3 TRD TP 1 TEMP TRD F1 3 TRD FP 1 TRD FY 1
36. S Man Itis the interval where changes in the Input will not change the output 38 HYSTERESIS Float Non negative 0 S Man Difference between the switching points 39 UPDATE EVT DS 73 Na D Vins alert is generated by any change to the static 2 170 Block Library Parameter Data Type length Valid Range Options Default Value Description The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set 40 BLOCK_ALM DS 72 Na D the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed The current alert status unacknowledged states 41 ALARM_SUM DS 74 See Block Options Na S unreported states and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block 0 Auto ACK Selection of whether alarms associated with the block 42 ACK_OPTION Bitstring 2 Disable 0 5 will be automatically acknowledged 1 Auto ACK Enable Alarm hysteresis parameter In order to clear the 43 ALARM_HYS Float 0 to 50 0 5 5 alarm the amount the PV must return within the alarm limit plus hysteresis 44 PRI Unsigned8 0to 15 0 S Priority of the high high alarm 45
37. See Block 0 Na S O S See Block Options Options 15 STATUS_OPTS Bitstring 2 poa 0 Na S O S See Block Options Indicate the readback of the actual position of the 16 READBACK DS 65 XD D RO transducer in transducer units This parameter is the remote setpoint value which 17 CAS_IN DS 65 D must come from another Fieldbus block or a DCS block through a defined link Ramp rate at which upward setpoint changes in PV 18 SP_RATE_DN Float Positive INF PV Sec S units per second It is disable if is zero or INF Rate limiting will apply in AUTO CAS and RCAS modes Ramp rate at which downward setpoint changes in a PV units per second Itis disable if is zero or INF 19 SP RATE UP Float Positive INF PV Sec 5 Rate limiting will apply in AUTO CAS and RCAS modes PV_SCALE The setpoint high limit is the highest setpoint ii SRSHLLIM pear 1096 100 EM 5 operator entry that can be used for the block PV_SCALE The setpoint low limit is the lowest setpoint operator Float 10 0 5 entry that be used for the block For more details about the configuration of this CHANNEL 0 None Som parameter see Chapter 1 CHANNEL Configuration The time in seconds to ignore the existence of a new fault state condition If the fault state condition does 23 FSTATE TIME Float Positive 0 Sec S not persist for FSTATE TIME seconds and while this time does not elapse the block will execute in the last actual mode
38. T3 timer used to the SM manager to 106 DEV_T3_ms unsigned long 0 to 232 R W timeout before send the Enable SM Operation Devices on the network will use SLOT TIME and 107 SLOT TIME octet unsigned int 0 to 279 R W RESPONSE DELAY to set a timeout to control some activity on the network Devices on the network will use SLOT TIME and 108 RESPONSE DEL nic neg int 01219 RW MAX_RESPONSE_DELAY to set a AY octet ee timeout to control some activity on the network Minimum time that the network needs DEV_MIN_INTER_PDU_DEL 16 to be silent to allow device to be 109 AY_octet unsigned int ready to receive the next frame on the network 110 DEV MACROCYCLE ms unsigned long 0 to 2 pw Macro cycle for the function block application mis Selects the block to be analyzed or 111 DEV BLOCK SELECT unsigned char N RAW configured in the following parameters Previous 2 20 Block Library Data Type Valid S Idx Parameter length Options Description No Selection 112 BLK TYPE unsigned char Resource Block Type Resource Transducer Transducer or Function Block Function Block 113 BLK INDEX unsigned int 0 to 275 Block Index 114 BLK TAG visible string Block Tag 115 BLK DD ITEM octet string Block DD Item 116 FIRST VIEW INDEX unsigned int 0 to 279 Block index of first View ms Se
39. The default value of CHANNEL is the lowest available number The default value of SHED OPT is NormalShed NormalReturn The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mode SP and OUT 2 155 Function Block Instruction Manual DO Discrete Output Overview The DO block converts the value in SP_D to something useful for the hardware found at the CHANNEL selection Schematic BECAL_OUT_D SETPOINT OPTIONAL OUTPUT INVERT SIMULATE D MODE OPTIONAL SHED INVERT FSTATE_TIME FSTATE vAL D READBACK D Description The Invert O option can be used to do a Boolean NOT function between the SP D and the hardware The D supports the full cascade sub function Cas mode must be used to transfer the output of another block to the SP D of the DO There are additional options which will cause the SP D value to track the PV D value when the block is in an actual mode of LO or Man If the hardware supports a readback value it is used for READBACK D which after accounting for the Invert option acts as the PV D for this block If not supported READBACK D is generated from OUT D The OUT D and READBACK D parameters both use XD STATE The PV D and D use PV STATE BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the DO block will reflect the following causes e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when one or more of the following situations occur W
40. e When the configuration of sensor type means a different class the connection is automatically changed to default RTD and Ohm 3 wire TC and mV 2 wire 2 36 Block Library Input Function Blocks Al Analog Input Overview The Analog Input block takes the input data from the Transducer block selected by channel number and makes it available to other function blocks at its output Schematic FIELD VAL Z af HOUT SCALE CHANNEL SIMULATE XD_SCALE OUT_SCALE INDIRECT e Q o DIRECT IND_S RT 1 VPE MANUAL 10_ JouT Description The block is connected to the transducer block through the CHANNEL parameter that must match with the following parameter in the transducer block e SENSOR TRANSDUCER NUMBER parameter for the TT302 e TERMINAL NUMBER parameter for the IF302 The CHANNEL parameter must be set to 1 one if the block is running in the LD302 and configuration is necessary in the transducer block to connect it to the Al block Transducer scaling XD SCALE is applied to the value from the channel to produce the FIELD VAL in percent The XD SCALE engineering units code and range must be suitable to the sensor of transducer block connected to the Al block otherwise a block alarm indicating configuration error will be generated The L TYPE parameter determines how the values passed by the transducer block will be used into the block The options are
41. 100 100 100 100 100 100 Actual Cas Cas Cas LO LO LO LO Auto Cas Cas Cas GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC OUT GC 20 20 20 20 20 20 cc GC GC NI NI NI NI IR GC GC GC Other link failures in the forward path could force the AO into Fault State since the configuration is as it follows Failure 1 1 OUT to PID 2 CAS IN PID 2 STATUS IFS if Bad CAS IN Failure 2 Al 2 OUT to PID 2 IN PID 2 STATUS IFS if Bad IN Failure 3 PID_2 0UT to AO CAS No configuration is required for the AO block to force it to Fault State Note e FSTATE VAL has the same engineering unit of SP Therefore it is using the PV SCALE notthe XD SCALE e When the Resource block forces all output blocks to Fault State the FSTATE TIME is not used Alarms and Events Alert Processing Alarms and events known as alerts represent state changes within function block applications In detection of a significant event a function block may report this event to an interface device or other field devices Alarms refer not only to the comparison between a variable and a limit but also what is called block alarm that is used to report errors found in the software and or hardware during block execution 1 23 Function Blocks Instruction Manual For alarms both entering and exiting alarm condition are defined as an alert state which will cause a report message to be published ont
42. 190 180 ALM ALARM STATE ACTIVE_NOT_REP ACTIVE_REP CLR_NOT REP CLR_REP HI ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED UNACK ACK INTERFACE DEV TX FIELD DEV TX dij pH 1 1 1 1 CONFIRM TIME gt CONFIRM TIME MESSAGE 1 ALERTNOTIFY MESSAGE 2 ALERT NOTIFY CONFIRMATION MESSAGE 3 ALERTACK OPERATOR PLANT INTERVENTION Fig 2 Alert processing 1 28 Introduction to Function Block Application Simulation k Block alarm BLOCK_ALM parameter The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block These problems detected by the block algorithm are registered in the BLOCK_ERR parameter which is a bit string so that multiple errors may be shown Block error conditions is defined 0 inactive 1 active as follows Description Other LSB Block Configuration Error Link Configuration Error Simulate Active Local Override Device Fail Safe Set Device Needs Maintenance Soon Input Failure process variable has BAD status Output Failure Memory Failure Lost Static Data Lost NV Data Readback Check Failed Device Needs Maintenance Now Power up Out of Service MSB The cause of the alert is entered in the Subcode field of BLOCK_ALM for example value 3 means Simulate Active The first condition to become active will set to Active the Alarm State attribute if other co
43. 2 115 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Schematic MOT SEL VAL NOT SEL VAL 1 es BKCAL OUT CAS IN SETPOINT ts OUTPUT SELECTOR OP_SELECT ALGORITHM 1 1 1 OSDL_OPTS JouT OUTPUT SELECTOR TYPE 1 GAIN HLGAIN DYNAMIC HLBIAS 1 LO_BIAS ALGORITHM BKCAL_IN 7 E EKCAL IN 1 CALCULATING Supported Modes O S IMAN AUTO and CAS Status Handling Standard plus the following When one or both of the IN s input are Bad special limiting action must be taken If the IFS if Bad IN or IFS if Bad CAS_IN bit is true in the OSDL_OPTS parameter and the respective input is Bad both output status go to good IFS If the bit is not true the block goes to AUTO mode Sub Status values received in CAS_IN will be passed onto both outputs except for those used in the cascade initialization An IFS will go to both the selected and the non selected output Parameters Default Value Data Type length Valid Range Options Parameter Description ST_REV Unsigned16 0 S RO 2 TAG DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na S 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT_KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 MODE_BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO This parameter is the remote setpoint value 7 CAS IN DS 65 D which must come from another Fieldbus block or a DCS b
44. FIELDBUS First in Fieldbus FOUNDATION FUNCTION BLOCKS INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOUNDATION OC FBLOC FFME Smar BRAZIL Smar E quipamentos Ind Ltda Rua Dr Antonio F urlan J r 1028 Sert ozinho SP 14170 480 Tel 55 16 3946 3510 Fax 55 16 3946 3554 e mail smarinfo smar com GERMANY Smar GmbH Rheingaustrasse 9 55545 Bad Kreuznach Germany Tel 49 671 794680 Fax 49 671 7946829 e mail infoservice smar de USA Smar International Corporation 6001 Stonington Street S uite 100 Houston TX 77040 Tel 1 713 849 2021 Fax 1 713 849 2022 e mail sales smar com NE ISO 9001 2000 INMETRO ARGENTINA Smar Argentina Soldado de La Independencia 1259 1429 Capital Federal Argentina Telefax 00 5411 4776 1300 3131 e mail smarinfog smarperifericos com MEXICO Smar M xico Cerro de las Campanas 3 desp 119 Col San Andr s Atenco Tlalnepantla Edo Del M x C P 54040 Tel 53 78 46 00 al 02 Fax 453 78 46 03 e mail ventas smar com Smar Laboratories Corporation 10960 Millridge North Suite 107 Houston TX 77070 Tel 1 281 807 1501 Fax 1 281 807 1506 e mail smarlabs swbell net web www smar com Specifications and information are subject to change without notice For the latest updates please visit the SMAR website above CHINA FRANCE Smar China Corp Smar France S A R L 3 Bai
45. Integrator The Integrator Function Block integrates a variable in function of the time or accumulates the counting of a Pulse Input block The integrated or accumulated value is compared to pre trip and trip limits generating discrete signals when these limits are reached The integrated value may go up starting from zero or down starting from the trip value parameter SP In order to determine the amount of uncertain or bad readings the block integrates the variables with bad or bad and uncertain status separately parameter RTOTAL The values used in this second integration are the values with good status just before they went from good to bad or uncertain Featuring two flow inputs the block can calculate and integrate net flow This can be used to calculate volume or mass variation in vessels or as an optimizing tool for flow ratio control The basic function of the Integrator block is to integrate an analog value over time It can also accumulate the count pulses coming from Pulse Input blocks or from another Integrator Block This block is normally used to totalize flow giving total mass or volume over a certain time or totalize power giving the total energy The algorithm shall comply with the following points 1 The block has two dual purpose inputs IN_1 and IN_2 Each input can receive a measurement per unit of time rate or an accumulated number of pulses Each input can receive one of the following types of variables RATE
46. It can also be connected to any floating point variable as the output of another integrator block The output ACCUM_OUT of the Pulse Input block represents a continuous accumulation of pulses from the flow transducer while the output OUT of an Integrator represents an integration or accumulation of analog inputs The Integrator block shall determine the variation of the counter input readings since the last execution e As the output ACCUM_OUT of the Pulse Input block wraps up when the counting reaches 999 999 and does not increment or decrement by more than 499 999 per cycle the variation is determined as follows a If the difference between the reading in one cycle and the reading in the preceding cycle is smaller than 500 000 or larger than 500 000 the difference will be taken as variation e f the difference between the reading in one cycle and the reading in the preceding cycle is larger or equal to 4500 000 add 1 000 000 and use the result as the variation c If the difference between the reading one cycle and the reading in the preceding cycle is smaller or equal to 500 000 add 1 000 000 and use the result as the variation e the output OUT of another integrator block is used that block should be programmed to have only increasing counting e The variation of each input must be multiplied by the value in engineering units of each pulse given by PULSE VAL1 and PULSE VAL2 The result is the increment in
47. It can receive up to 16 discrete input variables from its hardware inputs HIN and also make available 8 discrete outputs through its hardware HOUT Status indication for the inputs depends on the I O subsystem Status indication for the outputs depends on the block calculation The FFB block provides logic such as AND OR XOR and NOT and functions such as Timer On Delay Timer Off Delay Timer Pulse Pulse Counter Down CTD Pulse Counter Up CTU RS Flip Flop and SR Flip Flop The logic is done using the eight discrete variables available for the FF network OUT the eight input parameters from the FF network IN Dx the sixteen input discrete variables from DC302 hardware HIN the eight output discrete variables from DC302 hardware HOUT failsafe FSx values and auxiliary bit variables AU X s BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the FFB block will reflect the following causes e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when there is error in the logic line indicates by ERROLINE parameter and ERROCODE parameter e Input failure When occurs failure in the input power supply e Output failure When occurs failure in the output power supply e Out of Service When the block is in O S mode Status Handling The status of OUT Dx will be the following if the BLOCK ERR indicates e Other Configuration Error e Inputfailure Bad Device Failure e Power up Bad Device Failure In the logic a s
48. TERMINAL_NUMBER parameter for the 02 The CHANNEL parameter must be set to 1 one if the AO block is running in the FY302 or FP302 and no configuration is necessary in the transducer block to connect it to the AO block Treatment of Input Values The SP value may be controlled automatically through a cascade or remote cascade control or manually by an operator The PV_SCALE and XD_SCALE are used to do the scaling conversion of the SP Treatment of Output Values The transducer scaling XD_SCALE is used to convert percent of span to the number used by the transducer This allows portions of the SP span to cause full movement of the output OUT SP EU_100 EU_0 EU_0 XD SCALE The bit Increase to Close in IO OPTS allows the output to be inverted relative to the span of the input value For example if the SP is 100 PV_SCALE 0 100 XD_SCALE 3 15Psi If the Increase to Close bit in IO OPTS is clear SP converted to OUT SCALE will be15 psi Therefore the actuator type will be air to open If the Increase to Close bit in IO OPTS is true SP converted to OUT SCALE will be 3 psi Therefore the actuator type will be air to close 2 152 Block Library Simulate The SIMULATE parameter is used for the diagnostics and checkout purposes When it is active the transducer value and status will be overridden by the simulate value and status The SIMULATE can be disabled either by software
49. The RESET IN is a discrete input which on a false to true transition resets the density block Including the previous density the round buffer and all outputs of the block The status will be the same as the last cycle 2 119 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Parameter ST_REV BLOCK_ERR The BLOCK_ERR of the DENS block will reflect the following causes Out of Service it occurs when the block is in O S mode Supported Modes O S MAN and AUTO Mode Handling Manual mode disconnects the outputs from the algorithm and permits manual substitution of the OUT DENS OUT OUT D values for test or other purposes Although the OUT D parameter is also disconnected from the alarm the alarm and the limits OUT HI LIM and OUT LO LIM continue to check the output Status Handling The primary input status IN 1 and IN 2 parameters are propagated to the outputs If the status of any primary input becomes bad or uncertain and their respective option use uncertain of STATUS OPTS is not set the actual mode block will be forced to manual and the algorithm stops the calculation If the secondary input IN 3 parameter is unusable the algorithm uses the last usable value and the output status will be Uncertain A bad status in RESET IN input does not stop the algorithm If target mode is Man then the output status is Good Parameters Default Value DataType Valid Range length Unsigned16 Stor
50. amp Status Discrete Structure DS 66 This data structure consists of the value and status of discrete value parameters Element Name Data Type Size He ES ned8 Value Unsigned8 Scaling Structure DS 68 This data structure consists of the static data used to scale floating point values for display purposes E Element Name Data Type Size EU at 100 Float EU at 096 Float Units Index Unsigned16 Decimal Point Integer8 Mode Structure DS 69 This data structure consists of bit strings for target actual permitted and normal modes Target Bitstring Actual Bitstring Permitted Bitstring Normal Bitstring Access Permissions DS 70 This data structure consists of access control flags for access to block parameters Element Name Data Type Size Grant Bit String Deny Bit String 1 33 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Alarm Float Structure DS 71 This data structure consists of data that describes floating point alarms Element Name Data Type Size Unacknowledged Unsigned8 Alarm State Unsigned8 Time Stamp Time Value Subcode Unsigned16 Value Float Alarm Discrete Structure DS 72 This data structure consists of data that describes discrete alarms Element Name Data Type Size Unacknowledged Unsigned8 1 Alarm State Unsigned8 1 Time Stamp Time Value 8 Subcode Unsigned16 2 Value Unsigned8 1 Event Update Stru
51. eth Modbus MBSM BVALUE 2 v B E H Master slave2 input device output device bool int perc float MBSM Description This block enables the DFI302 to monitor MODBUS variables The DFI302 is the master the slaves contain the MODBUS variables desired to be read Unlike the MBCM this block does not have inputs and outputs that may be connected Every time a MODBUS parameter is changed it is necessary to set the ON_APPLY parameter of the MBCF block to Apply Otherwise these alterations will not be effective LOCAL_MODE_MAP All MBCM blocks you add to your strategy must have different values for LOCAL MODE MAP Otherwise the block will not work properly Parameters FVALUEn PVALUEn IVALUEn and BVALUEn User may select these parameters according to his needs If the variable required to be monitored is a float it is necessary to use a FVALUE parameter If it is a percentage the PVALUEn will work IVALUE refers to Integer values and BVALUE refers to boolean values To each of these parameters are associated parameters to address them in the MODBUS network so that the MBSM block knows their location Parameter FLOCATORn It refers to the FVALUEn parameter This parameter is of the data type DS 260 so it is required to set two elements for this parameter see on Chapter 1 Data Type and Data Structure Definition The FVALUEn parameters will display the values of the variables set in FLOCATORn Floa
52. na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters Sensor range Sensor range Sensor Type 2 wire Differential Celsius Celsius Cu 10 GE RTD 20 to 250 270 to 270 Ni 120 DIN 50 to 270 320 to 320 Pt 50 IEC 200 to 850 1050 to 1050 Pt 100 IEC 200 to 850 1050 to 1050 Pt 500 IEC 200 to 450 650 to 650 Pt50 JIS 200 to 600 800 to 800 Pt100 JIS 200 to 600 800 to 800 0 to 100 Ohm to 100 100 to 100 0 to 400 0 to 400 400 to 400 0 to 2000 0 to 2000 2000 to 2000 B NBS TC 100 to 1800 1700 to 1700 E NBS 100 to 1000 1100 to 1100 J NBS 150 to 750 900 to 900 K NBS 200 to 1350 1550 to 1550 N NBS 100 to 1300 1400 to 1400 R NBS 0 to 1750 1750 to 1750 S NBS 0 to 1750 1750 to 1750 T NBS 200 to 400 600 to 600 L DIN 200 to 900 1100 to 1100 U DIN 200 to 600 800 to 800 6 to 22 MV 6 to 22 28 to 28 10 to 100 10 to 100 110 to 110 50 to 500 50 to 500 550 to 550 2 30 Block Library 02 Current Fieldbus Transducer Description The current fieldbus transducer makes the current input reading PRIMARY_VALUE available to the Al block The engineering unit and the primary value range are selected from the XD_SCALE in the Al block The only unit allowed is this case is mA The XD_SCALE must be inside the current range 0 21 mA When the X
53. port is 7 Sync ldle used to synchronize two different 8 Sync Main DFI302 processors 9 5 Sync_Main indicates the preferential see SRI processor to assume the tasks Sync_Backup indicates the backup processor to assume the tasks 14 UPDATE_TIME unsigned long 0 to 2 1000 RW Update time for supervision 15 ATUAL LINK ADDRESS 1 unsigned int 0 to 275 0 RO Actual link address for Port 1 16 CONF LINK ADDRESS 1 unsigned int 0 to 279 0 RW Configured link address for Port 1 2 16 Block Library Data Type Valid Default Idx Parameter length Options Val e Description 17 ATUAL LINK ADDRESS 2 unsigned int 0 to 275 Actual link address for Port 2 18 CONF LINK ADDRESS 2 unsigned int 0 to 2 Configured link address for Port 2 19 ATUAL LINK ADDRESS 3 unsigned int 002 Actual link address for Port 3 20 CONF_LINK_ADDRESS_3 unsigned int 0 to 275 Configured link address for Port 3 21 ATUAL LINK ADDRESS 4 unsigned int 0 to 2 Actual link address for Port 4 22 CONF LINK ADDRESS 4 unsigned int 0 to 26 Configured link address for Port 4 Extra functionality of IDShell 23 SELECT IDS unsigned char 0 to 256 Application 24 SOFTWARE NAME VisibleString oi ue downloaded to PCI card System Operation mode single or eduncan redundant It will impact the 25 SYSTEM OPERATION uns
54. reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters The following table describes the Logic Operation and Command line and the correspondent Symbols used in the logic line Logic Operation Command Symbol description line AND amp p a XOR EQUAL arg1 arg2 To define function arguments End of logic line The logic NOT works only with simple variables Example OUT 1 IN1 Note That is not allowed to have for example OUT 1 TP01 IN1 To use this way we should have A012 TPO1 IN1 gt OUT1 A01 The logic is always executed line by line and from left to right in the logic line Spaces are not allowed between the characters It is not allowed empty lines between logic lines and the implemantation of logic lines must be in sequence After writing the logic into the LOGIC_XX XX 01 gt XX 50 parameters the user needs to select the option Enable in the parameter LOGIC CHECK to verify the errors When the logic is configured using the download process it is necessary to configure firstly the LOGIC XX XX 01 gt XX 50 parameters and then the CKECK parameter This sequence is fundamental to p
55. 0 5 may indicate any installation problem or any command not supported by the device INVALID_SOM Totals the number of invalid SOM Start of Message detected in the channel A high value in this parameter may indicate installation problems or any device with a problem INVALID RX FRAMES Totals the number of HART messages received but not considered because of any inconsistency in the message for example checksum error VALID_RX_FRAMES Totals the number of valid messages received and processed by the 02 even if they are not addressed to it for example OACK OBACK STX etc The counter parameters used for diagnostic purposes are always reset when the COMM_ENABLE parameter goes to ENABLED 2 194 Block Library HIRT Block Configuring the HIRT block This block has a set of parameters that map all of the HART variables that can be accessed by the universal commands and by the some of the most usable common practice commands Remember that there is a HIRT block for each HART device installed and that the configuration may vary according to the application mode and type Line HI302I HART Identification Information and Real Time Data Block HI3021 HIRTI Ef x z wer v gt 818 1 le Ier en a 8 6 CHANNEL 1 Good Non Specific Not L 7 RW i POLL_ADDR 11 Good Non Specific Not L 8 Rw i HART_TAG Unknown Good Non Specific Not L 9 Rw
56. 1 2001 00 00 00 00 00 NA Date Day Month Year considered Only are 13 18 33 WRITE PCODE Enumerated HC TABLE 7 0 None D RO Write Protect Code See device s specific documentation 15 34 PLDC Enumerated HC TABLE 8 None D RO Private Label Distribuitor Code 15 35 PV ACF Enumerated HC TABLE 26 None D RO PV Analog Channel Flags See device s specific documentation 15 36 FAN OctString 3 NA Final Assembly Number 16 19 37 DEV TEST Enumerated 0x00 Invoke Self Test None Write to perfom a device self test 41 38 DEV RESET Unsigned8 0x00 Reset Device None Write to perfom a device Master RESET 42 39 BURST MODE Enumerated HC TABLE 9 None It allows to control device s Burst Mode 109 40 PV ULRUC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 None PV Upper amp Lower Range Value Units Code 15 35 41 RANGE DS 68 0 0 0 0 XD_SCAL E PV RANGE EU 100 HART PV Upper Range Value PV RANGE EU 0 HART PV Lower Range Value PV RANGE UNITS IN DEX HART PV Range Upper amp Lower Value Units Code translated to Fieldbus table PV RANGE DECIMAL no meam 15 35 44 42 PV CAL PONT L Enumerated 0x00 Set PV Zero None Write to this parameter to set PV Zero 43 invoke HART Command 43 2 203
57. 101 BKCAL OUT OUT CAS IN BKCAL OUT TAG FCV 102 TAG TT302 TAG LD302 TAG FP302 FBMANUAL 03 3 2 Examples Ratio Control Parameterization Al BLOCK TT302 TAG TT 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO PID BLOCK TT302 TAG TIC 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO PV_SCALE 0 600 C OUT_SCALE 0 200 kg h Al BLOCK LD302 TAG FT 101 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO L_TYPE Indirect square root XD_SCALE 0 200 inH20 OUT_SCALE 0 200 kg h PID BLOCK LD302 TAG FIC 101 MODE_BLK TARGET CAS PV_SCALE 0 200 kg h OUT_SCALE 0 100 AO BLOCK FP302 TAG FCV 102 MODE_BLK TARGET CAS PV_SCALE 0 100 XD SCALE 3 15 psi LD302 2 COMPONENT B 5 d X gt PRODUCT FBMANUAL_04 3 3 Function Block Instruction Manual Corresponding Configuration TAG LD302 2 TAG o FT 101 OUT TAG LD302 1 BKCAL IN TAG FIC 101 BKCAL OUT TAG FP302 Parameterization BLOCK LD302 1 TAG FT 100 MODE BLK TARGET AUTO ARTH BLOCK LD302 1 100 1 MODE BLK TARGET AUTO ARITH_TYPE 7 FBMANUAL_05 GAIN adjusted by user to desired ratio RANGE_LO 0 RANGE Hl 10 for g 1 Al BLOCK LD302 2 TAG FT 101 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO PID BLOCK LD302 2 TAG FIC 101 MODE_BLK TARGET CAS PV_SCALE 0 200 inH2O OUT SCALE 0 100 AO BLOCK FP302 TAG FCV 101
58. 15 TIME_UNIT1 Unsigned8 0 E 5 Converts the rate time units seconds 3 hours 4 days 1 seconds 2 minutes 2720 16 TIME_UNIT2 Unsigned8 ae 0 E 5 Converts the rate time units seconds hours 4 days 17 UNIT_CONV Float 1 S Factor to convert the engineeri ng units of input 2 into the engineering units of input 1 2 85 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Data Type Valid Range Default aa Idx Parameter Description length Options Value 18 PULSE VAL1 Float 0 ona 5 Determines the mass volume or energy per pulse Itis used only inaccum mode 19 PULSE VAL2 Float 0 none Determines the mass volume energy per pulse Itis used only inaccum mode 0 FORWARD 20 REV FLOWf1 DS 66 E D It indicates reverse flow in IN 1 when true 1 REVERSE 0 FORWARD 21 REV_FLOW2 DS 66 E D It indicates reverse flow in IN_2 when true 1 REVERSE 0 Off 3 22 RESET_IN DS 66 E D Resets the totalizer OUT parameter 1 Reset 23 STOTAL Float 0 OUT D Indicates the snapshot of the totalizer OUT parameter just before a reset Indicates the totalization of bad or bad and 24 RTOTAL our D uncertain inputs according to INTEG_OPTS 25 SRTOTAL Float 0 OUT The snapshot of RTOTAL just before a reset 26 SSP Float 0 OUT The snapshot of SP 1 UP_AUTO 2 UP_DEM 3 DN_AUTO Defines the type of counting up or down and
59. 2 140 Block Library LOCAL_MOD_MAP parameier This parameter will attribute MODBUS address to the variables you need to monitor See table below LOCAL MOD MAP MBSS LOCAL MOD MAP x e g PARAMETER OFFSET 40 x LOCAL MOD MAP x 0 15 1 42601 OFFSET 42641 FVALUE1 426024 OFFSET 42642 426034 OFFSET 42643 FVALUE2 426044 OFFSET 42644 42605 OFFSET 42645 FVALUE3 42606 OFFSET 42646 42607 OFFSET 42647 FVALUE4 42608 OFFSET 42648 42609 OFFSET 42649 FVALUES 42610 OFFSET 42650 42611 OFFSET 42651 FVALUEG 426124 OFFSET 42652 426134 OFFSET 42653 FVALUE7 426144 OFFSET 42654 42615 OFFSET 42655 FVALUE8 42616 OFFSET 42656 42617 OFFSET 42657 IVALUE1 42618 OFFSET 42658 42619 OFFSET 42659 IVALUE2 426204 OFFSET 42660 42621 OFFSET 42661 IVALUE3 426224 OFFSET 42662 426234 OFFSET 42663 IVALUE4 42624 OFFSET 42664 BVALUE1 2601 OFFSET 2641 BVALUE2 2602 OFFSET 2642 BVALUES 2603 OFFSET 2643 BVALUE4 2604 OFFSET 2644 BAD_STATUS 42625 OFFSET 42665 LOCAL_MOD_MAP X OFFSET 40 X Once values for LOCAL MOD MAP set MODBUS ADDRESSES are given to the variables you wish to monitor So each integer float or boolean variable will have a MODBUS address associated For example suppose LOCAL MODE MAP 1 and a float value will be monitored Picking the ID1 and setting its parameters we have F ID1 Tag Tag of the float parameter necessary to
60. 30 LO LIM Float INF OUT S The setting for low alarm in engineering units 31 LO LO PRI Unsigned8 0to 15 S Priority of the low low alarm OUT SCALE NF OUT S The setting for low low alarm in engineering INF units 32 LO LO LM Float The status for high high alarm and its 33 ALM 05 71 OUT D associated time stamp The status for high alarm and its associated 34 ALM DS 71 OUT D time stamp The status for low alarm and its associated 35 LO ALM DS 71 OUT D time stamp The status for low low alarm and its 36 LO LO ALM pest OUT associated time stamp Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The default value of CHANNEL is the lowest available number The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mode OUT 2 51 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Control and Calculation Function Blocks PID EPID PID Control Enhanced PID Control Overview The PID block offers a lot of control algorithms that use the Proportional integral and derivative terms Schematic RCAS_OUTO TRK SCALE VAI 1 OUT_SCALE BKCAL_IN JBKCAL OUT CONTROL_OPTS Description The algorithm of the PID is the non iterative or ISA In this algorithm the GAI
61. 4 NC Relay Outputs 8 discrete output DF28 2 Groups of 8 NO Relays Outputs DF29 2 Groups of 4 NO Relays Outputs W o RC 16 discrete output 8 discrete output DF30 2 Groups of 4 NC Relays Outputs W o RC 8 discrete output DF31 1 Group of 4 NO and 4 NC Relay Outputs W o RC DF32 1 Group of 8 24VDC Inputs and 1 Group of 4 NO Relays 8 discrete output 8 discrete input 4 discrete output DF33 1 Group of 8 48VDC Inputs and 1 Group of 4 NO Relays 8 discrete input 4 discrete output DF34 1 Group of 8 60VDC Inputs and 1 Group of 4 NO Relays DF35 1 Group of 8 24VDC Inputs and 1 Group of 4 NC Relays 8 discrete input 4 discrete output 8 discrete input 4 discrete output DF36 1 Group of 8 48VDC Inputs and 1 Group of 4 NC Relays 8 discrete input 4 discrete output DF37 1 Group of 8 60VDC Inputs and 1 Group of 4 NC Relays DF38 1 Group of 8 24VDC Inputs 1 Group of 2 NO and 2 NC Relays 8 discrete input 4 discrete output 8 discrete input 4 discrete output DF39 1 Group of 8 48VDC Inputs 1 Group of 2 NO and 2 NC Relays 8 discrete input 4 discrete output DF40 1 Group of 8 60VDC Inputs 1 Group of 2 NO and 2 NC Relays 8 discrete input 4 discrete output DF41 2 Groups of 8 pulse inputs low frequency 16 pulse input DF42 2 Groups of 8 pulse inputs high frequency 16 pulse input DF43 1 Group of 8 analog Inputs 8 analog input DF44 1 Group of 8 a
62. AO block uses the XD_SCALE to convert the SP value to the engineering unit expected by the output transducer block which is also the engineering unit of the readback value The following fields form the scale e Engineering Units at 100 of scale The value that represents the upper end of range in engineering unit e Engineering Units at 0 of scale The value that represents the lower end of range in engineering unit e Units Index Device Description units code index for the engineering unit e Decimal Point The number of digits to the right of the decimal point which should be used by an interface device in displaying the specified parameter Example Using Scale Parameter The PID algorithm works internally with values in percent of span Therefore the PID block converts the error to percentage PV_SCALE it calculates the output in percentage and then it converts to engineering unit of output OUT_SCALE 1 The PID takes the input IN and SP and converts to percentage of the PV_SCALE VALUE VALUE EU_0 100 EU 100 EU 0 PV SCALE PV SCALE EU at 100 20 EU at 0 4 Units Index mA Decimal point 2 SP 15 10 values of SP and PV in percentage SP 15 4 100 20 4 68 75 PV 10 4 100 20 4 37 50 2 The PID algorithm calculates the error in percentage If it is configured the reverse action the error is the difference between SP an
63. CT VAL 1 Float 0 S OUT 1 Analog constant value transferred to the output 16 CT VAL 2 Float 0 S OUT 2 17 CT VAL 3 Float 0 S Analog constant value transferred to the output OUT_3 Analog constant value transferred to the output 18 CT_VAL_4 Float 0 5 OUT 4 19 CT VAL 5 ERA 0 S Analog constant value transferred to the output _5 20 VAL 6 Float 0 S Analog constant value transferred to the output Eia OUT 6 3 Discrete constant value transferred to the output 21 CT VAL D1 Unsigned8 0 S OUT Dt 3 Discrete constant value transferred to the output 22 CT VAL D2 Unsigned8 0 S OUT D2 23 UPDATE EVT DS 73 Na D This alert is generated by any change to the x static data The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the 24 BLOCK AEM DS 72 D Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Discrete constant value transferred to the output 25 CT_VAL_D3 Unsigned8 0 S OUT D3 Discrete constant value transferred to the output 26 CT_VAL_D4 Unsigned8 0 S OUT D4 Discrete constant value transferred to the output 27 CT_VAL_D5 Unsigned8 0 S OUT 05 Discrete constant value transferred to the output 28 C
64. Configuration When the XD SCALE has an improper range or unit e Output Failure When mechanic module is disconnected from main electronic board or no air supply if FINAL VALUE is different from 0 or 100 e Out of Service When the block is OOS mode Return Status The RETURN status of the transducer block will reflect the following causes Bad NonSpecific NotLimited When mechanic module is disconnected from main electronic board or no air supply if FINAL VALUE is different from 0 or 100 Parameters Valid Parameter Veil Description 9 Options Indicates the operation mode 5 MODE BLK DS 69 OOS AUTO OOS None S Transducer Bloc enr Indicates the status associated with 6 RLOCKIERR None DRO hardware or software in the Transducer 13 FINAL_VALUE DS 65 XD_SCALE D The requested current and status written by the AO block The High and Low range limit values the engineering unit code and the number of digits to the right of the 14 FINAL_VALUE_RANGE DS 68 0 100 XD_SCALE 5 decimal point to be used for Final Value 18 SERVO_GAIN Float 1 45 20 None 5 The servo PID gain valve 19 SERVO_RESET Float 0 999 4 Min rep 5 The servo PID reset valve 28 VALVE_TYPE Unsigned8 M Linear None S The type of the valve 37 SECONDARY VALUE DS 65 40 100 SVU D The secondary value related to the sensor o op o o The engineering units to be used with 38 SECONDARY VALUE UNIT U
65. Configuring the MAI block All 02 inputs have an input circuit for the 4 20 mA acquisition So it is possible to instantiate a block with a multiple analog input or with 8 output parameters that provide the percentage value of the analog input related to the 16 mA span 4 mA 0 and 20 mA 100 This block needs no configuration to operate MODE_BLK Set on AUTO 02 Configuring the MAO block 02 has 8 HART channels in parallel to circuits that control the loop current and the actuators connected to them The input parameter value should always be written in percentage The following parameters should be configured MODE BLK Set on AUTO There are other configuration options for example the output value in case of failure Starting the HI302 Operation After configuring the block download it Upon the download completion set the HCFG COMM ENABLE parameter on ENABLED to enable the configuration and start the HART communication over all channels IMPORTANT After the download is completed the configuration should be saved in the non volatile memory Saving is automatic and starts with the download It will take approximately 20 minutes according to the configuration size While the SAVING LED is lit the HI302 cannot be turned off or reset otherwise the configuration will be lost If the user has devices whose configuration is already in the HI302 memory e g Smar devices go to the ch
66. DC302 hardware HIN the eight output discrete variables from DC302 failsafe FSx values and auxiliary bit variables A UX s FUNCTION BLOCKS DESCRIPTION HART Configuration amp Diagnostic Concentrates general configuration parameters for module working nere in addition to parameters on HART Communication performance and diagnostic HART Information amp Dynamic Data This block contains the main parameters i e most commonly used besides dynamic variables All parameters related to universal commands and some main Common HIRT Practice commands are found here There should be one HIRT block for each HART device installed up to 32 blocks In normal operation the HIRT block parameters show the HART device variables since there are mechanisms to keep the HI302 database updated See the Appendix A or the Function Blocks handbook for details HART Variable Template This block is a large collection of variables for general use arranged in arrays It is now possible to access any HART instrument parameter To this effect the module should get a HVT configuration HCD and HWPC blocks to define the specific instrument one wants to access and how these commands will relate to each parameter on the block There is just one HVT block that should be shared among the devices when accessing them through the TAG This configuration is already configured in the Smar device s memory
67. Default Parameter A Description length Options Value 49 LO LO ALM DS 71 PV D The status for low low alarm and its associated time stamp True Indicate if the IN input is unusable with bad 20 onl DIRO or uncertain status 51 INVERT_OPTS Bitstring 2 S O S Parameter for inversion of the block discrete outputs Legend Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mode OUT 2 93 Function Blocks Instruction Manual ISEL Input Selector Description The signal selector block provides selection of up to four inputs and generates an output based on the configured action This block would normally receive it s input from an Al or another block and not directly from a transducer In addition to signal selection the block can also perform max min mid avg and first good selection With the combination of parameter configuration options the block can function as a rotary position switch or a validated priority selection based on the use of the first good parameter and the DISABLE_n parameter As a switch the block can receive switch toggle information from both the connected inputs or from an operator input The block also supports the concept of a middle selection Log
68. FBMANUAL 15 Parameterization Al BLOCK LD302 1 TAG PT 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO L_TYPE DIRECT XD_SCALE UNIT Pa Al BLOCK LD302 2 TAG FT 100A MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO XD_SCALE 0 20 H2O OUT_SCALE 0 156 Cutf min L TYPE SQR ROOT Al BLOCK LD302 3 TAG FT 100B MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO XD_SCALE 0 200 OUT_SCALE 0 495 Cutf min L_TYPE SQR ROOT Function Block Instruction Manual ARTH BLOCK LD302 3 TAG FY 100MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO PV_UNIT GAL min OUT_UNIT GAL min ARITH_TYPE 2 flow comp square root GAIN_IN_1 1 GAIN 1 RANGE_LO 400 RANGE_HI 600 COMP_HI_LIM INF COMP_LO_LIM INF INT BLOCK LD302 3 TAG FQ 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO OUT_UNITS GAL Al BLOCK TT302 TAG TT 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO XD_SCALE UNIT K Hydrostatic Tank Gauging Tra x FBMANUAL 16 3 12 Examples Corresponding Configuration P LD302 2 TAG LD302 1 TAG LD302 3 TAG TT302 TAG TAG PT 100 TT 100 ES UT DENSITY MASS VOLUME LEVEL TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION FBMANWVAL 17 Parameterization Al BLOCK LD302 2 TAG PT 100B MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO XD_SCALE UNIT Pa ARTH BLOCK LD302 2 TAG PY 100_1 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO OUT UNIT kg m ARITH_TYPE 7 traditional summer GAIN_IN_1 1 GAIN 1 H2 g RANGE_LO 20 RANGE_HI 10 Al BLOCK LD302 1
69. GC GC GC Bad Bad Bad Bad Actual 0 5 Auto Cas Cas Cas Cas LO LO LO LO I Bad O S NI IR GC GC GC GC NI NI NI NI 1 14 Introduction to Function Block Application Meaning of status GNC Good Non Cascade Non Specific GC Good Cascade Non Specific IA Good Cascade Initialization Acknowledge IR Good Cascade Initialization Request NI Good Cascade Not Invited Bad Bad any sub status The above sequence for cascade initialization applies not only for the Cas mode but also for Rcas and Rout modes g Example The mode configuration for the control loop of the figure 1 Supported Actual Permitted Normal O S Man Auto Auto O S Auto Auto O S Iman LO Man Auto Cas Rcas Rout Auto O S Man Auto Auto O S Iman LO Man Auto Cas Rcas Cas O S Man Auto Cas Cas Iman amp LO h Specific information for driver developers Internally the each mode attribute is assigned within the bitstring in the following manner Hex value 0x80 Not Valid Target Modes 0x10 0 0 0 1 0 X X X 0x08 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 Ox0a 0 0 0 0 1 X 1 0 0x09 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 Where X indicates the bit setting is retained from the previous target mode Target and Normal Mode Bitstring Hex value Actual Mode Bitstring
70. HI HI Float OUT SCALE INF INF PV 5 setting for high high alarm in engineering units 46 HI PRI Unsigned8 to 15 0 S Priority ofthe high alarm 47 HI LIM Float OUT SCALE INF INF PV 5 The setting for high alarm engineering units 48 LO_PRI Unsigned8 01015 0 5 Priority of the low alarm 49 LO_LIM Float OUT_SCALE INF INF PV 5 setting for low alarm engineering units 50 LO LO PRI Unsigned8 01015 0 5 Priority of the low low alarm 51 LO_LO_LIM Float OUT SCALE INF INF PV S The setting for low low alarm in engineering units 52 DV HI PRI Unsigned8 0to 15 0 S Priority of the deviation high alarm 53 DV HI LIM Float 0 to PV span INF PV S c for deviation high alarm in engineering 54 DV LO PRI Unsigned8 01015 0 5 Priority of the deviation low alarm 55 DV_LO LM Float INF PV span to 0 INE PV S ern for deviation low alarm in engineering 56 ALM 09 71 PV D The status for high high alarm and its associated time stamp 57 HI ALM DS 71 PV D The status for high alarm and its associated time stamp 58 LO ALM DS 71 PV D The status for low alarm and its associated time stamp 59 LO LO ALM DS 71 PV D The status for low low alarm and its associated time stamp 60 DV HI ALM DS 71 PV D The status for deviation high alarm and its associated time stamp 61 DV LO ALM DS 71 PV D The status for deviation low alarm and its associated time stamp Legend E Enumerated param
71. In this parameter user will visualize the value of the parameter set for this output and its status e Dn Digital output 05 66 Data type Value and Status see on Chapter 1 Data and Data Structure Definition In this parameter user will visualize the value of the parameter set for this output and its status 2 144 Block Library Input Ouput SCALE_LOC_INn and SCALE_LOC_OUTn These parameters are of the DS 259 data type They both convert the value to Engineering Units and address the variable in the MODBUS network The INn and OUTn inputs and outputs have SCALE LOC INn and SCALE LOC OUTn parameters associated It is necessary to set these parameters so the monitoring and data exchanges are properly made Each one of these parameters consists of the following elements Y From Eu 100 96 Y From Eu 0 96 Y To Eu 100 Y To Eu 0 96 Y Data Type Y Slave Address Y Modbus Address of Value Y Modbus Address of Status This block allows Modbus Scale Conversion to do the conversion procedure see the item Modbus Scale Conversion in the Chapter 1 for more details The Modbus status is related with the Modbus value Thus when the MODBUS ADDRESS OF STATUS parameter was configured it is necessary to configure also MODBUS ADDRESS OF VALUE The treatment of inputs and outputs are described in the table below Status Configured Status Not Configured MODBUS ADDRESS OF STATUS 0
72. L 37 RO EXT_STATUS Disabled Good Non Specific Not L 38 38 Bad OutOfService NotLimited Good Non Specific Not L 1 Rw 0 Good Non Specitic Not L 2 RO 0 Good Non Specific Not L 40 Rw Not Used Good Non Specitic Not L 41 RW 42 Reserved Good Non Specific Not L 43 degC Good Non Specific Not L 44 Rw 45 Bad Qut fService NotLimited Good Non Specific Not L 1 Bw 0 Good Non Specific Not L 2 RO zi Cancel Edit Close A minimum set of parameters needs configuration to allow the 02 to work properly Most of the parameters have standard values that are suitable for many operation cases Thus it is not necessary to download them However a comprehensive analysis must be done in order to determine the best profile for each device configuration The 02 offers several resources that must be understood The parameters that require configuration to work are the following MODE BLK Should be set on AUTO If it is in OS the communication with the respective device is interrupted When the block is set on OS it returns to the initial Identification state When it is set on AUTO all the update and identification processes are repeated HART CHANNEL Indicates the channel on which the device is installed from 1 to 8 In normal operation any change in this parameter will stop the HART communication See the HCFG COMM ENABLE parameter POLL ADDR Indicates the polling address that has been configured in the device fro
73. MODE BLK TARGET CAS PV SCALE 0 100 XD SCALE 3 15 psi 3 4 Examples Feedforward Control LD302 STEAM PRODUCT m gt CONDENSATE Corresponding Configuration TAG TT302 TAG 10302 TAG 101 FP302 PRODUCT FBMANUAL 606 FBMANUAL 4 3 5 Function Block Instruction Manual Parameterization Al BLOCK TT302 TAG TT 101 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO PID BLOCK TT302 101 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO PV_SCALE 0 600 C OUT_SCALE 0 100 FF_SCALE 0 500 GAL min FF_GAIN 0 1 Al BLOCK LD302 TAG FT 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO L_TYPE Indirect square root XD_SCALE 0 125 inH2O OUT_SCALE 0 500 GAL min AO BLOCK FP302 TAG FCV 101 MODE_BLK TARGET CAS PV_SCALE 0 100 XD_SCALE 3 15psi Split Range Control 1001 WATER 100 48 STEAM REACTOR FBMANUAL 08 3 6 Examples Corresponding Configuration 302 1 TAG 100 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i TAG IN TIC 100 1 1 1 1 1 a 4202 207974 Gig ts 1 BKCAL_OU BKCAL IN 2 i BKCAL IN 7 1 OUT 1 1 CAS FcV 100A FCV 100B CAS 1 BKCAL_OUT BKCAL_OUT 1 1 Ld Se ee as a ha
74. NN 0 5 Command configuration 27 CMD_18 OctString 44 0 S Command configuration 28 CMD_19 OctString 44 aioe 0 NA 5 vd oun Command configuration 29 CMD 20 OctString 44 S a e id 0 NA S ed bd Command configuration 30 CMD 21 OctString 44 0 S Du Reni Command configuration Function Blocks Instruction Manual Parameter Data Type OctString 44 Valid Range Options Request and Response parameters Default Value Units See HART parameters Description Command OctString 44 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 44 OctString 44 Request and Response parameters Request and Response parameters See HART parameters See HART parameters Command Command OctString 44 OctString 44 Request and Response parameters Request and Response parameters See HART parameters See HART parameters Command Command OctString 44 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 44 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 44 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 44 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 44 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 44 Request an
75. OUT Status GoodC Initialization Acknowledge IA AO MODE_BLK Target Cas MODE BLK Actual Cas BKCAL_OUT Status GoodC Non specific 1 9 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Mode Parameter 4 Cascade complete The PID block changes the status of OUT from GoodC IA to GoodC NS PID MODE BLK Target Auto MODE BLK Actual Auto OUT Status GoodC Non specific AO MODE BLK Target Cas MODE BLK Actual Cas BKCAL OUT Status GoodC Non specific Notes The remote cascade modes and Rout have a similar mechanism to the process of cascade initialization e The function blocks prepared to work as the upper block in the cascade have the BKCAL_IN parameter as PID SPLT SPG and OSDL e The function blocks prepared to work as the lower block in the cascade have the BKCAL_OUT parameter as PID AO SPLT and OSDL e The upper blocks will be in Iman mode when the lower block is not in cascade whose main reasons are e Link failure backward path lower BKCAL_OUT gt upper BKCAL IN e Lower block can not execute in Cas the target mode of lower block is not Cas or there is any condition forcing the lower block to a higher priority mode as fault state AO in LO link failure in the forward path OUT gt CAS_IN e Tracking PID in LO link failure in the primary input PID in Man and others See details in the section Mode Parameter Control Application running on as interface device works s
76. OUT VALUE MOD VAR OUT MBCS after conversion modbus address by local mod map Description MBCS block generates a communication strategy between a MODBUS master and a FIELDBUS FOUNDATION slave In the present case the slave is the Smar s linking device DFI302 that has slave behavior for the MODBUS network It allows MODBUS variables to be associated with FIELDBUS variables and data between these two worlds to be exchanged through DFI302 Every time a MODBUS parameter is changed it is necessary to set the ON APPLY parameter of the MBCF block to Apply Otherwise these alterations will not be effective Inputs and Outputs This block has 4 digital inputs 4 analog inputs 4 digital outputs and 4 analog outputs that may be connected to other FIELDBUS function blocks or to the MODBUS world e IN1 IN2 and IN4 are analog inputs e D2 D3 and IN D4 are digital inputs e OUT1 OUT2 OUT3 and OUT4 are analog outputs e OUT 01 OUT D2 OUT D3 and OUT 04 are digital outputs Digital outputs and Digital inputs are of the DS 66 data type Thus they contain both a Status and a value both Unsigned 8 The analog outputs and inputs are of the DS 65 data type containing status and value as well Type of values is Float For more details see on Chapter 1 Data Type and Data Structure Definition Parameter LOCAL MOD MAP This parameter defines the address range of the MODBUS addresses attributed to the input and out
77. OUT will be the last usable value Optionally if the target to Man if Bad VAL bit in the PID OPTS is true then the target mode will be changed to Man too Optionally the target mode of the output block will be changed to Manual by the block algorithm when the tracking is active To set this feature the Target to Man if tracking active bit in the PID OPTS parameter needs to be true 2 55 Function Blocks Instruction Manual The required actions are summarized in the following table Situation PID OPTS Algorithm Action Output tracking is not active The algorithm continues the normal calculation Output tracking is not active The algorithm continues the normal calculation IFS if IN D da OUT Status is GoodC IFS TRK IN D is not usable When the output block goes to fault state the upper blocks go to Iman Man if Bad TRK IN D uin Output tracking is not active auc The algorithm stops the calculation E 12 Fae d Man Man Output tracking is not active The target mode is changed to Man 0x00 auto Output tracking is not active The algorithm continues the normal calculation Output tracking is not active C The algorithm continues the normal calculation IFS if Bad TRK VAL 4 OUT Status GoodC IFS TRK_VAL is not usable When the output block goes to fault state the upper blocks go to Iman Man if Bad TRK VAL Out
78. SV VAL Status HART Response Code converted to FF status 55 TV UC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 None D RO TV Units Code 56 TV VAL DS 65 TV UC D RO Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW TV VAL Value TV actual value TV VAL Status HART Response Code converted to FF status 57 UC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 None D RO QV Units Code 58 QV VAL DS 65 QV UC D RO Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW QV VAL Value TV actual value QV VAL Status HART Response Code converted to FF status 59 A1 CODE Unsigned8 None Selects variable to appearon A1 VAL 33 60 A1 UC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 None D RO A1 variable Units Code 33 2 204 Block Library Parameter A1 VAL Data Type DS 65 Valid Range Options Default Value Description OUTPUT PARAMETER Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW and A1_CODE HART Read A2_CODE Unsigned8 Selects variable to appear on A2_VAL A2_UC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 A2 variable Units Code 2 VAL DS 65 Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW and A2 CODE A3 CODE Unsigned8 Selects variable to appear on A8 VAL UC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 A3 variable Units Code A3 VAL DS 65 Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW and A3 CODE A4 CODE A4 UC
79. Service it occurs when the block is O S mode Supported Modes O S MAN and AUTO Status Handling The status of OUT will be a copy of the selected input but if the output is an average of inputs the status will be Good Non cascade Non specific 2 94 Block Library Schematic Nil DISABLE 1 IN 2 DISABLE 2 SELECTOR OP SELECT OR JouT IN 3 SELECT TYPE DISABLE 3 IN amp SELECTED DISABLE_4 OP SELECT Parameters Data T Valid Range Default A Parameter 1 Description length Options Value 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 S RO 2 TAG DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na S 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None S 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO 7 OUT DS 65 XD SCALE OUT D Man The primary analog value calculated as a result of executing the function 8 OUT UNITS Unsigned16 0 E S The engineering units of the output for display Options for controlling access of host computer and 9 GRANT DENY DS 70 0 Na D local contro panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 10 STATUS OPTS Bitstring 2 E 0 S O S See Block Options 11 IN 1 DS 65 D Numbered input parameter 1 12 IN 2 DS 65 D Numbered input parameter 2 13 IN 3 DS 65 D Numbered input parameter 3 14 IN 4 DS 65 D Numbered input parameter 4 Parameter to switch off the input
80. TAG PT 100A MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO XD_SCALE UNIT Pa ARTH BLOCK LD302 1 100 2 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO PV UNIT2n OUT UNIT Ton ARITH TYPE 5 traditional mult div GAIN IN 2 1 GAIN 1 3 13 Function Block Instruction Manual COMP_HI_LIM INF COMP_LO_LIM INF Al BLOCK LD302 3 TAG PT 100C MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO XD_SCALE UNIT Pa ARTH BLOCK LD302 3 TAG PY 100 3 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO UNIT2mH2O OUT_UNIT ARITH TYPE 9 HTG comp level GAIN H2 BIAS H1 RANGE_LO 20 RANGE_HI 10 CHAR BLOCK LD302 3 100 4 MODE BLK TARGET AUTO X_UNITS m Y UNITS m CURVE_X 0 20 40 50 70 80 100 CURVE_Y 0 20 40 50 70 80 100 Al BLOCK TT302 TAG TT 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO 3 14 Examples Combustion Control with Double Cross Limits OIL me om 7 AIR q 5 X 302 2 DEZ FEMANUAL i3 This type of control tries to keep the air fuel ratio strictly within the limits A sudden change on the load would require a corresponding air and fuel variation The master controller supplies Setpoint values to air and fuel flow controllers while it is stabilized During the transitions the air flow determines the maximum upper and lower limits that the fuel flow cannot exceed The same occurs for the air flow whose limits are fixed by those of the fuel flow In this way even when
81. The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in pete D the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed The current alert status unacknowledged states unreported states and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block See Block Options 5 22 ALARM_SUM DS 74 0 Auto ACK Disable 23 OPTION Bitstring 2 0 Na S Selection of whether alarms associated with 1 Auto ACK the block will be automatically acknowledged Enable Alarm hysteresis parameter In order to clear the alarm the amount the PV must return within the alarm limit plus hysteresis percentage of OUT SCALE 25 HI HI PRI Unsigned8 0to 15 S Priority of the high high alarm OUT SCALE INF 24 ALARM_HYS Float 0 to 50 0 5 5 The setting for high high alarm engineering INF OUT 5 units 26 HI HI Float 27 HI PRI Unsigned8 Oto 15 S Priority of the high alarm OUT SCALE INF The setting for high alarm in engineering 28 HI LIM Float units INF OUT 5 29 LO_PRI Unsigned8 0to 15 S Priority of the low alarm OUT SCALE INF
82. Unsigned8 Enumerated HC TABLE 2 Selects variable to appear on A4 VAL 4 variable Units Code A4 VAL DS 65 Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW and A4 CODE B1 CODE Unsigned8 Selects variable to appear on B1 VAL B1 UC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 B1 variable Units Code B1 VAL B2 CODE DS 65 Unsigned8 Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW and B1 CODE Selects variable to appear on B2 VAL B2 UC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 B2 variable Units Code B2 VAL DS 65 Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW and B2 CODE B3 CODE Unsigned8 Selects variable to appear on VAL B3 UC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 B3 variable Units Code B3 VAL DS 65 Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW and B3 CODE B4 CODE Unsigned8 Selects variable to appear on 4 VAL B4 UC B4 VAL Enumerated DS 65 HC TABLE 2 B4 variable Units Code Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW and B4 CODE C1 CODE Unsigned8 Selects variable to appearon C1 VAL C1 UC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 C1 variable Units Code C1 VAL DS 65 Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW and C1 CODE C2 CODE Unsigned8 Selects variable to appear on C2 VAL C2 UC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 C2 variable Units Code C2 VAL DS 65 Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW and C2 CODE C3 CODE
83. When the variable connected to the input is a rate i e kg s W Gal hour etc This input can come from or is derived from the output OUT of a Pulse Input block or from the output of an Analog Input block ACCUM When the input comes from the OUT_ACCUM of a Pulse Input block which represents a continuous accumulation of pulse counts from a transducer 2 The input type is configured in the bit string parameter INTEG_OPTS The bits corresponding to IN_1 and IN_2 can be set as follows false RATE true ACCUM 3 Rate inputs Each input needs a parameter to define the rate time unit TIME_UNIT1 or TIME UNIT2 The time units are used to convert the two rates in units of mass volume or energy per second e second analog input may have to be converted into the same units of the first input This is achieved by a unit conversion factor given by the parameter UNIT CONV Each rate multiplied by the block execution time gives the mass volume or energy increment per block execution This increment will be added or subtracted in a register according to some rules defined ahead X block execution increment Kg hour time UNIT CONV x block execution increment2 x conversion time lb min factor 0 453 Ib Kg Fig 1 Increment calculation with rate input 2 81 Function Blocks Instruction Manual 4 Counter inputs e The counter inputs are originated in Pulse Input blocks
84. be due to a Bad Sensor Failure detected by the 1 or a communication failure between AI 1 OUT and 1 IN The PID 2 Slave only propagates the status forward The AO block receives the IFS status and active the Fault State In the safety condition the preset value of the FSTATE VAL is used to the output of the AO block After the execution 6 the bad status in the IN of the PID master is cleared and the loop returns to normal operation PID 1 Master STATUS _ IFS if Bad IN Execution 1 2 D 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Auto GNC Bad GNC GNC GNC GNC BKCAL IN GC GC Vn GC GC NI NI NI NI NI IR Actual Auto Man sed Man Man Iman Iman Iman Iman Iman Iman GC IFS IFS IFS IFS IFS GC GC GC 1 22 Introduction to Function Block Application PID 2 Slave Execution 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Target CAS IN IFS IFS GC GC GC GC BKCAL IN GC GC GC NI NI NI IR GC GC GC Actual Cas Cas Cas Iman Iman Iman Iman Auto Cas Cas GC IFS IFS IFS IFS GC GC GC GC OUT 100 100 100 100 BKCAL_OUT GC GC GC NI NI NI NI IR GC GC AO FSTATE VAL 100 FSTATE TIME 2 sec lO OPTS Fault State to value PV SCALE 0 100 0 100 XD SCALE 0 100 4 20 2 sec Execution 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Target Cas GC IFS ES IFS IFS IFS IFS GC GC GC 100 100 100 100 100 GC IFS Es IFS IFS IFS IFS GC GC GC
85. compensation for linear transmitters equation type 1 The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mode OUT Equation Types TYPE Equation 1 OUT PV f GAIN BIAS Flow comp where f is limited Linear 2 OUT PV f GAIN BIAS Flow comp where f 4 limited Square T2 T3 root 3 OUT PV f GAIN BIAS Flow where 2 3 lis limited comp Approx 4 OUT PV f GAIN BIAS BTU flow where f 71 T is limited 5 OUT PV f GAIN BIAS Traditional 1 mult div where f pd is limited 6 PV4TI T24 T3 QUT GAIN BIAS Average Where f is number of inputs used in computation unusable inputs not used 7 OUT PV T1 72 T3 GAIN BIAS Traditional summer 8 Fourth OUT T2 T3 GAIN BIAS order polynomial 9 HTG OUT GAIN BIAS comp PV T2 Level 2 71 Function Blocks Instruction Manual ARITH TYPE Example Gas flow compensation 1 for linear transmitters e g turbine Examples Example equation Ket O Kee Note Gas flow compensation For DP transmitters P Q Q p K 2 2 may be constant or an input from other block AGA3 Approx liquid 3 amp steam flow comp Q Q K J K K T K T Q Q K J K R3 K P Temperature connected to 3 and 4 4 BTU met
86. d eee E e ed dme 3 1 3 1 Cascade COME ice e E 3 1 GorreSponding Configuration ar PAPERS E E 3 2 Eee retailer iet eua 3 3 rm 3 3 Gorresponditig Gonfig ratilor iiie 3 4 Parameterizatlor ir peat etm col ot n d pa qe oce toc Pe eio basa tee ce ae b BC bette ae 3 4 Feedforward Contr l z 222 nn MM 3 5 eo 1r ore nre Taie HaT Tu ire UL Fz lo o ERE 3 5 Parameterization sen sities iene eco sot e Bre ve ome diene ale inte 3 6 saeculum 3 6 Corresponding Configuration asic ient moe te p nta nite qe tbe t ps va et aie adden dus 3 7 Parameter Zation Sects 3 7 3 8 Gorresponding Configuration MEE P RATED HAB ADEM CU REEF S Qi 3 8 Parameterization em ee ine ie e Hee stet eh 3 9 Rate Control Loop with Lead 3 9 Corresponding
87. day hr min sec The value and status from a lower block s 14 BKCAL_IN DS 65 OUT N BKCAL_OUT that is used to prevent reset windup and to initialize the control loop 15 START DS 66 On Off D A leading edge at this input or a transition from false to true starts the timer 1 Use Curve 16 START TYPE Unsigned8 2 UseDuraion 0 E MIR EIU d C 3 Use Rate Stops the timer when set to true Resume time m PAUSE penes running when set back to false 0 Not paused 1 Operator Pause 2 Logic Pause 4 Deviation Pause 3 Operator amp This parameter enumerates the causes of 18 PAUSE CAUSE Unsigned8 Ec PAUSE 5 Operator amp Deviation 6 Logic amp Deviation 7 Operator amp Logic amp Deviation 2 100 Block Library DataType Valid Range Default Idx Parameter Description length Options When set to true automatically resets the time 19 AUTO CYCLE Unsigned8 1 Auto cycle 5 to the beginning of the first step and restarts the timer Moe Determine the current step or segment of the step profile in auto mode Direct the timer to the 2 step 2 DaMan step specified by the operator when in manual mode n step n Determine the time elapsed since the beginning of the step in auto mode The 21 MEM See operator can set the time since the beginning of the current step when operating in manual Determine the time elapsed sin
88. device tag in FB700 is different from LC700 e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when the OCCURRENCE has invalid value FB700 or it is not compatible the CHANNEL parameter and HC configuration DFI302 Input failure the CPU of LC700 stopped working FB700 or I O module failure DFI302 e Power up there is no CPU of LC700 in the rack or the hardware configuration of LC700 has an error Out of Service When the block is in O S mode Status Handling The status of OUT Dx will be the following if the BLOCK ERR indicates e Other Configuration Error e input failure Device Failure e Power up Bad Device Failure Supported Modes O S MAN and AUTO Schematic MANUAL AUTO MANUALS 1 AUTO MANUAL T D I AUTO PEUT MANUALS CHANNEL SNAP OF AUTO 1 TRANSDUCER BLOCK AUTO MANUAL OUTPUTS Bor AUTO MANUAL 1 T AUTO MANUAL AUTO MODE 2 46 Block Library Parameters DataType Valid Range Default Store Idx Parameter length Options valle Units Mode Description 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 110255 0 5 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO OCCURRENCE For more details about the configurat
89. engineering units of for example mass volume or energy per block execution input 1 Reading 1 PULSE VALI increment 2 counts Reading i 1 number of pulses pulse value 1 Kg g Kg pulse input 2 Reading 1 PULSE VAL2 12 increment 2 gt gt x conversion counts Reading i D number of pulses lb factor Kg Ib pulse Fig 2 Increment calculation with counter input 5 In order to distinguish forward and reverse flows the Integrator block considers a negative sign as an indication of reverse flow Some flow meters already indicate forward and reverse flows by adding a sign to the measurement value Others use a separate binary signal This signal can be connected to the inputs REV FLOW1 REV FLOWA with the following options 0 False not invert signal 1 True invert signal where True will invert the signal of the IN_i signal 6 The net flow is obtained by adding the two increments The net increment will have a positive or negative signal to indicate the net flow direction In order to integrate the difference between the inflow and outflow of a tank for example the second one can be assigned to be negative 7 The net flow direction to be considered in the totalization is defined in INTEG_OPTS The following options are available FORWARD only positive flows after application of REV FLOWi are totalized The negative values will be tre
90. fault state value on restart 4 Fault state to value 5 10 Use fault state value on restart 5 Fault state to value 6 11 Use fault state value on restart 6 12 Fault state to value 7 13 Use fault state value on restart 7 14 Fault state to value 8 15 Use fault state value on restart 8 MO OPTS Profile Rev 1 DFI302 5 Meaning Fault state to value 1 Fault state to value 2 Fault state to value 3 Fault state to value 4 Fault state to value 5 Fault state to value 6 Fault state to value 7 Fault state to value 8 o wo Use fault state value on restart 1 Use fault state value on restart 2 pr Use fault state value on restart 3 Use fault state value on restart 4 4 Use fault state value on restart 5 Use fault state value on restart 6 E Use fault state value on restart 7 Use fault state value on restart 8 2 228 Block Library Hardware Configuration Block Options MODULE STATUS 3 Bit Meaning Status of module in rack 0 slot 0 Status of module in rack 0 slot 1 Status of module in rack 0 slot 2 Status of module in rack 0 slot 3 Status of module in rack 1 slot 0 Status of module in rack 1 slot 1 Status of module in rack 1 slot 2 Status of modul
91. first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute As so 2 218 Block Library Block Options Resource Block Bit Strings HARD_TYPES CYCLE_TYPE and CYCLE_SEL Hardware types supported Types of cycle supported Bit Meaning Bit Meaning 0 Scalar input LSB 0 Scheduled LSB 1 Scalar output 1 Completion of block execution 2 Discrete input 2 Manufacturer specific 3 Discrete output 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 FEATURES FEATURE_SEL Order of Resource Block Alerts Things that this resource supports For ALARM_SUM and ACK_OPTION Bit Meaning Bit Meaning 0 Writes have been enabled 1 Reports supported 1 2 Fault State supported 2 3 Soft Write lock supported 3 4 5 Output readback supported 5 6 7 Change of bypass in an automatic mode 7 alarm 8 MVC supported 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 This feature depends on the Hardware 2 219 Function Blocks Instruction Manual FEATURES and FEATURE_SEL Unicode strings This feature is not supported Reports supported It is necessary to set this feature in order to enable alert reporting in the resource Fault State supported If th
92. for Floating Point variables FLOAT ARRAY 3 FloatingPoint 20 0 D Third array used for Floating Point variables FLOAT ARRAY 4 FloatingPoint 20 0 D Fourth array used for Floating Point variables FLOAT ARRAY 5 FloatingPoint 20 0 D Fifth array used for Floating Point variables U16B ARRAY 1 Unsigned16 20 0 D First array of 16 bit 2 byte values U32B ARRAY 1 Unsigned32 10 0 D First array of 32 bit variables U32B ARRAY 2 Unsigned32 10 0 D Second array of 32 bit variables String 01 VisibleString 8 D First general string 8 characters String 02 VisibleString 8 D 8 characters general use string String 03 VisibleString 8 D 8 characters general use string 27 String 04 VisibleString 8 Spaces NA D 8 characters general use string 28 String 05 VisibleString 8 Spaces NA D 8 characters general use string 29 String 06 VlsibleString 16 Spaces NA D 16 characters general use string 30 String 07 VisibleString 16 Spaces NA D 16 characters general use string 31 String 08 VlsibleString 16 Spaces NA D 16 characters general use string 32 String 09 VisibleString 16 Spaces NA D 16 characters general use string 33 String 10 VlsibleString 16 Spaces NA D 16 characters general use string 34 String 11 VisibleString 32 Spaces NA D 32 characters general use string 35 String 12 VisibleString 32 Spaces NA D 32 characters general use string 36 String 13 VisibleString 32 Spaces NA D 32 characters general use string 2 209 Function Blocks Instruction Manual
93. from SP with demand reset PERIODIC Counts up and is reset periodically according to CLOCK PER DEMAND Counts up and is reset on demand PER amp DEM Counts up and is reset periodically or on demand 15 Block takes a snapshot of TOTAL OUT RTOTAL and SP prior the reset and keep the information in the registers STOTAL SRTOTAL and SSP respectively The information is kept at least until the next reset 16 The integrator shall reject reset requests for 5 seconds after a reset This is to guarantee that the snapshots values are exposed to FIELDBUS before they can be overwritten 17 When the integration is counting up and it reaches a limit given by the parameter Setpoint SP the discrete output OUT TRIP is set When the integration is counting down it starts from a value given by SP When the counting reaches zero the discrete output OUT TRIP is set 18 When the integration is counting up and it reaches a limit given by 2 83 Function Blocks Instruction Manual SP PRE_TRIP 19 The discrete output OUT_PTRIP is set when the integration is counting down and it reaches PRE TRIP the discrete output OUT_PTRIP is set OUT is set until SP or zero is reached When the options AUTO or DN AUTO are selected a residue beyond the trip value may be considered in the next batch if the option CARRY of INTEG is set This residue will be carried to the next batch by a Start counting from the residue
94. from being used If 15 DISABLE 1 DS 66 D this parameter is true then don t use this input IN 1 determining the output Parameter to switch off the input from being used If 16 DISABLE 2 DS 66 D this parameter is true then don t use this input IN 2 determining the output Parameter to switch off the input from being used If 17 DISABLE 3 DS 66 D this parameter is true then don t use this input IN 3 determining the output 2 95 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Parameter Data Type Valid Range length Options Default Value Description Parameter to switch off the input from being used If this 18 DISABLE_4 DS 66 D parameter is true then don t use this input IN_4 determining the output selector action max select the max from all the connected and good inputs min select the min from all the connected and good inputs 1 First good mid select the mid value from all the connected and good inputs if less than min_good inputs are connected 2 MIN then an error code is generated An error code is also 19 SELECT_TYPE Unsigned8 3 MAX 0 E 5 generated if less than min_good values have good E 4 MID status Not intended for use with 2 or 4 inputs First Good determine the first good input encountered 5 AVG based on ascending evaluation of the inputs see text for further discussion avg compute the average for all the connected and good inputs if less than two input
95. from false to true ACCUM QUIES OPT does not apply QUIES does not apply COMPARE returns to false changes from false to true DELAY returns to false changes from false to true EXTEND returns to true changes from true to false DEBOUNCE has changed and timer has expired changes PULSE has returned to false and timer has expired changes from false to true RT PULSE has returned to false and timer has expired changes from false to true The CLEAR enumeration of QUIES OPT will cause both OUT EXP and OUT REM to be set to zero during quiescence The LAST enumeration of QUIES OPT will cause both OUT EXP and OUT REM to be held to their values when the block becomes quiescent That is the time expired and time remaining will remain available until the quiescence ends with the start of the next activation Note that a false to true transition on RESET IN will also reset OUT EXP and OUT REM N START is a count of the number of starts false to true transitions of the combined input PV D since the last false to true change seen on RESET TIMER TYPE may be one of the following operating on the combined input signal MEASURE ACCUM COMPARE e DELAY e EXTEND DEBOUNCE e PULSE RT_PULSE Indicate the duration of the most recent true signal Accumulate the durations of a true signal Compare a true signal duration to specified duration Delay a false to true transition eliminating it if short Extend
96. future implementations HART SELECTION DEVICE POLL CTRL SPECIFIC MOPPING HART HART CHANNEL POLL ADDR HART 2 196 Block Library DYNAMIC VARIABLES POLLING MAP VIEWS DESCRIPTION Viewnumber 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Needs Configuration se EEE Polling cycle s 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 6 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 3 5 Parameter name Up ated Parameters COMM ERR xxx OX x xx xxx xxx DEVICE STATUS Ex bx Ese x 515983 x x x x x x X X X X X x X ADDITIONAL STATUS x x LI LLLI LOOP CURRENT LX PV PERC x PV UC X PV VAL X SV UC x SV_VAL x x x x x XIX PITT TT TTT TTT LE ate I Mes p pol e E b SP pp pe s p spe Pl PIT TTT TTT TT TTT TTT TT TT EET TT TE EEE T T b S PITT TTT TT TT TTT TTT TT TT TTT TT T T T Pl Espere oc Fe pes ops ees o pp SE Fn EE DEDE LE ESTEE TE EGER SIEGE VAL QV UC QV VAL A1 UC AL E EE lt PT TTT TT TT bx EEEE x x 2S aS 24g e X XH X X X X x EEE pe x X XL 4 XXX X x x XXIX x x x x x xl xl x xl xl x xl x x x C2 UC m C2 VAL
97. has changed The current alert status unacknowledged See Block states unreported states and disabled states a ALARM SUM Rane Options Na P of the alarms associated with the function block 0 Auto ACK ee Disable Selection of whether alarms associated with 32 ACK ORTION Bitstring 2 1 Auto ACK 0 Na the block will be automatically acknowledged Enable 2 101 Function Blocks Instruction Manual DataType Valid Range Default Parameter Units Description length Options Value Alarm hysteresis parameter In order to clear 33 ALARM_HYS Float to 50 0 5 5 the alarm the amount the PV must return within the alarm limit plus hysteresis 34 DV PRI Unsigned8 01015 5 Priority of the high deviation alarm OUT_SCALE The setting for high deviation alarm in 35 DV HI LIM Float or INF OUT 5 engineering units 36 DV_LO PRI Unsigned8 01015 5 Priority of the low deviation alarm OUT_SCALE E The setting for low deviation alarm 37 DV LO LIM Float or INF OUT S engineering units 38 DV ALM DS 71 OUT D The status for high deviation alarm and its associated time stamp The status for low deviation alarm and its 39 Dy PEREM 542 B associated time stamp Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile Gray Background Line Custom Parameters S static If BE
98. i HART_LONG_TAG Unknown Good Non Specific Not L 10 Bw i HCD_SEL 5 Good Non Specific Not L 11 RW CMD 0 Good Non Specific Not L 12 Rw ID METHOD Automatic Good Non Specific Not L 13 Rw POLL CMD 3 Good Non Specific Not L 14 RW i POLL_CTRL Polling Enable Good Non Specific Not L 15 Rw COMMON CMD CTRL 16 IDENTIFIED The device was not identified yet or there is sonGood Non Specific Not L 17 Rw i BLK_EXEC_STATE Old Data Good Non Specific Not L 18 i UNIQUE_ID 00 00 00 00 00 Good Non Specific Not L 19 RO i HART_BYPASS_REQUEST 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Good Non Specific Not L 20 RW HART BYPASS RESPONSE 000000 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Good Non Specific Not L 21 RO i HART_BYPASS_STATUS Idle Good Non Specific Not L 22 COMM ERR No error Good Non Specific Not L 23 RW t RESP CODE Success Good Non Specific Not L 24 R DEVICE STATUS None Good Non Specitic Not L 25 RO i MAN_ID Smar Good Non Specific Not L 26 i DEW_TYPE 0 Good Non Specific Not L 2 F MNP REG 0 Good Non Specific Not L 28 RO i UNILREV 0 Good Non Specific Not L 23 i SPEC REV 0 Good Non Specific Not L 30 i Sw REV 0 Good Non Specific Not L 31 HRDW REV 0 Good Non Specific Not L 32 RO i FLAGS lt None gt Good Non Specific Not L 33 RO DEV ID 00 00 00 Good Non Specific Not L 34 RO t MNP RSP 2 Good Non Specific Not L 35 Rw i MAX_VAR D Good Non Specific Not L 36 RO i CFG COUNT 0 Good Non Specific Not
99. in 92 Options profile revision 1 The time in seconds to ignore the existence of a new fault state condition If the fault state 18 FSTATE TIME Float Positive 0 Sec S condition does not persist for FSTATE TIME seconds and while this time does not elapse the block will execute in the last actual mode The preset discrete value to use when failure 19 FSTATE VAL D1 Unsigned8 0 S occurs in IN D1 Ignored if the Fault state to value 1 in the MO OPTS parameter is false The preset discrete value to use when failure 20 FSTATE VAL D2 Unsigned8 0 S occurs in IN D2 Ignored if the Fault state to value 2 in the MO OPTS parameter is false The preset discrete value to use when failure 21 FSTATE VAL D3 Unsigned8 0 S occurs in IN D3 Ignored if the Fault state to value in the MO OPTS parameter is false The preset discrete value to use when failure 22 FSTATE VAL D4 Unsigned8 0 S occurs in IN D4 Ignored if the Fault state to value 4 in the OPTS parameter is false The preset discrete value to use when failure 23 FSTATE VAL D5 Unsigned8 0 S occurs in IN D5 Ignored if the Fault state to value 5 in the MO OPTS parameter is false The preset discrete value to use when failure 24 FSTATE VAL D6 Unsigned8 0 S occurs in IN D6 Ignored if the Fault state to value 6 in the MO OPTS parameter is false The preset discrete value to use when failure 25 FSTATE VAL D7 Unsigned8 0 S occurs in IN D7 Ignored if the Fault state to val
100. in Auto mode and AO block in Auto Cas or Rcas modes When the block is in Auto mode and the user change the SP to a value greater than the current value then the SP value ramps upward based on the SP RATE UP parameter If the new setpoint is less than the current value the SP value ramps downward based on the SP RATE DN When the SP RATE DN and or SP RATE UP is zero the rate limiting is disabled DELTA 2 DELTA 1 TARGET A SP gt t VALUE i SP i t DELTA 1 SP RATE UP DELTA 2 SP RATE DN 1 7 Function Blocks Instruction Manual The below table summarizes the conditions for SP limits and SP rate limits Block type Mode Required configuration for SP Required configuration for SP rate limits limits SP HL LIM SP LO SP RATE UP SP RATE DN Auto None SP RATE UP SP RATE DN different of zero CasiRcas mits CesorRcas is tue NOtapply Auto None SP RATE UP SP RATE DN different of zero Cas Rcas Not apply SP RATE UP SP RATE DN different of zero C SP tracking PV Some control strategies require that the transition from a manual mode Rout Man LO and Iman to an auto mode Auto Cas Rcas must be done with error equals to zero therefore SP must be equal to PV The CONTROL OPTS of the PID block and the IO OPTS of the AO block may be configured for SP tracking PV when the block is in a manual mode This option is summarized in the fol
101. in the Input Output Function Blocks they will indicate the enable switch condition in the SIMULATE SIMULATE_D or SIMULATE_P parameter 1 29 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Simulation disabled When disabled the SIMULATE Simulate Value and Status will track SIMULATE Transducer Value and Status in order to provide a bumpless transfer from disabled to enabled The parameter will always initialize to disabled and will be stored in dynamic memory Input Function Block Al DI PUL The SIMULATE Transducer Status and SIMULATE Transducer Value come from the transducer block or input channel and contain what will be sent to the input block if the switch is off disabled The SIMULATE Simulate Value and SIMULATE Simulate Status are presented to the input block when the enable switch is on and the transducer block or input channel is ignored The status can be used to simulate transducer faults The transducer value and status will always be written with transducer data at each evaluation of the input function block Simulation condition Action SIMULATE Simulate Value and Status gt PV after scaling linearization and filtering SIMULATE Transducer Value and Status gt PV after scaling linearization and filtering and SIMULATE Simulate Value and Status Disable Output Function Block AO DO The SIMULATE Simulate Value and SIMULATE Simulate status become the READBACK value and status when the enable switch is o
102. in the SIMULATE parameter or hardware through the jumper The SIMULATE structure is composed by the following attributes e Simulate Value and Status e Transducer Value and Status e Simulate Enable Disable The Transducer Value Status attributes of SIMULATE parameter are always showing the value that the AO block receives from the corresponding transducer block There is a hardware jumper to disable the SIMULATE parameter If this jumper is placed Off then the simulation will be disabled In this case the user cannot change the ENABLE DISABLE attribute This jumper prevents simulation from accidentally being enabled during plant operations When the jumper is placed ON it will cause Simulate Active attribute in the BLOCK_ERR of Resource block to be true The simulate is active if the following conditions exist e The simulate hardware jumper is not placed Off e The SIMULATE ENABLE DISABLE parameter is Active When simulation is active the READBACK and PV parameters will be calculated based on the attribute Simulate Value Status of the SIMULATE parameter Otherwise it will be that one supplied by the transducer block in the Transducer Value Status attribute of the SIMULATE parameter Readback parameter If the hardware supports a readback value such as valve position then the value will be read by the transducer block and it will be provided to the corresponding AO block through the Transducer Value Status attribute of the SIMUL
103. in the interface 42 LOCAL VCR SELECT unsigned char dun device that owns this transducer Previous VOLK 43 L_VCR_ID unsigned char R W VCR selected Bru Publisher Bnu Subscriber Qub Client 44 L_VCR_TYPE_AND_ROLE unsigned char Qub Server RO VCR type and role Quu Source Quu Sink Undefined 45 VCR REMOTE ADDRESS octet string 4 VCR Remote address 46 L_VCR_STATISTICS_RESET unsigned char a et R W Resets statistics of the selected VCR 47 L VCR_ST_ ABORT unsigned long 0 to 2 RO 2 L VCR ST N DT SE 32 m Number of DT PDU sent on the 48 NT unsigned long 0 2 selected VCR L_VCR_ST_N_DT_PDU_RC 32 __ Number of DT PDU received on the 49 V unsigned long 0 to2 RO selected VCR 50 L VCR ST N DT TIMEOUT unsigned long 0 to 2 RO of DT failures caused L_VCR_ST_REQ_REJECTE 16 m Number of request that could not be 51 D unsigned int 0 2 queued to this VCR L_VCR_ST_W_REQ_REJEC 16 __ Number of write request that could TED rignednt Gee ES not be queued to this VCR Port 0 mismatch It will indicate any occurrence of Port 1 mismatch mismatching between 53 NET_STATUS bit string Port 2 mismatch PORT CONF and 3 mismatch PORT N DEV READY Reserved Note Not Available Med Selects the port to be analyzed or 54 PORT SELECT unsigned char N RW configured in the following lone parameters Previous 55 PORT un
104. input output is considered NOT CONFIGURED when the BlockTag was blank or the Relativelndex and the Sublndex was equal zero When there was a configuration error in the contained parameter the correspondent bit of the input output in STATUS will be set and the BLOCK ERR will indicate Configuration Error reading or writing is not supported in all parameter types The table below summarizes the operations supported by the block 2 124 Block Library Parameter Direction Data Type from Other Block Parameter Boolean Float Integers Integer16 Integer32 Unsigned8 Unsigned16 Unsigned32 Bitstring Input Output Other Block IN_x Float In_x Parameter Boolean Float Integer8 Integer16 Integer32 Unsigned8 Unsigned16 Unsigned32 Bitstring Other Block In Dx Unsigned8 In Dx Parameter Boolean Float Integer8 Integer16 Out x Integer32 Unsigned8 Unsigned16 Unsigned32 Bitstring Other Block x Float Parameter Boolean Float Integer8 Integer16 Out_Dx Integer32 Unsigned8 Unsigned16 Unsigned32 Bitstring Other Block Out Parameter Unsigned8 Note 1 The data type assigned with means the block will cut the values out of range of the correspondent type Unsigned 8 Bitstring 0 to 255 Integer 8 127 a 127 Boolean 0 and 1 Unsigned16 0 to 65535 Integer16 32767 to 32767 Note 2
105. inputs are true The timer processing type is specified by TIMER_TYPE It may operate to produce a measurement delay extension pulse non re triggerable or re triggerable or debounce of the combined input signal TIMER_SP is the specification for the time duration of delay extension pulse debounce filter or comparison limit It may either be configured as operator engineer entered constant or may be connected as an input determined by another block In either case the block will on each execution check to see if the current duration of the delay extension pulse debounce or time comparison exceeds the current TIMER_SP OUT_EXP indicates the amount of time expired in the measurement comparison delay extension debounce or pulse See TIMER_TYPE for details OUT_REM indicates the amount of time remaining in the comparison delay extension debounce or pulse See TIMER_TYPE for details QUIES allows the configurer to select the behavior for OUT EXP and OUT REM when the timer is quiescent that is not timing and not in a triggered condition The following table lists the definition of quiescent state for each TIMER TYPE enumeration 2 104 Block Library Definition of quiescent state start and end as a function of TIMER_TYPE TIMER_TYPE Quiescence state starts Quiescence state ends when combined input PV D when combined input PV D MEASURE returns to false changes
106. link The value and status required by an upper block s BKCAL_IN so that the upper block may prevent 1g DURO reset windup and provide bumpless transfer to closed loop control 16 IN_ARRAY 4 Floats 0 S An array which contains the values of the input or X variables 17 OUT ARRAY 4 Floats o s S An array which contains the values of the output or Y variables O FALSE 1 TRUE Flag for holding the first output at current value when the other output is non zero 18 LOCKVAL Unsigned8 2 5 FALSE E 5 restart It also allowed BKCAL_OUT receives SP or 3 Lock amp SP On cas restart BKCAL_IN in the cascade initialization 2 75 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Idx Parameter 19 BKCAL 1 Data Type Valid Range length DS 65 TE Store Description The back calculated input required to initialize a lower cascade 1 20 BKCAL_IN_2 DS 65 The back calculated input required to initialize a lower cascade 2 21 BAL_TIME Float Sec This specifies the time for the internal working value of bias or ratio to return to the operator set bias or ratio in seconds 22 UPDATE_EVT DS 73 na This alert is generated by any change to the static data 23 BLOCK_ALM DS 72 na The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert i
107. linking an input parameter of one function block to an output parameter of another Function blocks can be bound together within and across devices Interfaces between function blocks located in the same function block application are locally defined Those interfaces between function blocks in different devices use the communication services To support function block operation the function block architecture also provides transducer and resource blocks and display objects Function Block Application Process represents the function block application as an integrated set of these components accessed to its network interface A block object represents a logical processing unit composed of a set of input processing and control parameters and an associated algorithm Each block is identified by its Tag which is defined to be unique throughout the control system at one plant site Block tags are defined as strings with a maximum length of 32 characters During system operation a short hand reference known as a numeric index is used for block access purposes A block s numeric index is unique only within the function block application where it exists The algorithm of a block is identified by its type and the revision level of its type This information indicates how the execution of the algorithm is affected by control parameters Parameters define the inputs outputs and control data for a block Their relationship to each other and to th
108. metering device manufacturer specifies that each pulse represents 0 1 gallons of flow The user wants the flow rate expressed in gallons per minute PULSE_VAL should be set to 0 1 TIME UNITS should be set to units minute The related time unit factor will be 60 sec min Using the above equation the pre filtered rate value will then be computed as 70 pulses 0 1 gallons pulse 0 5 sec 60 sec min 7 0 gallons 0 5 sec 60 sec min 14 0 gallons sec 60 sec min 840 gallons min OUT ACCUM is a connectable float output of the block It is intended to be connected to the Integrator block for totalization so it only accumulates enough to avoid rollover between executions of the Integrator block It represents a continuous accumulation of counts from the transducer limited to the range of values from 0 to 999 999 It can count either up or down An increment of the accumulation 999 999 by 1 will result in the accumulation 0 and a decrement of the accumulation 0 by 1 will result in the accumulation 999 999 maximum change to the accumulation of 499 999 counts is permitted to be reflected in OUT ACCUM in a single execution of the block If a change of counts greater in magnitude than 499 999 occurs at the transducer e The change in OUT ACCUM is limited to 499 999 of the proper sign e The OUT ACCUM status s quality is set to uncertain The OUT ACCUM status s sub status is set to Engr Units Range Violation e The OUT A
109. mode is MAN IMAN ROUT and LO Direct Acting Define the relationship between a change in PV and corresponding change in output When Direct is selected an increase in PV results in an increase in the output Track Enable This enables the external tracking function If true the value in TRK VAL will replace the value of OUT if TRK IN D becomes true and the target mode is not Man Track in Manual This enables TRK VAL to replace the value of OUT when the target mode is Man and TRK IN D is true The actual mode will then be LO Use PV for BKCAL OUT BKCAL OUT and RCAS OUT values are normally the working SP If this options is enable then the PV value will be used after the CASCADE is closed Act on IR This feature is not used 2 222 Block Library Meaning IFS if BAD IN LSB Use percent for IN 1 This feature is not used Obey SP limits if Cas or Rcas Normally the setpoint will not be restricted to the setpoint limits except when entered by a human interface device However if this option is selected the setpoint will be restricted to the setpoint absolute limits in the Cas and Rcas modes No OUT limits in Manual Do not apply OUT HI LIM or OUT LO LIM when target and actual mode are Man Trust the operator to do the right thing STATUS OPTS AALM ISEL SPG TIME LLAG DENS FFET AO DO STEP IFS if BAD CAS IN Use Uncertain as Good Propagate Fail Forward Propagate F
110. mode will be restored when the cause of shedding has cleared normal return no change in target mode The shed option has the following enumeration 0 Undefined Invalid 1 Normal shed normal return Actual mode changes to the next lowest priority non remote mode permitted but returns to the target remote mode when the remote computer completes the initialization handshake 2 Normal shed no return Target mode changes to the next lowest priority non remote mode permitted The target remote mode is lost so there is no return to it 3 Shed to Auto normal return 4 Shed to Auto no return Target mode changes to Auto on detection of a shed condition 5 Shed to Manual normal return 6 Shed to Manual no return Target mode changes to Man on detection of a shed condition 7 Shed to Retained target normal return 8 Shed to Retained target no return change target to retained target 1 12 Introduction to Function Block Application e Mode calculation The actual mode will be calculated based on the following Each mode type has some conditions that force the actual mode to be of higher priority than the target mode Starting from the highest priority mode O S it is analyzed its corresponding conditions If they are present then the actual mode will be this one otherwise it is necessary to check the conditions for the next lower priority mode Iman LO Man Auto Rcas and Rout
111. nA parameters Request and See HART Command configuration CMD_49 OctString 104 Response parameters 0 parameters 59 UPDATE EVT DS 73 NA This alert is generated by any change to the static data 2 212 Block Library Parameter BLK_ALM Data Type Valid Range Default Value Units Description The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The firsti alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute As Soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static 2 213 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Parameter BLOCK_STRUCTURE HWPC HART WRITEABLE PARAMETER TO COMMAND CORRELATION Parameters Data Type DS 64 Valid Range Options Default Value Description ST_REV Unsigned16 TAG DESC OctString 32 STRATEGY Unsigned16 ALERT_KEY 1 to 255 Unsigned8 MODE BLK DS 69 See Mode Parameter BLK_ERR Bitstring 2 HWPC_CODE OctString 5 Must be equal to the associated HCD
112. operation 2 Checking configuration for synchronize 3 Transferring all the configuration to remote 4 Receiving all the configuration from 2 Active 171 RED SYNC STATUS L Unsigned8 6 WARNING remote Role Conflict 5 The modules are completely updated with each other 6 The spare module has the same 8 WARNING Role of thatis running Updating Remote Fail 7 Fail on the synchronism cable 9 Warning 1 8 Failon the updating remote 10 Warning 2 9 Future use 10 Future use 7 Sync ldle S Mai Redundancy Role for the remote 172 RED ROLE R Unsigned8 Soy wan device Backup Idem FUNCTION_IDS description 0 Not Ready Redundancy State for the remote 173 RED STATE R Unsigned8 1 Standby device ldem RED STATE L description 174 RED SYNC STATUS R Unsigned8 0 Not defined 1 Stand Alone 2 Synchronizing 3 Updating Remote 4 Maintenance 5 Synchronized 6 WARNING Role Conflict 7 WARNING Sync Cable Fail 8 WARNING Updating Remote Fail 9 Warning 1 10 Warning 2 Synchronism Status for the remote device 0 Initial value 1 Stand alone operation 2 Checking configuration for synchronize 3 Transferring all the configuration to remote 4 Receiving all the configuration from remote 5 The modules are completely updated with each other 6 The spare module has the same Role of thatis running 7 Failon the synchronism cable 8 Fail on the updating remote 9 Future use
113. or SHED ROUT is set to zero Alert Notification The MAX NOTIFY parameter value is the maximum number of alert reports that this resource can have sent without getting a confirmation corresponding to the amount of buffer space available for alert messages A user can set the number lower than that to control alert flooding by adjusting the LIM NOTIFY parameter value If LIM NOTIFY is set to zero then no alerts are reported The CONFIRM TIME parameter is the time for the resource to wait for confirmation of receipt of a report before trying again If the CONFIRM TIME 0 the device shall not retry 2 6 Block Library Parameter DataType length FEATURES FEATURE_SEL parameters The bit strings FEATURES and FEATURE_SEL determine optional behavior of the resource The first defines the available features and is read only The second is used to turn on an available feature by configuration If a bit is set in FEATURE_SEL that is not set in FEATURES the result will be a block alarm for a configuration error Smar devices support the following features Reports supported Fault State supported Soft Write lock supported Fault state for the whole resource If the user sets the SET_FSTATE parameter the FAULT STATE parameter will indicate active and it will cause all output function blocks in the resource to go immediately to the condition chosen by the fault state Type I O option It be cleared by setting the
114. or the user set to Fault State in the Resource block The abnormal situation occurs to there is an unusable input bad sensor for example or the loss of the communication between function blocks longer than a specified time FSTATE TIME The blocks that support cascade control as PID OSDL and SPLT propagate the fault state status forward to the output block When the condition that activated the Fault State is normalized the Fault State is cleared and the block returns to the normal operation B Generate the Initiate Fault State status The fault was detected by the own block Blocks like PID OSDL and SPLT may be configured to send an Initiate Fault State IFS status when they detect an unusable input The bit IFS if bad IN and or the bit IFS if bad CAS IN in the STATUS OPTS or OSDL OPTS parameters must be true to generate an IFS status when the corresponding input is unusable C Propagate the Initiate Fault State status The fault occurred in the upstream block The blocks that support the cascade control have special handling to propagate the fault to the downstream blocks till the output block When the block that is in cascade mode Cas RCas receives an Initiate Fault State IFS status then this status will be reported to forward path For example it considers a PID block that is receiving a Good Cascade IFS status in CAS IN input If the target mode of the PID is Cas then the IFS status will be the status of OUT
115. output tracking the block should attend the following conditions e The Track Enable bit in the CONTROL OPTS must be true e target mode is an automatic mode Auto Cas and Rcas or Rout e The TRK_VAL and TRK_IN_D status are usable it means that the status is good or uncertain with the STATUS_OPTS Use Uncertain as good bit true e The TRK IN D value is active If the target mode is Man it is necessary besides the above conditions e Track in Manual bit in CONTROL OPTS must be true When the output tracking is active the output OUT will be replaced by the VAL converted to OUT SCALE The output limit status becomes constant and the actual mode goes to LO e Ifthe IN D or VAL status is unusable the Output tracking will be off and the PID will return to the normal operation Additional features for the Enhanced PID block EPID The EPID function block provides the following additional features 1 Different type of transfer from a manual mode to an automatic mode The BUMPLESS TYPE parameter provides four types of transfer from a manual mode to an automatic mode a bumpless This is the default value and the behavior of the standard PID block The block starts to calculate from the last value in the manual mode b Last proportional The block starts to calculate from the last value in the manual mode plus the proportional term c Bias The bloc
116. problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become 26 BLOCK_ALM DS 72 Na D active will set the Active status in the Status attribute soon the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 158 Block Library Parameter ST_REV Data Type Valid Range length MAO Multiple Analog Output Description MAO block makes available to the O subsystem its eight input parameters IN_1 through 8 This function block has the same fault state characteristics as the AO block It includes option to hold the last value or go to a preset value when fault state active individual preset values for each point besides a delay time to go into the fault state The actual mode will be LO only due to the resource block otherwise bad status in input parameter and configuration of MO_STATUS_OPTS will not affect the mode calculation However the functionality of fault state will be done only for that input parameter BLOCK_ERR The BLOCK_ERR of the MAO block will reflect the following causes e Other the number of MDI MDO MAI MAO blocks o
117. provide the transfer of parameter data and other types of data between applications 1 1 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Link with Function Block executing in DFI302 Any function block executing in DFI302 may be linked to any other function block being executed other device connected to any of four H1 channels available Information Access Function block information may be grouped for access depending on how it is to be used The following four groups are defined for access purposes dynamic operation data static operation data all dynamic data and other static data RON To support access of operator interface information during function block execution two levels of network access are defined one for operational traffic and one for background traffic Operator interface traffic is transferred as background traffic to prevent it from interfering with the operation of time critical function blocks Function Block Application Structure Block Object Block Parameters Function block applications are modeled as a set of function blocks coordinated to execute a related set of operations This set of operations collectively provides a single higher level control function Function block model is real time algorithm that transforms input parameters into output parameters Their operation is controlled through the setting of control parameters Interoperation between function blocks is modeled by
118. replacing the normal status Otherwise the IFS status will not be propagated forward D Using the Resource Block to activate the Fault State The Fault State of the Resource block forces all output function blocks into the device to go immediately to the fault state condition The Resource block has some parameters that define the fault state behavior 1 20 Introduction to Function Block Application Fault State Active FEATURES SEL The Fault State supported bit is used to enable the Fault State characteristic into the Resource block The default value is disabled e FAULT STATE It only indicates the Fault State in the Resource block not in individual output block For example if an AO block is in Fault State because its CAS IN input is bad the FAULT STATE parameter will not be active SET FSTATE The user may force FAULT STATE to active by setting this parameter to On e CLEAR FSTATE The user may force FAULT STATE to clear by setting this parameter to On When the Output Function Blocks detects an abnormal condition the block goes to a fault state The abnormal conditions are Loss of communication to CAS IN for a time that exceeds FSTATE TIME IFS status in the CAS IN input when the target mode is Cas for a time that exceeds FSTATE TIME IFS status in the RCAS when the target mode is Rcas for a time that exceeds FSTATE TIME The FAULT STATE parameter of the Resource block is Active because
119. resource used by interface devices to locate the DD file for the resource Manufacturer revision number associated with the 12 DEV REV Unsigned8 Set by mfgr resource used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource Revision of the DD associated with the resource 13 DD REV Unsigned8 Set by mfgr used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource See Block Options for controlling access of host computer and 14 GRANT DENY DS 70 Opti local control panels to operating tuning and alarm ptions parameters of the block 15 HARD_TYPES Bitstring 2 Set by The types of hardware available as channel numbers 1 Run 2 Restart resource Allows a manual restart to be initiated Several 16 RESTART Unsigned8 3 Restart with degrees of restart are possible defaults 4 Restart processor 17 FEATURES Bitstring 2 Set by mfgr Na Used to show supported resource block options 19 FEATURE SEL Bitstring 2 Na Used to select resource block options Identifies the block execution methods available for 19 CYCLE_TYPE Bitstring 2 Set by mfgr Na this resource Used to select the block execution method for this 20 CYCLE_SEL Bitstring 2 Na resource 1 32 Time duration of the shortest cycle interval of which al MIN_CYCLE_T Unsigned32 Set by mfgr millisec the resource is capable Available configuration memory in the empty 22 MEMORY_SIZE Unsigned16 Set by mfgr kbytes resource To be checked before a
120. return to the operator set bias or ratio in seconds 30 BAL_TIME Float Positive 0 5 In the PID block it may be used to specify the time constant at which the integral term will move to obtain balance when the output is limited and the mode is Auto Cas or RCas The bias value used in computing the function 31 BIAS Float 0 PU S block output expressed in engineering units Dimensionless value used by the block 32 GAIN Float 0 Dane 5 algorithm in calculating the block output 33 OUT HI Float 100 OUT S Limits the maximum output value 34 OUT LO LIM Float 0 OUT S Limits the minimum output value This alert is generated by any change to the 35 UPDATE_EVT DS 73 Na D static data The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the 2B BEOCK ALM Na 2 Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 70 Block Library ARITH If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The default value of ARITH TYPE is the Gas flow
121. sensor will be connected to the hardware input 01 101 The level sensor will be connected to the hardware input 02 102 power system will be connected to the hardware input 03 103 We have the following configuration TON PST resource 01 10 0s LOGIC 01 01 01 102 LOGIC_02 01 103 amp 101 01 LOGIC_03 02 101 amp 102 Making analogy to ladder programming we 2 188 Block Library 82061881130 0206188113 1 M 1206184003 0 POWER BOTTLE SENSOR CONVEYOR VMIBGITIIL0 AUX 01 M 8206188113 1 0206188113 2 1206184003 1 BOTTLE SENSOR LEVEL SENSOR VALVE 0206188113 2 VMIBGITIILO LEVEL SENSOR AUX 01 65 2 The following application we have the control of steps to operate electro mechanical balance that weights phosphatic stone The weight process is done by boat load the system executes one full weight cycle each interval time of 20 seconds See the following figure x 01 silo COMPORT p 1 BALANCE M c 56 c2 7 Mine Pal CONVEYOR 02 M1 e M3 Motors for the conveyors C2 e C4 Limit Switches LSH High Level Sensor LSL Low Level Sensor SG Load Cell SV Solenoid Valve M Bucket Motor P Comport Piston 2 189 Function Blocks Instruction Manual C Weight Circuit Process The system requires the following conditions to startup e
122. the 28 CHANNEL Unsigned16 0 None S O S condition still exists The preset discrete D value to use when fault occurs This value will be used if the VO option Fault 30 FSTATE_VAL_D Unsigned8 0 5 State to value is selected The value and status required by an upper block s BKCAL_IN so that the upper block may prevent reset windup and provide bumpless transfer to closed loop control 31 BKCAL_OUT DS 65 PV D RO Target setpoint and status provided by a supervisory 32 HORSUN 05 65 B Host to a analog control or output block 1 NormalS hed Defines action to be taken on remote control device NormalReturn timeout 2 NormalShed NoReturn 3 ShedToAuto NormalReturn 4 ShedToAuto NoReturn 5 ShedToMan NormalReturn 33 SHED OPT Unsigned8 0 S 6 ShedToMan NoReturn 7 ShedToRetainedTar get NormalReturn 8 ShedToRetainedTar get NoReturn Block setpoint and status after ramping provided to a 34 RCAS OUT DS 65 PV D RO supervisory Host for back calculation and to allow S action to be taken under limiting conditions or mode change The time required by the actuator to drive the final 35 TRAVEL TIME Float Positive 60 Sec S Man control element from one end position to another in seconds 36 PULSE DUR Float Positive 1 Sec It is the width in Seconds of the pulses given due to the integral action 37 DEAD BAND Float Non negative 0
123. the 27 INTEG_TYPE Unsigned8 4 DN DEM 0 E S type of resetting demand or periodic 5 PERIODIC 6 DEMAND 7 PER amp DEM A bit string to configure the type of input rate or accum used in each input the flow direction to be INTEG OPTS NT considered in the totalization the status to de Mis considered in TOTAL and if the totalization residue shall be used in the next batch only when INTEG TYPE UP AUTOor DN AUTO 29 CLOCK PER Float 0 Sec S Establishes the period for periodic reset in seconds Adjusts the amount of mass volume or energy that will set OUT PTRIP when the integration reaches A Float 0 OUT 9 when counting up TRIP when counting down 31 N RESET DS 65 nons N RO Counts the number of resets It can not be written E on nor reset Indicates the percentage of inputs with good stati 32 PCT INCL Float 96 D RO to the ones with bad or uncertain and bad stati Sets the limit for INCL Below this limit OUT 0 33 GOOD_LIM Float to 100 0 1 5 receives the status good Sets the limit for PCT_INCL Below this limit OUT 34 UNCERT Float 0 to 100 0 2 5 receives tho status uncertain 0 Undefined 7 35 OP_CMD_INT Unsigned8 RE E D Operator command RESET Resets the totali zer Rese The maximum tolerated duration for power failure 36 OUTAGE LIM Float Positive 0 Sec S 4 This feature is not supported 37 UPDATE EVT DS 7
124. the hardware configuration of LC700 has an error FB700 e Out of Service When the block is in O S mode Supported Modes O S LO and AUTO Schematic SELECTOR FAILS AFE FSAFE_VAL 118 2 162 Block Library Parameters Data T Valid Range Default ter Parameter Description length Options Value 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 S RO 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO For more details about the configuration of this OCCURRENCE parameter see Chapter 1 CHANNEL 7 Unsigned16 0 None S O S Configuration It defines the transducer to be CHANNEL used going to or from the physical world It addresses a group of eight points 8 IN D1 DS 66 D Numbered discrete input 1 9 IN D2 DS 66 D Numbered discrete input 2 10 IN D3 DS 66 D Numbered discrete input 3 11 IN D4 DS 66 D Numbered discrete input 4 12 IN D5 DS 66 D Numbered discrete input 5 13 IN D6 DS 66 D Numbered discrete input 6 14 IN D7 DS 66 D Numbered discrete input 7 15 IN D8 DS 66 D Numbered discrete input 8 MO OPTS 16 different bit Bitstring 2 See Bock 0 S O S See Block Options description in Options profile revision 1 MO_STATUS_OPT 5 A See Block i 17 Bitstring 2 4 0 S O S See Block Options not available
125. the result will be a block alarm for a configuration error The RS STATE parameter contains the operational state of the Function Block Application for the resource containing this resource block RESTART parameter The RESTART parameter allows degrees of initialization of the resource They are 1 Run itis the passive state of the parameter 2 Restart resource it is intended to clear up problems like garbage collection 3 Restart with defaults it is intended to wipe configuration memory it works like a factory initialization 4 Restart processor it provides a way to hit the reset button on the processor associated with the resource This parameter does not appear in a view because it returns to 1 shortly after being written Non volatile parameters The Smar devices do not support cyclic saving of non volatile parameters to a non volatile memory therefore NV CYCLE T parameter will always be zero which means not supported feature On the other hand the Smar devices have a mechanism to save non volatile parameters into a non volatile memory during the power down and they will be recovered in the power up Timeout for remote cascade modes SHED RCAS and SHED ROUT set the time limit for loss of communication from a remote device These constants are used by all function blocks that support a remote cascade mode The effect of a timeout is described in Mode Calculation Shedding from RCAS ROUT shall not happen when SHED RCAS
126. the same controller The controller action direct or reversing is implicitly reversed owing to the change in slope of the function as the input increases or decreases Sequencing as applied to this document is when two or more valves are used to manipulate the flow of some material and the controller action is not reversed implicitly or otherwise An example is pH control where added valves are required to increase the loop rangeability A graphical representation of the splitter vs controller output is shown below Both a Split range and Sequencing application are shown Split Ranging OUT 1 OUT 2 0 50 100 Controller Output Sequencing 1 OUT 2 0 50 100 Controller Output The following parameters are used to specify the signal splitter operation X11 Y11 X12 Y12 X21 Y21 X22 22 Where X is the value of CAS associated with OUT n and X 1 and X refers to the 1st and 2nd coordinates respectively The Y values are defined in the same way 2 73 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Xu Xie Yio X2 By specifying the coordinates as shown above the endpoints of the lines are defined The contents of the respective X s and Y s are held in IN ARRAY and OUT_ARRAY parameters If a set of points is specified such that a region of the input range is not specified then the block will interpolate to the endpoint of the input value
127. the time There is a second flow input that may be used for the following applications net flow totalization volume mass variation in vessels and precise flow ratio control ANALOG ALARM This alarm block has dynamic or static alarm limits hysteresis and temporary expansion of alarm limits on step setpoint changes to avoid nuisance alarms two levels of alarm limits and delay for alarm detection INPUT SELECTOR This block has four analog inputs that may be selected by an input parameter or according to a criterion as first good maximum minimum middle and average SETPOINT RAMP GENERATOR This block generates setpoint following a profile in function of the time Typical applications are temperature control batch reactors etc ENHANCED SETPOINT RAMP GENERATOR It has an extra parameter to identify the step or segment of the profile in the float format TIMER and Logic This block has four discrete inputs that are processed by combination logic The selected timer processing type operates on the combined input signal to produce a measurement delay extension pulse or debounce LEAD LAG This block provides dynamic compensation of a variable It is used normally in a feedforward control OUTPUT SELECTOR DYNAMIC LIMITER It has two algorithms Output selector selection of output by a discrete input Dynamic limiter this algorithm was developed specially for double cross limit in combustion control
128. there is a large shift in the master signal the air fuel ratio is maintained very close to the desired value The double cross limits prevents that the fastest variable unbalance the desired ratio This strategy is implemented using the OSDL Block that generates the setpoint for the air and fuel controllers based on the output of the master controller air flow Qa gt IN parameter and fuel flow Qc gt IN 1 parameter This configuration allows the air flow setpoint to vary just between Qc LO BIAS and BIAS and the fuel flow setpoint to vary just between Qa LO BIAS 1 and Qa HI BIAS 1 When the double crossed limit is interfered with then an unexpected change in the consumption upsets the desired ratio and in the same way when there is a transient in the master signal of the air fuel flow it is able to be maintained very close to the desired ratio 3 15 Function Block Instruction Manual TAG FY302 1 Corresponding Configuration TAG FY302 1 TAG TT302 TAG LD302 2 OIL FLOW Fr 102 Can 100 101 AIR FLOW OUT E eA eu ee l 2 ee el Be al IN TAG 100 OUT BKCAL_OUT CAS IN TAG FY 100 IN CAS IN Y IN BKCAL IN Ee TAG TAG FIC 102 BKCAL OUT BKCAL OUT FIC 101 OUT OUT TAG cas iw TAG 102 5 N 101 BKCAL_OUT BKCAL_OUT OIL AIR
129. till the target mode exclusive For instance if the target mode is Cas it is necessary to check the conditions for O S IMan LO Man and Auto in this order If all those conditions are false the actual mode will be the target mode Conditions os Resource block is in O S resource state is Standby Enumerated parameter has an invalid value BKCAL_IN status is Bad BKCAL_IN status is Good Fault State Active Not Invited or Initialization Request Fault state is active in an output function block LO CONTROL_OPTS Track Enable active and TRK_IN_D is active If target is Man then the CONTROL_OPTS Track in Manual must be active Target mode has just changed from O S Status attribute of primary input parameter IN parameter is Bad or Uncertain with option to treat Uncertain as Man Bad and Bypass not set Target mode is RCas or ROut and SHED_OPT shed to Manual or shed to next Target mode is Cas and CAS IN status Bad or cascade initialization not completed Auto Target mode is RCas and RCAS_IN status Bad and SHED_OPT shed to Auto or shed to next Target mode is ROut and ROUT_IN status Bad and SHED_OPT shed to Auto or shed to next Actual mode last execution was Cas Target mode is Cas and cascade initialization has just completed Target mode is RCas and RCAS_IN status Bad and SHED_OPT shed to next and cascade initialization has just IMan Cas completed Target mode is ROut and ROUT_I
130. used to do a BooleanNOT function between the field value and the output A discrete value of 2 0 will be considered to be a logical zero 0 and an non zerodiscrete value will be considered to be a logical 1 e g if invert is selected the logical NOT of a non zero field value would result in azero 0 discrete output the logical NOT of a zero field value would result in a discrete output vlaue of one 1 PV FTIME may be used to set the time that the hardware must be in one state before it gets passed to the PV D The PV D is always the value that the block willplace in OUT D if the mode is Auto If Man is allowed someone may write a value to OUT D The PV D and the OUT D always have identical scaling OUT STATE provides scaling for D BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the DI block will reflect the following causes e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when one or more of the following situations occur o When the CHANNEL parameter has an invalid value o When itis not compatible the CHANNEL parameter and HC configuration DFI302 e Simulate Active When the Simulate is active e Input Failure I O module failure DFI302 Outof Service When the block is in O S mode Supported Modes O S Man and Auto Status Handling The DI block does not support cascade path Then the output status has not a cascade sub status The following options from STATUS OPTS apply Propagate Fault Forward 2 41 Fun
131. was already in using than the user needs to select other resource for the logic line A03 TP10 IN7 Error Code Non valid attribution 1 2 4 Note that is not allowed attribution to inputs Error Code First Argument not valid OUT 1 CT D01 IN1 IN2 Note that the arguments are necessarily simple variables and not functions 2 187 Function Blocks Instruction Manual OUT1 RS11 IN15 IN2 Note that the first argument is not allowed Error Code Second Argument not valid a OUT1 CTDO1 IN1 IN2 Note that the arguments are necessarily simple variables and not functions OUT1 RS11 IN1 IN20 Note that the second argument is not allowed Example of applications 1 According to the next figure we have an industrial application where the aim is to fill up the bottles with a chemical fluid The conveyor moves the bottles up to the filling direction and then the bottle is detected by a sensor The conveyor must stop and open the valve of filling and the level is detected by another sensor After detecting the level the system must wait for 10 seconds and then moves the conveyor again until the next bottle SENSOR BOTTLE __ SENSOR Using the Flexible Function Block we have the following definitions conveyor will be turned on using the hardware output 01 O1 The fluid valve will be turned on using the hardware output 02 O2 bottle
132. x xt xt x H PAL 11 x x x X x C4 UC CA VAL D1 UC beth wue uc BEBE xix EBB D4 VAL Configuration needed N means that no additional configuration must be done in order to read write the VIEW related parameters Otherwise if Y the corresponding parameters XX CODE must be set to a proper value in order to tell to HI302 which HART variables are associated which the parameters This is necessary because HART command 33 is used to read those values and HI302 takes the values stored at CODE parameters to assembly HART command 33 Check the device s specific documentation to find out the variable codes associated with command 33 ERE px x c O A val A3_UC A3_VAL A4_UC A4 VAL B1 UC VAL B2 UC B2 VAL B3 UC B3 VAL B4 UC B4 VAL x xpd gt lt e XT LX 221 D C1 VAL x gt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt x px x oe oe ox ox x p oe MR x o px x e x gt lt px x ELE STER X X X X x x m Es m men O EERTE gt lt gt Poling cycle represents the approximate time that each polling cycle
133. 00 To_EU_0 From_EU_100 From_EU_0 To EU 0 A From EU 0 IN VALUE OUT VALUE FF parameters MOD VAR IN MOD VAR OUT Modbus variables Y auxiliary float variable Below there are examples using the Modbus scale conversion 1 Conversion from Modbus to Fieldbus It considers a Modbus Slave device which has an analogical value of temperature in percentage 0 10000 with the data type Integer 2 bytes It desired to use the value in Fieldbus in Celsius degree 0 500 It uses the Master Control Block Modbus MBCM A In the MBCM block the scale is configured OUT 1 SCALE LOC OUT 1 of the following form e FROM EU 100 10000 FROM 0 0 TO EU 10096 500 TO EU 0 2 0 DATATYPE Integer16 B The block reads the Modbus data from the slave and stores in MOD VAR OUT Thus it converts the Y value For last it calculates the OUT output using the equation OUT A Y B Using the values from the example above and considering the actual value of temperature is 6000 it has MOD VAR OUT 6000 value read from Modbus And following the equations showed above A TO EU 100 TO EU 0 From EU 100 From EU 0 500 0 10000 0 0 05 B TO_EU_0 A From EU 0 0 0 02 0 0 OUT 0 05 Y 0 05 6000 300 The OUT output value for this example will be OUT 300 2 Conversion from Fieldbus to Modbus It considers the DFI is the Modbus
134. 0001100 0x0c Cas 00010100 0x14 Cas Man 00010 Bit 4 lt 0 and Bit 3 1 00001xxx 00001010 0x0a Rcas 00010010 0x12 Rcas 00001001 0x09 Rout 00010001 0x11 Rout 00001000 0x08 Auto 00001010 0x0a Auto Rcas 00001x10 Bit 1 lt 0 and Bit 0 lt 0 00001x00 00001100 0x0c Cas 00001110 0x06 Cas 00001000 0x08 Auto 00001001 0x09 Auto Rout 00001x01 Bit 1 lt 0 and Bit 0 lt 0 00001x00 00001100 0x0c Cas 00001101 0 0 Cas 1 16 Introduction to Function Block Application Scaling Parameters The scaling parameter defines the operating range and the engineering units associated with a parameter It also defines the number of digits to the right of the decimal point which should be used by an interface device in displaying that parameter Scaling information is used for two purposes Display devices need to know the range for bar graphs and trending as well as the units code Control blocks need to know the range to use internally as percent of span so that the tuning constants may remain dimensionless The PID blocks take the error and convert it to percent of span using the PV_SCALE The algorithm operates on percent of span to produce an output in that form This is converted back to a number with engineering units by using the range of OUT_SCALE The Al block has the XD_SCALE parameter to define the engineering units expected from the transducer The
135. 10 Future use 175 RED BAD CONDITIONS L Bitstring 2 Bad conditions for the local device See detailed description on users manual 176 RED BAD CONDITIONS R Bitstring 2 177 RED RESERVED 1 Unsigned8 None Bad conditions for the remote device See detailed description on users manual Reserved for future use 178 RED RESERVED2 Unsigned8 Reserved for future use 2 24 Block Library Data Type Valid Range Default Parameter length Options Description Watchdog indicating communication 179 RED_MAIN_WDG Unsigned8 0 255 0 D RO with Main Watchdog indicating communication 180 RED_BACKUP_WDG Unsigned8 0 255 0 NA D RO with Backup Legend Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 25 Function Block Instruction Manual Notes 1 Macro cycle Equation Ne 30 Tr 1 2 where macrocycle ms Ne number of external links Np number of devices 30 ms for single operation or 60 ms for redundant operation 2 Equation 1 lt 2 gt 3 gt cycle to poll the valid address the network 3 SM Timers Optimization default enabled IDShell will find the value of T1 T2 T3 suitable to the system Automatic Set Tag Address default enabled I
136. 13 22 TYPE R14 4 Unsigned8 0 E S O S Select module type for the rack 14 23 Bitstring 2 D RO Status of modules in rack 0 3 24 Bitstring 2 D RO Status of modules in rack 4 7 25 Bitstring 2 D RO _ Status of modules in rack 8 11 26 MODULE STATUS P Bitstring 2 D RO Status of modules in rack 12 14 27 UPDATE_EVT DS 73 Na D This alert is generated by any change to the static data The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become 28 BLOCK_ALM DS 72 Na D active will set the Active status in the Status attribute soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 15 Function Block Instruction Manual IDShell Transducer Block Description This transducer block provides the following features Configuration of the Initial Settings of the System Device and Block Online Diagnostics and Configuration It is a tool that helps to achieve the interoperability with new devices into System302 Supported modes
137. 2 DS 66 N Man Discrete output 2 31 STATUS OUT D2 Unsigned8 S O S Status to OUT D2 if master will not update 32 OUT D3 DS 66 N Man Discrete output 3 33 STATUS OUT D3 Unsigned8 S O S Status to OUT D3 if master will not update 34 OUT D4 DS 66 N Man Discrete output 4 35 STATUS OUT D4 Unsigned8 S O S Status to OUT D4 if master will not update 36 UPDATE EVT DS 73 Na D ud alert is generated by any change to the static The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems inthe block The cause of the alert is entered the subcode field The first alert to become active 37 BLOCK ALM DS 72 Na D will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 139 Function Block Instruction Manual MBSS DFI_OD Modbus MBSS ModBus Supervision Slave Overview supervision of modbus variables Master DFI 2502000000 0008000004 0000000000 09090050009 000000000 0000000000 00000001000 0000000000 000000 0900000000
138. 2 Na D active will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 133 Function Block Instruction Manual Modbus Function Blocks MBCF ModBus Configuration Overview This block allows configuration of several communication parameters of the Modbus protocol Description This block allows setting parameters of the communication between DFI302 and Modbus slave devices through Ethernet and serial EIA232 User defines rate of transference of data of the serial ports parity timeout and number of retransmissions Every time a MODBUS parameter is changed it is necessary to set the ON_APPLY parameter of the MBCF block to Apply Otherwise these alterations will not be effective User must set ONLY one MBCF block for each device MODBUS Addresses User must attribute a Modbus address to the DFI302 However this address cannot be the same of any other device in the Modbus network to whom it is connected in the serial and Ethernet mean In this case user must set the parameter DEVICE_ADDRESS The default value of this parameter is 247 In applications where t
139. 2 SPEC_REV Unsigned8 0 None D RO select specific 0 11 configuration for HVT block 2 202 Block Library Idx 23 Parameter SW_REV Data Type Unsigned8 Valid Range Options Default Value Units None Store Mode D RO Description Software Revision Level Used to select specific configuration for HVT block Hart Write HART Read 0 11 24 HRDW_REV Unsigned8 None D RO Hardware Revision Level 0 11 25 FLAGS BitString 8 HC TABLE 11 NA D RO Flags manufacturer specific 0 11 26 DEV ID OctString 3 NA D RO Device ID Number 0 11 27 LOOP CURRENT DS 65 mA Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW Loop Current Value milliamps LOOP_CURRENT VAL UE loop mA last value LOOP_CURRENT STA TUS HART Response Code converted to FF status See HI302 s User Manual for further details 28 LOOP_TEST Float mA Write the desired current value in mA to enter fixed current mode Write 0 to exit 40 fixed current mode 29 LOOP_CMODE Enumerated HC TABLE 16 None Loop Current Mode See device s specific documentation 30 MESSAGE VisibleString 32 Spaces NA Message purpose general 12 17 31 DESCRIPTOR VisibleString 16 Spaces NA Descriptor text for general purpose 13 18 32 DATE INFO Date 1
140. 3 D This alert is generated by any change to the static data 2 86 Block Library 38 Parameter BLOCK_ALM Data Type Valid Range Default length Options Value Description The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will DS 72 na D set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The default value of TIME UNIT 1 is seconds The default value of TIME UNIT2 is seconds The default value of INTEG TYPE is UP DEM The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mode SP and OUT 2 87 Function Blocks Instruction Manual AALM Analog Alarm Description The Analog Alarm Block provides alarm condition reporting on an analog output of any block Alarm conditions include high high high low and low low alarms These limits are computed based on gains and biases from a process setpoint input thus prov
141. 5 PID Parallel 6 LPD Parallel 7 Sampling Paral lel Time interval of the PID algorithm activity 77 SAMP_ON Float 0 10800 0 Sec 5 therefore SAMP PER SAMP ON means the hold time 78 SAMP PER Float 0 10800 0 Sec S Period of the PI sampling algorithm 0 Bumpless ile Last Proportion al This parameter defines the type of transfer from a 79 BUMPLESS_TYPE Unsigned8 2 Bias 0 S Man manual mode to an automatic mode 32 Bias Proportion al The bias value to use in the PID algorithm when 80 BIAS Float 0 OUT 5 the BUMPLESS is Bias Bias Proportional 81 ARW UP Float INF OUT S High limit for anti reset windup 82 ARW LOW Float INF OUT S Low limit for anti reset windup 83 PID OPTS Bitstring 2 0 S O S A bit string for handling the additional characteristics of the output tracking Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 66 Block Library ARTH Arithmetic Description The ARTH block is intended for use in calculating measurements from combinations of signals from sensors It is not intended to be used in a control path so it does not support cascades or back calculation It does no conversions to percent so scaling is not supported It has no process alarms The block has 5 inputs The first two are dedicated to a range extension f
142. 6 D RO the analog alarm block This parameter is the alarm summary variable of the analog alarm block when in Auto mode and is zs 05 66 5 D the value specified by the operator engineer in Man mode 0 NONE 110 LO 210 IONE Specifies the alarms conditions which must be OUT_ALM SU cds 0 5 true in order for OUT_ALM be set to true ANY M 9 6 LEVEL1 LOWs HIGHs LEVEL1 LEVEL2 LO_LO LO HI or HI Hl 8 HI HI 9 LEVEL2 12 HIGHs 15 ANY Ramp rate at which downward alarm expansion OUT se due to step PSP changes is decayed in the 24 ALM RATE UP Float Positive 0 0 5 upward direction Expressed in engineering units per second Expansion feature disabled in the downward direction if set to zero Positive Ramp rate at which upward alarm expansion due to step PSP changes is decayed in the downward 25 Float Positive 0 0 5 direction Expressed engineering units per second Expansion feature disabled in the upward direction if set to zero Positive Amount in engineering units that base HI and HI HI limits are expanded after a setpoint change 26 EXPAND UP Float OUT D RO Dynamically calculated by block Initially expanded by the amount of a setpoint change and decayed at the rate of ALM_RATE_UP Positive 2 91 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Data Type Valid Range Default Parameter Des
143. 6 Index of the VCR associated with the 133 LNK VCR unsigned int 0102 selected object link 134 LNK_REMOTE_INDEX unsigned int 0 to 2 Remote index Alert Local MVC Service performed by the selected 135 LNK SERVICE unsigned char Publisher Subscriber Trend Undefined object link 2 21 Function Block Instruction Manual Data Type Valid Range Default Store Idx Parameter length Options Value Units Mode Description The maximum number of consecutive 136 LNK_STALE_CNT unsigned char 0 to 256 stale input value before the status is set to BAD Access Ok A write to this parameter will trigger 137 LNK_WRITE_CMD unsigned char Read Req the write for the selected object link Write Req with the changed values us Select the device FB start parameter 138 DEV FBSTART SELECT unsigned char None to be analyzed or configured in the 2 following parameters Previous 139 FBSTART 10 unsigned char 0 to 256 Selected FB Start Offset time from the start of each 140 FBSTART OFFSET ms unsigned int 0 to 2 5 maero Gye Ne the function block associated with this parameter will be executed 16 Index of the function block associated 141 FBSTART FB INDEX unsigned int 0102 with this parameter 142 FBSTART_VFD_ID unsigned long 002 R W VED associated with this parameter Access Ok Access A write to this parameter will trigger 143 FBST
144. 6000900000 0000000009 5050690 slave1 slave2 MBSS LD OD FY OD anal lt ana2 lt dis 1 dis2 modbus address by block_tag Relative_index subindex local mod map Description MBSS block generates a communication strategy between a MODBUS master and a FIELDBUS FOUNDATION slave In the present case the slave is the Smar s linking device DFI302 that has slave behavior for the MODBUS network The MBSS block allows that FIELDBUS variables are monitored Unlike the MBCS block the MBSS does not have inputs or outputs that may be connected In another words links to other function blocks cannot be made It will allow only the MODBUS master to monitor specific variables set For example suppose there is a PID function block in a FIELDBUS control strategy and it is required to visualize this value in the MODBUS master With the MBSS this value may be monitored Every time a MODBUS parameter is changed it is necessary to set the ON APPLY parameter of the MBCF block to Apply Otherwise these alterations will not be effective IDn IDn IDn parameters are integer variables F IDn are float variables and D IBn refers to boolean variables These parameters are of the DS 262 data type which has 3 elements and their descriptions are in the Chapter 1 Data Type and Structure Definitions
145. 61 ARTA AEO ou ca neds 2 67 SPET zSplitter E A eth e E E da Deu E E E 2 73 GHAR Signal 2 77 INT G Integrator ER 2 81 AALM Analog Alartn pete ep Ud sed eee 2 88 S InputeSelectorzs idee dee ite ehe ede LL eta P LM Sed 2 94 SPG ESPG Setpoint Ramp Generator Enhanced Setpoint Ramp 2 97 TIME Timer and loglo i tama tie ECRIRE RENE EGRE OI a Benin 2 104 LEAG LeadE8g x eei ete eiie nimiam 2 112 OSDL Output Signal Selector and Dynamic nnne 2 114 DENS Density 5 5 ocu e te be due ee A ME UN M AL 2 119 en enc 2 123 FFET Flip Flop and Edge Trigger cicero ve tee enon ed bern ene 2 129 2 131 Modbus Function nennen nee eee eee eee nn nanus nee eee eee 2 134 MBGF MogB s Gohfig raliOn idk i is nte ee e at 2 134 MBCS ModBus Control Slave iari nei e REP
146. 8 FS1 For example the following examples are not allowed in the logic line O1 TPO01 IN1 amp IN2 note that the argument is a result of an operation it is not allowed O1 TP10 IN1 note that the argument is a result of NOT function it is not allowed 01 TP10 CTDO01 IN1 IN2 note that the argument is a result of a function it is not allowed TON TIMER ON DELAY This function delays the timer output of going to true for a period of time after the input has moved to true This period is configured by TON PST parameter in seconds If the input goes to false before the PST time the output timer will remain in false The CTA parameter will show the remainder time until PST value Input 5 to t2 t3 Output t44 PST t5 t PST PST o G to t2 13 td t5 Timer On Delay Function timing diagrams The syntax for Timer On Delay is TONxx arg Where xx is the used resource from 01 to 16 and arg is the function argument and it must be a simple variable Examples O1 TON01 IN1 amp Sl OUT1 01 05 OUT3 TON08 FS1 2 184 Block Library For example the following examples are not allowed in the logic line 1 1 1 amp 2 note that the argument is a result of an operation it is not allowed O1 TON10 IN1 note that the argument is a result of NOT function it is not allowed O12 TON10 CTD0 1 IN1 IN2 note that the argument is a result of a function it is not allowed
147. 9 slot 2 Status of module in rack 9 slot 3 Bit Meaning Status of module in rack 10 slot 0 Status of module in rack 10 slot 1 Status of module in rack 10 slot 2 Status of module in rack 10 slot 3 Status of module in rack 11 slot 0 Status of module in rack 11 slot 1 Status of module in rack 11 slot 2 Status of module in rack 11 slot 3 MODULE STATUS R12 14 Bit Meaning Status of module in rack 12 slot O Status of module in rack 12 slot 1 Status of module in rack 12 slot 2 Status of module in rack 12 slot 3 Status of module in rack 13 slot 0 Status of module in rack 13 slot 1 Status of module rack 13 slot 2 Status of module in rack 13 slot 3 Bit Meaning Status of module in rack 14 slot 0 Status of module in rack 14 slot 1 Status of module in rack 14 slot 2 Status of module in rack 14 slot 3 oO 2 230 Chapter 3 EXAMPLES Simple Control Application FORWARD PATH BACKWARD PATH BKCAL_OUT TRANSMITTER CONTROLLER ACTUATOR FUNCTION BLOCK PHYSICAL DEVICE Cascade Control gt T CONDENSATE FEMANUAL 02 3 1 Function Block Instruction Manual Corresponding Configuration TAG Al TT 100 OUT BKCAL_IN sin 2748 TIC 100 OUT TAG FT
148. A S STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None S ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None S See Mode Parameter DEV TAG SEL VisibleString 8 Write here a valid HIRT HART TAG from an installed device to start HVT on demand reading HCD SELECTED OctString 5 This code is used to identify the specific configuration associated with the chosen device This code is read from HIRT block and is combination of MAN ID DEV TYPE UNI REV SPEC REV SW REV HCD DEVICE INF BLK_EXEC_STATE VisibleString 32 Unsigned8 0x00 Identification 0x01 Old Data 0x02 Updating 0x03 Updated 0x04 Partially Updated 0x05 Not Responding 0x06 Bypass 0x07 Device Not Found 0x08 HCD Error 0x09 TAG Not Found 0 0 Writing This parameter shows comment related to selected specific configuration Reflects the execution progress or conditions See also BLK ERR U8B ARRAY 1 Unsigned8 20 0 D First array used for 8 bit variables U8B ARRAY 2 Unsigned8 20 0 D Second array used for 8 bit variables U8B ARRAY 3 Unsigned8 20 0 D Thirdy array used for 8 bit variables U8B ARRAY 4 Unsigned8 20 0 D Fourth array used for 8 bit variables U8B ARRAY 5 Unsigned8 20 0 D Fifth array used for 8 bit variables FLOAT ARRAY 1 FloatingPoint 20 0 D First array used for Floating Point variables FLOAT ARRAY 2 FloatingPoint 20 0 D Second array used
149. AD STATUS parameter Output Treatment Reading of the Contained Parameters During the block execution in the Auto mode the block reads the parameter value of any other block in the same device and become available in the OUT xx VALUE parameter The Ouput status will be GoodNonCascade in this case If the block does not read the parameter the correspondet output with failure will be indicated in the BAD STATUS parameter and also OUT xx STATUS Bad No Comm When the LOC OUT parameter was not configured BLOCK TAG Spaces or the Relativelndex is equal a zero and the Sublndex is equal zero thus the OUT xx output makes available the correspondent constatnt value and status CT VAL xx STATUS Configuration of Contained Parameter to be Read Write To address the contained parameter the respective input or output will have a LOC xxx parameter composed of the following structure DS 262 E Element Name Length Description 1 BlockTag VisibleString 32 32 Block Tag which it desired to monitor the tag is case sensitive 2 Relative Index Unsigned16 2 Parameter Index relative Parameter Subindex beginning byr 1 When the parameter was a structure DS_xxx it indicates the Structure Element number When it was BitString 3 S bindex Unsigned8 1 parameter it indicates the byte of the parameter to be considered In simple parameters this subindex is not considered The
150. ART_WRITE_CMD unsigned char Read Req Ok R W the write for the selected FB Start Write Req parameter with the changed values VED to which the parameter to be 144 WR_PARAMETER_VFD unsigned char FBAP R W readiwritten belongs 145 RW_PARAMETER_INDEX unsigned int 0 to 2 pw parameter to be read written as Length of a parameter to be 146 RW_PARAMETER_LENGTH unsigned char 010256 R W read written 147 RW PARAMETER DATA octet string 100 R W _ Read data or data to be written Access Ok write to this parameter will trigger 148 Bee unsigned char Read Req Ok RAN the read for the selected parameter Write Req A write to this parameter will trigger Access Ok 149 RW_WRITE_CMD unsigned char Read Req Access RN the write for the selected parameter Write Req Ok with the changed values in RW PARAMETER DATA 150 STATISTICS RESET unsigned char NT E R W Resets Device Statistics DEV ST N LIVE LIST IN O 16 Number of times the device get in the 181 UT nsigned Int ong RO interface device live list 152 DEV_ST_N_PT_RETRIES unsigned int 0 to 2 8 RO mud 153 ST DT RETRIES unsigned int 0 to 2 RO Number of data retries to this device DEV ST N DLPDU TRANS 32 __ Device number of DLPDU 154 MITTED unsigned long 0 to 2 RO tran mitted DEV_ST_N_GOOD_DLPDU_ 32 Device number of good DLPDU 155 RCV unsigned long 0 2 DEV_ST_N_PARTIAL_
151. ATE parameter If not supported the Transducer Value Status attribute of the SIMULATE parameter is generated from AO OUT by the transducer block The READBACK parameter has a copy of the Transducer Value Status attribute of the SIMULATE parameter if the simulation is disabled otherwise it is a copy of the Simulate Value Status attribute of the SIMULATE parameter The PV is the READBACK parameter converted to the PV SCALE therefore the PV can be simulated through the SIMULATE parameter In addition the block admits safe action as described early in the fault state processing The AO block supports the mode shedding feature as described early in the mode parameter BLOCK_ERR The BLOCK_ERR of the AO block will reflect the following causes e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when one or more of the following situations occur When the CHANNEL SHED parameters have an invalid value o When the XD_SCALE does not have a supported engineering unit and or range for the respective the transducer block o When the transducer block is in O S mode o When it is not compatible the CHANNEL parameter and HC configuration DFI302 Simulate Active When the Simulate is active Local Override When the block is in LO mode because the fault state is active Output Failure module failure 071302 Out of Service Occur when the block is in O S mode Supported Modes O S IMAN LO MAN AUTO CAS and R
152. AULT STATE value on restart X X X 8 Target to Man if FAULT STATE actived X X X 9 Use PV for BKCAL OUT X X 10 Low cutoff X 11 Reserved 12 Reserved 13 Reserved 14 Reserved 15 Reserved Invert Indicate whether the discrete input value should be logically inverted before it is stored in the process variable SP PV Track in Man Permit the setpoint to track the process variable when the target mode of the block is Man SP PV Track in LO Permit the setpoint to track the process variable when the actual mode of the block is LO IMan is not possible an block SP TRACKS RCAS OR CAS if LO OR MAN Permit the set point to track the Rcas or Cas parameter based on the retained target mode when the actual mode of the block is LO or Man Increase to close Indicate whether the output value should be inverted before it is communicated to the O channel FAULT STATE to value The output action to take when failure occurs 0 freeze 1 go to preset value Use FAULT STATE value on restart Use the value of FSTATE_VAL if the device is restarted otherwise use the non volatile value This does not act like Fault State just uses the value Target to Man if FAULT STATE activated Set the target mode to Man thus losing the original target if Fault State is activated This latches an output block into the manual mode Use PV for BKCAL_OUT The BKCAL_OUT value is normally the working SP This option changes it to the PV Low cut
153. Auto ACK Disable Selection of whether alarms associated with the 29 ACK OFTION Bitstring 2 1 Auto ACK 9 Na S block will be automatically acknowledged Enable Alarm hysteresis parameter In order to clear the 30 ALARM_HYS Float to 50 0 596 96 S alarm the amount the PV must return within the alarm limit plus hysteresis 31 HI PRI Unsigned8 01015 5 Priority of the high alarm 32 HI LIM Float OUT SOALE OUT S setting for high alarm in engineering units 33 LO PRI Unsigned8 0to 15 S Priority of the low alarm 34 LO LM Float OUT setting for low alarm in engineering units 35 ALM 09 71 OUT D The status for high alarm and its associated time stamp 36 LO ALM DS 71 OUT D The status for low alarm and its associated time stamp Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mode OUT DENS OUT 2 121 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Valid Pressure Units 1130 PA 1133 KPA 1132 MPA 1137 BAR 1138 MBAR 1139 TORR 1140 ATM 1141 PSI 1144 GCM2 1145 KGCM2 1148 INH20 1147 INH204C 1151 MMH20 1150 MMH204C 1154 FTH20 1156 INHG 1158 MMHG 2 122 Blo
154. CAS 2 153 Function Block Instruction Manual Parameters Data T Valid Range Default RU Idx Parameter ype 9 Units Store Description length Options Value Mode 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG DESC OctStri ng 32 Spaces Na S 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None S 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None S 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO 7 PV DS 65 PV D RO Process analog value PV SCALE 4 The analog set point Can be set manually 8 SP DS 65 409 PV N Auto automatically through the interface device or another 2 field device 9 OUT DS 65 XD_SCALE OUT N Man The output value result to the transducer block 1 Disable 2 Active Allows the readback value to be manually supplied 10 SIMULATE DS 82 Disable D when simulate is enabled In this case the simulate are the i Enable Disable value and status will be the PV value options 11 PV_SCALE DS 68 0 100 PV S Man The high and low scale values to the SP parameter The high and low scale values to transducer for a Depends on the Depends specified channel device type See on the The Default value for each Smar device is showed the Device below 12 XD_SCALE DS 68 D corresponding type See FY302 Oto 100 el i ae FP302 31015 psi va 302 41020 mA 07802 Oto 100 13 GRANT_DENY 09 70 0 D 14 Bitstring 2
155. CCUM status s limits low if negative or limits high if positive indicator is set ABLOCK ALM must be issued CHANNEL is used to associate the block with the hardware that is connected to this block It defines the transducer to be used coming from the physical world Supported Modes O S Manual and Auto modes are supported Mode Handling Manual mode disconnects the input from the output and permits manual substitution of the value OUT is the alarmed value and the value which normally would be substituted but OUT ACCUM may also be substituted On transition from Manual to Auto the PV filter will be initialized to the value of OUT and the accumulated total will be set to the value of OUT ACCUM Status Handling This block has no inputs from other blocks and therefore does not react to status of other blocks Both the OUT and the OUT ACCUM outputs have status and will reflect the status of the transducer e g hardware failure and the mode of the block e g out of service manual etc using the conventional rules of status An unusable status bad for OUT will cause the alarm processing to be suspended Current alarms will not be cleared and new alarms will not be generated until the status returns to a usable status Simulation The SIMULATE P parameter is provided to simulate pulse input as a rate in pulses second rather than the actual transducer value The value entered in the SIMULATE P record is considered to be the si
156. CTURE Parameters Valid Range Options Data Type DS 64 Default Value Description ST_REV Unsigned16 TAG DESC STRATEGY OctString 32 Unsigned16 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 MODE BLK DS 69 See Mode Parameter BLK ERR Bitstring 2 HART BYPASS STATUS Unsigned8 8 0x00 Idle 0x01 Busy 0x02 Timeout 0x03 Response Available 0x00 ldle This array shows the status of the bypass execution for all the channels and must be supervised for response check purposes HART BYPASS 1 OctString 100 This parameter allows the and entire HART frame channel user to send trough the HART BYPASS REQ 2 OctString 100 This parameter allows the and entire HART frame channel user to send through the HART BYPASS REQ 3 OctString 100 This parameter allows the and entire HART frame channel user to send through the HART BYPASS REQ 4 OctString 100 This parameter allows the and entire HART frame channel user to send through the HART BYPASS REQ 5 OctString 100 This parameter allows the and entire HART frame channel user to send through the HART BYPASS REQ 6 OctString 100 This parameter allows the and entire HART frame user to send through the channel This parameter allows the and entire HART frame channel HART_BYPASS_REQ_7 OctString 100 This parameter allows the land e
157. D is true a true to false change on the combined input PV D will be delayed at the output PRE OUT D until the amount of time specified by TIMER SP has been expired f the combined input returns to true before the time expires the output will remain as true concealing the input transitions This both delays true initiations and extends true terminations acting as a filter for intermittent state changes 2 107 Function Blocks Instruction Manual TIMER_SP Note 1 Returns to zero if QUIES_OPT CLEAR Timer Example when TIMER_TYPE DEBOUNCE If is PULSE a false to true change on the combined input PV_D will initiate a true pulse at PRE_OUT_D whose duration is determined by the TIMER_SP value At the end of the time duration the output will return to false Further false to true transitions of the combined input while PRE_OUT_D is true will be ignored true PV_D false 1 1 1 true PRE_OUT_D false See note 1 See note 1 5 1 OUT EXP D 0 1 TIMER SP OUT_REM IN 0 TIMER SP TIMER SP Note 1 Returns to zero if QUIES OPT CLEA Time 5 Timer Example when TIMER TYPE PULSE If TIMER TYPE is RT PULSE Re Triggerable pulse type a false to true change on the combined input PV D will initiate a true pul
158. DShell will automatically set a valid address and tag to a device added to the network IDShell will solve any collision of address and or tag FB Link Status Monitoring default disabled IDShell monitor all function block links and indicates the status through FB LINK STATUS Hot Swap default disabled IDShell hold information of the function block links for all 4 ports and automatically perform the configuration of the device if Hot Swap function is enabled 4 DD Database the current database is created and a new database with the data types and function block object is rebuild Hot Swap Database IDShell build the function block link database from the information in the network MVC Configuration Active Station Backup Station IDShell re configure the MVC to optimize the communication performance of the network 2 26 Block Library Input Transducer Blocks Parameter MODE_BLK LD292 LD302 Pressure Transducer Description The pressure transducer makes the corrected pressure sensor reading RIMARY_VALUE available to the Al block The engineering unit and the primary value range are selected from the XD_SCALE in the Al block The units allowed Pa KPa MPa bar mbar torr atm psi g cm kg cm inH20 4 C inH2O a 68 F mmH20 a 68 F mmH20 a 4 C ftH20 a 68 F inHg a 0 mmHg a 0 The XD_SCALE range must be inside the sensor range in the unit selected Note that the XD_SCALE should b
159. D_SCALE range is set to 4 and 20 this makes the transducer follow the NAMUR standard For different values no status is issued The selection of the input terminal for this transducer is done in TERMINAL NUMBER The AI block connected to this transducer has the CHANNEL the same selection as TERMINAL NUMBER The supported mode is OOS and AUTO As the transducer block runs together with AI block the transducer block goes to AUTO only if the Al mode block is already in AUTO Warning messages may appear in Primary Value status or in the Block Error in certain condition as explain below Supported Modes OOS and AUTO BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the transducer block will reflect the following causes e Input Failure When input current higher than 20 7 and XD SCALE EU100 20 0 or input current lower than 3 7 and XD SCALE EUO 4 0 Out of Service When the block is in OOS mode Primary Value Status The PRIMARY VALUE status of the transducer block will reflect the following causes e Bad SensorFailure NotLimited When input current higher than 20 7 and XD SCALE EU100 20 0 or input current lower than 3 7 and XD SCALE EUO 4 0 e Uncertain EngUnitRangeViolation LowLimited When input current between 3 7 and 3 98 and XD SCALE EUO 4 0 e Uncertain EngUnitRangeViolation HighLimited When input current between 20 02 and 20 7 and XD SCALE EU100 20 0 Parameters Valid Idx Parameter Dataly pe
160. Direct the transducer value is passed directly to the PV Therefore OUT SCALE is useless Indirect the PV value is the FIELD VAL value converted to the OUT SCALE Indirect with Square Root the PV value is square root of the FIELD VAL converted to the OUT SCALE PV and OUT always have identical scaling based on OUT SCALE The LOW CUT parameter is an optional characteristic that may be used to eliminate noise near zero for a flow sensor The LOW CUT parameter has a corresponding Low cutoff option in the IO OPTS bit string If the option bit is true any calculated output below the low cutoff value LOW CUT will be changed to zero BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the Al block will reflect the following causes e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when one or more of the following situations occur o When the CHANNEL or L TYPE parameters have an invalid value o When the XD SCALE does not have a suitable engineering unit or range for the sensor of transducer block o When it is not compatible the CHANNEL parameter and HC configuration DFI302 2 37 Function Blocks Instruction Manual e Simulate Active When the Simulate is active e Input Failure module failure DFI302 e Out of Service When the block is in O S mode Supported Modes O S MAN and AUTO Status Handling The AI block does not support cascade path Then The output status has not a cascade sub status When the OUT v
161. FI302 AND DC302 MO OPTS has a different bit description MO STATUS OPTS is not available in profile revision 1 2 164 Block Library Overview Schematic Description STEP Step Output Pid A Step Control Output block is used most commonly when the final control element has an actuator driven by an electric motor The final control element is positioned by rotating the motor clockwise or anticlockwise which is accomplished by activating a discrete signal for each direction A control valve for example needs a signal to open and another to close If none of the signals is present the valve stem would stay at the same position Fieldbus actuators and switchgears are the transducer blocks of this block STEP OUTPUT CAS IN our D ALARM PROCESSING BKCAL OUT PV o o CONTROL_OPTS As shown on Fig 1 electric actuators require a switchgear module to power the electric motor and reverse it as demanded by the control loop Most of the electric actuators require an interlock circuit to prevent the motor to overheat or even burn when the actuator reaches one of the travel limits or something blocks the movement in any direction increasing the torque beyond an established limit These actuators are normally equipped with torque switches and limit switches to provide this kind of protection The interlock circuit also establishes priorities for safety signals manual commands enabling signals and lo
162. FSET 47 OUT_D4 Value 8 OFFSET 48 Note in the table that LOCAL MOD MAP X OFFSET 40 X The second column of the table above shows the values that are attributed to the Inputs and Outputs of the MBCS block according to the value set for LOCAL MODE MAP For example if LOCAL MOD is set equal to 1 it will result in the MODBUS range of addresses showed in the third column It must be clear that when this parameter is set a whole range is selected not a specific address 2 137 Function Block Instruction Manual Parameter INn and OUTn values use two MODBUS registers for example IN1 40041 and 40042 because their data type is float and OUT_Dn values use one MODBUS register for example IN_D1 41 Status values also use only one register Once this MODBUS range is defined it is possible to set how the MODBUS master will read them This block allows Modbus Scale Conversion to do the conversion procedure see the item Modbus Scale Conversion in the Chapter 1for more details Output Status If the OUTs aren t updated by Modbus Master in a time specified by user parameter TIMEOUT MBCF it will be generated a bad status If TIMEOUT lt Macrocycle TIMEOUT Macrocycle Once all parameters are set as mentioned above now it is possible to use them in your control strategy The MODBUS master could now see all the MBCS inputs and outputs Thus it is possible to link them at user s con
163. For the BitString type the Subindex identifies the correspondent Byte Note 3 The reading or writing in contained parameters are not supported in the same block Constant Supported modes O S MAN AUTO Parameters Data Type Valid Range Default enh Parameter Description length Options Value 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 S RO 2 TAG DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na S 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None S 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na 5 See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK_ERR Bitstring 2 D RO 2 125 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Data Type Valid Range Default FEE Idx Parameter Description length Value OUT_1 DS 65 N Man Numbered output 1 OUT_2 DS 65 D Man_ Numbered output 2 OUT_3 DS 65 D Man_ Numbered output 3 10 OUT_4 DS 65 D Man Numbered output 4 Numbered output 5 This output can have the 11 OUT 5 DS 65 D Man value of a constant CT VAL xx or the value of a contained parameter from another block depends on if the LOC_OUT_5 Numbered output 6 This output can have the 12 OUT 6 DS 65 D Man value of a constant CT_VAL_xx or the value of m a contained parameter from another block depends on if the LOC OUT 6 18 OUT D1 DS 66 N Man Numbered discrete output 1 14 OUT D2 DS 66 D Man Numbered discrete output 2 Analog constant value transferred to the output 15
164. Function Blocks Instruction Manual Parameter PV_SENSOR_SN Data Type OctString 3 Valid Range Options Default Value Description PV Sensor Number Serial HART Read PV_SENSOR_LMSU Enumerated HC_TABLE 2 PV Sensor Limits and Minimun Span Units Code PV_SENSOR_MSPA N Float PV Minimun Span PV_SENSOR_RANG E 0 0 0 0 XD_SCAL E PV_SENSOR_RANGE EU_ 100 PV Upper Sensor Limit PV_SENSOR_RANGE EU_0 PV Lower Sensor Limit PV_SENSOR_RANGE UNITS_INDEX PV Sensor limits and Minimun Span Units Code translated to Fieldbus table PV_SENSOR_RANGE DECIMAL no mean Enumerated HC TABLE 6 PV Alarm Select code Enumerated HC TABLE 3 PV Transfer Function Code Float PV Damping Value 51 PV_PERC PV_UC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 None Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW PV Percent of Range PV_PERC VALUE the percentual Pv value PV_PERC Status HART Response Code converted to FF status PV Units Code 15 44 52 PV_VAL DS 65 PV_UC D RO Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW PV VAL Value actual PV value in engineering units PV VAL Status HART Response Code converted to FF status 53 SV UC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 None D RO SV Units Code 54 SV VAL DS 65 SV UC D RO Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW SV VAL Value SV actual value
165. G RETRIES n 5 The HART BYPASS STATUS n parameter goes to RESPONSE AVAILABLE if it receives a valid message and goes to TIMEOUT if not 6 The user application must read the content of the HART BYPASS RES n parameter and interpret the income message On Line HI302 N HBC HART Bypass Communication HBC gt To 818 1 Fere 9 ils Spa 1818 n Value Last transactlon status Good Non Specilic Not Limited HART command 04 Good Non Specilic Net Limited a Good Non Specilic Not Lrenited Idie Polling Addross 0 Byte count Good Mon Specilic Not Limited Idie Primary Master Checksum end of message Good Mon Specilic Not Limited Numberofbytes to send lde Good Mon Specilic Not Limited P Ide Preambles to send Good Specilic Not Limited HART_BYPASS REQ 1 Request OF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 02 amp 0 00 00 82 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 02 00 00 Good Non Specilic Not Limited V HART BYPASS RES 1 Response FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF 08 80 00 E 0023FE 02 050503 24 03 00 76 1 30 00 00 00 00 00 Good Non Specilic Net Limited Received Preambles Data see documentation Checksum end of message Slave to Master Primary Master Polling Address 0 gt Byte Count HART Command 0 Help Example of HART bypass transaction 2 216 Block Library Parameter BLOCK_STRU
166. HAVIOR parameter is Adapted The default value of START TYPE is Use Curve The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mode TIME POSN TIME POSN T and STEP POSN OUT 2 102 Block Library Additional Features of the Enhanced Setpoint Ramp Generator Schematic ep HL LIM Dv LO PALISE SETPOINT BECAL_IN START RESET OP SPG o ALTO CYCLE o DURATION START VAL START Description The Enhance Setpoint Ramp Generator has an additional output parameter as it is possible to see in the schematic above The OUT 1 output indicates the current step or segment of profile like the SPG parameter STEP POSN But the OUT 1 format is float Parameters It has all parameters of the SPG block added of the DataType Valid Range Default Idx Parameter Uni Description length Options Value 0 1 Step This parameter identifies the current step or 40 OUT 1 DS 65 2 Step2 0 E D RO segment of profile Similar to the STEP POSN a parameter but the format in this case is float 3 Step 3 4 Step 4 2 103 Function Blocks Instruction Manual TIME Timer and Logic Description The Timer and Logic function block provides logic combination and timing functions including the following Combine multiple inputs as OR AND vote or EXACTLY count Measure the duration of the combined discrete input signal Accum
167. I LIM LO LIM and LO LO LIM are the effective operating alarm limits if the corresponding gain or bias is or the input PSP is left unconnected with status Bad O S The alarm limit expansion will be disabled by setting ALM RATE DN and ALM RATE UP to zero The detection of an alarm will be without delay setting IGNORE TIME to zero Additional Features of the Analogical Alarm Block The OUT D output signalize when the IN input is not usable When the IN Status is Bad or Uncertain and the STATUS OPTS does not have the bit option Use Uncertain as Good set the OUT D value will be 1 When the IN Status is usable the value will be zero Optionally the OUT D and OUT ALM outputs will be able to inverted when the respective bits in the INVERT_OPTS parameter were set 2 89 Function Blocks Instruction Manual BLOCK_ERR The BLOCK_ERR of the Analog Alarm block will reflect the following causes Out of Service When the block is in O S mode Supported Modes O S MAN and AUTO Status Handling The block will not filter an IN value with a bad status or uncertain status and Use Uncertain option in STATUS_OPTS is not set but will instead filter to the last usable value of PV and assign it the unusable status from IN When the status of IN returns to a usable value good or uncertain and Use Uncertain option in STATUS_OPTS is set the value of PV will again be filtered toward the value of IN with the status of IN
168. ITE_ALM DS 72 None This alert is generated if the write lock parameter is cleared 41 ITK_VER Unsigned16 Na S RO This parameter informs which ITK version is the device only for certified devices Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 9 Function Block Instruction Manual Transducer Blocks DIAG Diagnostics Transducer Block Description This transducer block provides the following features e Online measurement of block execution time Hardware revision Firmware revision Serial number of device Serial number of main board The parameter BEHAVIOR will define which initial values for parameters will be used after a block instantiation The option Adapted selects a more suitable initial value set it will avoid invalid values for parameters It is still possible to have the initial values defined by specification by selecting the option Spec Supported modes O S and AUTO Parameters Data Valid Range Default TEF Parameter ee Description length Options Value 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None S 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO Visi
169. M Float URS 100 OUT 5 Limits the maximum output value 29 OUT_LO_LIM Float AER EE 7 0 OUT 5 Limits the minimum output value amount that the output must change away from its output limit before the limit 39 BKCAL HYS 798 01050 05 2 5 status is turned off expressed as a percent of the span of the output The value and status required by an upper block s BKCAL_IN so that the upper block 31 05 65 DRO may prevent reset windup and provide bumpless transfer to closed loop control Target setpoint and status provided by a 32 RCAS_IN DS 65 PV D supervisory Host to a analog control or output block Target output and status provided by a Host 33 ROUT_IN DS 65 OUT D to the control block for use as the output Rout mode 1 NormalShed NormalReturn 2 NormalShed NoReturn 3 ShedToAuto NormalReturn 4 ShedToAuto NoReturn 5 ShedToMan Defines action to be taken on remote control 92 SHED Unsigneds 6 ShedToMan 0 device timeout NoReturn 7 ShedTo Retained arget NormalReturn 8 ShedTo Retained arget NoReturn Block setpoint and status after ramping provided to a supervisory Host for back 35 RCAS OUT 55 65 calculation and to allow action to be taken under limiting conditions or mode change Block output and status provided to a Host for back calculation in ROut mode and to 90 BOUTON DS 65 OUT allow action to be taken under limited conditions o
170. MODBUS ADDRESS OF STATUS 0 The block sends to the modbus slave device the WS status corresponding of its input The status has No status information is sent to the slave device IN n IN Dn the FF standard format The block updates the status to Good Non Cascade when the communication with the The block reads from the slave device the modbus slave device is ok Outputs corresponding status The block make the OUT_n OUT_Dn interpretation that the modbus variable is the same format of FF Status The block update the status to Bad No Communication with last value when the communication with the modbus slave device is not ok Float values use two MODBUS registers but it is necessary only to inform the first one Setting the inputs and outputs of the MBCM block To read a MODBUS variable connect it to an output of the MBCM function block To write in a MODBUS register connect it to an input of the MBCM block Generally MODBUS address are The standard of the Modbus protocol specifies the division of the address range to the variables 0001 to 9999 gt Digital Outputs 10001 to 19999 gt Digital Inputs 30001 to 39999 gt Analog Inputs 40001 to 49999 gt Analog Outputs Once the variables required to be mapped are defined and referenced in the MBCM block it is now possible to set the strategy It is possible to connect the variables to other FIELDBUS function blocks Conne
171. N is applied to all terms of the PID and the Proportional and the Integral actuate over the error and the derivative actuates over the PV value Therefore user changes of SP will not cause bump in the output due to the derivative term when the block is in Auto As long as an error exists the PID function will integrate the error which moves the output in a direction to correct the error PID blocks may be cascaded when the difference in process time constants of a primary and secondary process measurement makes it necessary or desirable See the PV calculation and SP calculation section for details Direct and Reverse Acting It is possible to choose the direct or reverse action of control that is made through the Direct Acting bit in the CONTROL_OPTS parameter e Ifthe Direct acting bit is true then the error is obtained subtracting the SP from the PV Error PV SP e the Direct acting bit is false clear the choice is Reverse acting then the error is obtained subtracting the PV from the SP Error SP PV The Default value of the Direct acting bit is false it means reverse action 2 52 Block Library Feedforward Control The PID block supports the feedforward algorithm The FF_VAL input is supplied by an external value which is proportional to some disturbance in the control loop The value is converted to output scale using the FF_SCALE and OUT_SCALE parameters This value is multiplied by
172. N status Bad and SHED_OPT shed to next and cascade initialization has just completed RCas RCas cascade initialization has just completed or actual mode last execution was RCas ROut ROut cascade initialization has just completed or actual mode last execution was ROut When the actual mode is different from the target a good suggestion to find the cause is an analysis of the corresponding conditions for the actual mode The most frequent causes are shown below Mode Frequent cause O S Check the Resource block mode and all enumerated parameters Check the BKCAL_IN status Bad No Comm link failure in backward path BKCAL_OUT gt BKCAL_IN lower block can not execute in Cas check the target mode of lower block as well fault state condition or link failure in forward path OUT gt CAS Check LO Value and status of TRK IN D TRK VAL and CONTROL OPTS Track Enable Track in Manual Output block status of CAS and the delay time for fault state established by FSTATE TIME Status of IN Man If the target is Cas check the links with the upper block in backward path BKCAL OUT BKCAL IN and forward path OUT gt CAS Iman 1 13 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Frequent cause If the block is not reaching the target mode Rcas or Rout compare the updating rate of RCAS IN and ROUT_IN by a Control Application to SHED RCAS and SHED_ROUT If the target is Cas check t
173. Numbered input 2 18 3 DS 65 None D Numbered input 3 Constant value above which the range 19 RANGE_HI Float 0 PV 5 extension has switched to the high range transmitter Constant value below which the range 20 RANGE_LO Float 0 PV 5 extension has switched to the low range transmitter 21 BIAS_IN_1 Float 0 None 5 The constant to be added to 1 2 69 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Parameter DataType Valid Default Description length Options Value 22 IN 1 Float 0 None S The constant to be multiplied times IN 1 bias 23 BIAS IN 2 Float 0 None S The constant to be added to IN 2 24 IN 2 Float 0 None S to be multiplied times 2 25 BIAS IN 3 Float None S The constant to be added to IN 3 26 IN 3 Float 0 None S 5 to be multiplied times IN 3 27 Float 0 None S high limit imposed on the PV compensation 28 LO LIM Float 0 Nene S limit imposed on the PV compensation 12 Flow comp linear 2 Flow comp square root 3 Flow comp approx 4 BTU flow 5 Traditional The identification number of the arithmetic 29 TYPE Unsigned8 Od 0 E S algorithm 6 Average 7 Traditional summer 8 Fourth order polynomial 9 HTG comp level This specifies the time for the internal working value of bias or ratio to
174. OPTS QUALITY REV_FLOW p Ap TIME UNIT1 INPUT UNCERT LIM CONV RATE ode P CLOCK_PER TO UNITS EXEC IN 1 INTEGRATE JN RESET CENT nr TOTAL TO UNITS EXEC RTOTAL Jour PULSE_VAL1 REV FLOW INTEG OPTS O TIME UNITZ INPUT JOUT PTRIP me 4 TO UNITS EXEC IN 2 CONV CHANGE OUT_TRIP TO UNITS O INTEG OPTS PULSE VALZ INTEG 5 RESET_IN Parameters Data T Valid Range Default E Idx Parameter nits Store Description length Options Value Mode 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 S RO 2 TAG DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None S 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None S 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO Y SP DS 65 OUT N Auto The analog set point for trip detection 8 OUT DS 65 OUT N Man The primary analog value calculated as a result of executing the function It is the result of integration 9 OUT_UNITS Unsigned16 0 OUT 5 engineering units of the output for display Options for controlling access of host computer and 10 GRANT_DENY DS 70 0 Na D local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 11 1 DS 65 0 D Input parameter for flow 1 12 IN_2 DS 65 0 D Input parameter for flow 2 13 OUT_TRIP DS 66 0 On Off D Output parameter for trip indication 14 OUT_PTRIP DS 66 0 On Off D Output parameter for pre trip indication 1 seconds 2 minutes
175. OUT1 OUT_D2 Value OUT2 OUT_D3 Value OUT3 OUT_D4 Value OUT4 OUT_D5 Value OUT5 OUT_D6 Value OUT6 OUT_D7 Value OUT7 OUT_D8 Value OUT8 FSTATE_VAL_D1 FS1 FSTATE_VAL_D2 FS2 FSTATE_VAL_D3 FS3 FSTATE_VAL_D4 FS4 FSTATE_VAL_D5 FS5 FSTATE_VAL_D6 FS6 FSTATE_VAL_D7 FS7 FSTATE_VAL_D8 FS8 AUX_01_16 A01 A16 AUX_17_32 A17 A32 AUX_33_48 A33 A48 49 64 49 64 65 80 65 80 AUX 81 96 81 96 TONO1 TON16 TOFF TOF01 TOF16 TP 01 16 CTU CTU01 CTU16 CTD CTD01 CTD16 RS RS01 RS16 SR SR01 SR16 Functions For each type of function there are 16 available resources and the user can user only once each resource To use the function results the user can make attribution for auxiliary bits TP TIMER PULSE This function generates a fixed time pulse in the output timer for every rising false to true transition on the input timer The pulse width is determined by PST parameter in seconds Transitions in the input timer will be ignored while the pulse is active The current time is available in the parameter 2 183 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Output t44PST to 0 5 t2 t2 PST PST ees 3H INE 5 to t2 Timer Pulse Function timing diagrams The syntax for Timer Pulse is TPxx arg Where xx is the used resource from 01 to 16 and arg is the function argument and it must be a simple variable Examples 1 1 1 OUT1 TP01 A05 OUT3 TP0
176. OWER CLOSE XO PROCESS Fig 3 Step Controller Modified Deviation 0 5DB Hystereses 0 5 DB Actual Deviatione DB Dead Band Fig 4 Modified deviation or gap deviation The actuator has a Travel Time that is the time it takes to drive the final control element from one end limit to another For a control valve for example it is the time required to drive it from closed to completely open The proportional action will actuate the final control element in the required direction during a time proportional to tp GAIN 100 TRAVEL_TIME s If the proportional action is not enough to turn 0 the Integral Action will move the final control element at a speed of V GAIN RESET where the reset is the Integral time constant in seconds As most of the actuators work with constant and fixed speed they can not give a speed larger than Maximum speed 100 TRAVEL TIME 5 while the smaller speeds required by the Integral action are obtained by giving pulses of a specified duration PULSE DUR Each pulse will move the final control element Ax in the required direction PULSE_DUR 100 TRAVEL TIMET 96 2 167 Function Blocks Instruction Manual The pulse frequency is given by f2 V pulses The Derivative or Rate action is given by GAIN d d
177. RCV 32 CE Device number of partial DLPDU 156 PDU unsigned long 0 2 received 157 DEV_ST_N_FCS_FAILURES unsigned long 0 to 2 a number gro wrong FCS received Status of maintenance procedure to download a configuration to a device Ok based on the configuration saved 158 ere ae ONES TATU unsigned char No data No data Ro Previously on the interface device Processing memory Note Not Available Replaced by partial download Command to read configuration and Ok save on interface device memory 159 READ_CONF unsigned char R Ok R W un Note Not Available Replaced by partial download 2 22 Block Library Data Type Valid Range Default iption Idx Parameter length Options Value Descriptio Command to download the last saved configuration to a device or set of 160 DOWNLOAD_CONF unsigned char devices Note Not Available Replaced by partial download Block Execution Time This 161 BLK_EXECUTION_TIME unsigned long parameter belongs to the block section Adjusts the application time in the 162 APPLICATION_TIME timevalue interface device SM Timers optimization Automatic set Enables automatic procedures of the tag address IDShell Check notes 3 163 FEATURES bitstring SERIES monitoring Note Not Available Hot Swap IDS hell Disabl Reports the procedure status whena 164 SWAP STATE unsigned char Verifying ae t
178. S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO 0 SR flip flop 1 RS flip flop 2 D latch 7 DISC OP Unsigned8 3 rising edge E S Man Selection of discrete operation 4 falling edge 5 bi directional edge STATUS OPTS Bitstring 2 S O S IN D1 DS 66 D Numbered discrete input 1 10 IN D2 DS 66 D Numbered discrete input 2 0 Off 11 DS 66 D The set input 1 set 0 Off 12 RESET DS 66 D The reset input 1 reset 13 OUT_D DS 66 The output of flip flop 14 UPDATE EVT DS 73 Na D This alert is generated by any change to the static data The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active 15 BLOCK ALM DS 72 Na D will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mode OUT D 2 130 Block Library AEQU Advanced Equations Overview This block was specially designed to support specific calculations Schematic EQUATION CALCULATION Description As this block has a general purpose some parameters may not be used by a selecteled e
179. SUB_INDEX Unsigned8 1 255 None S relative equal to zero and for the sub index equal to one This is the mnemonic for the parameter identification maximum of 16 characters 10 MNEMONIC VisibleString None S Choose the mnemonic preferably with no more than 5 characters because this way it will not necessary to rotate it on display It is the increment and decrement S decimal units when the parameter is Float or Float Status time or integer when the parameter is in whole units 11 INC DEC Float None This is the number of digits after the 12 DECIMAL POINT NUMBER Unsigned8 0 4 None S decimal point 0 to 3 decimal digits The access allows the user to read in the case of the Monitoring option and to 13 ACCESS Unsigned8 Monit Action None write when action option is selected then the display will show the increment and decrement arrows These parameters include two options value and mnemonic In option value it is possible to display data both in the 14 ALPHA NUM Unsigned8 Mnem Value None S alphanumeric and in the numeric fields this way in the case of a data higher than 10000 it will be shown in the alphanumeric field 63 DISPLAY REFLESH Unsigned8 1 None D 2 12 Block Library HC Hardware Configuration Transducer Overview It configures the module type for each slot in the DFI302 Description The following table shows the available module types
180. T 1 HourS FBMANUAL 21 3 19 Function Block Instruction Manual OUT_UNITS Ton Al BLOCK LD302 1 TAG FT 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO XD_SCALE 0 3500 mmH2O OUT_SCALE 0 150 m hr L_TYPE Indirect Square Root INT BLOCK LD302 1 TAG FQ 100 MODE_BLK TARGET Auto TIME_UNIT1 Hours OUT UNITS m PID BLOCK FP302 TAG FIC 100 MODE BLK TARGET CAS PV SCALE 0 150 m hr OUT SCALE O0 100 96 CONTROL OPTS Direct Acting Reverse FF SCALE 100 to 100 96 FF GAIN 1 AO BLOCK FP302 TAG FCV 100 MODE BLK TARGET CAS PV_SCALE 0 100 XD SCALE 3 15 psi 3 20
181. T 7 DS 65 D Man Numbered analog input 7 15 OUT 8 DS 65 D Man Numbered analog input 8 16 BLOCK ALM DS 72 Na D 17 UPDATE EVT DS 73 Na D Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The default value of OCCURRENCE is the number of MAI blocks instantiated for the FB700 The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mode OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 8 Device Description type 700 Block has OCCURRENCE parameter DFI302 Block has CHANNEL parameter 2 45 Function Blocks Instruction Manual MDI Multiple Discrete Input Description The MDI block makes available for the FF network eight discrete variables of the O subsystem through its eight output parameters OUT_D1 through OUT_D8 Status indication in the output parameters OUT_Dx depends on the I O subsystem and the transducer block that is manufacturer specific For example if there is individual detection of sensor failure it will be indicated in the status of related OUT_Dx parameter Problem in the interface to the subsystem will be indicated in the status of all OUT_Dx as BAD Device Failure BLOCK_ERR The BLOCK_ERR of the MDI block will reflect the following causes e Other the number of MDI MAI and MAO blocks or the
182. TATE TIME seconds and while this time does not elapse the block will execute in the last actual mode The preset discrete SP D value to use 20 FSTATE VAL D Unsigned8 0 PV S when fault occurs This value will be used if the I O option Fault State to value is selected 2 157 Function Block Instruction Manual Data Type Valid Default Parameter Description length Options Value The output value and status provided to 21 BKCAL OUT D DS 66 PV D RO an upstream discrete block This x is information is used to provide bumpless transfer to closed loop control Target setpoint and status provided by a 22 RCAS IN D DS 66 PV D supervisory Host to a discrete control or output block 1 NormalS hed NormalReturn 2 NormalS hed NoReturn 3 ShedToAuto NormalReturn 4 ShedToAuto NoReturn 5 ShedToMan NormalReturn Defines action to be taken on remote 23 SHED OPT Unsigned8 6 ShedToMan 0 S control device timeout NoReturn 7 ShedTo i Targ et NormalReturn 8 ShedToRetainedTarg et NoReturn Block setpoint and status provided to a 24 RCAS OUT D DS 66 PV D RO supervisory Host for back calculation m gt and to allow action to be taken under limiting conditions or mode change 25 UPDATE_EVT DS 73 Na D This alert is generated by any change to the static data The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system
183. TATE_VAL_D6 Unsigned8 0 5 hardware output 6 The preset discrete value to use in failure for 23 FSTATE VAL D7 Unsigned8 0 S hardware output 7 24 FSTATE VAL D8 Unsigned8 0 S The preset discrete value to use in failure for hardware output 8 The calculated discrete output variable 1 of 25 OUT D1 DS 66 D Man block in AUTO mode or specified by the user when in MAN mode The calculated discrete output variable 2 of 26 OUT D2 DS 66 D Man block in AUTO mode or specified by the user when MAN mode 2 177 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Data Type Valid Range Default Store Parameter Description 27 OUT_D3 Length DS 66 Options Value Mode D Man The calculated discrete output variable 3 of the block in AUTO mode or specified by the user when MAN mode 28 OUT D4 DS 66 D Man The calculated discrete output variable 4 of the block in AUTO mode or specified by the user whenin MAN mode 29 30 OUT_D5 OUT_D6 DS 66 DS 66 D Man D Man The calculated discrete output variable 5 of the block in AUTO mode or specified by the user whenin MAN mode The calculated discrete output variable 6 of the block in AUTO mode or specified by the user whenin MAN mode 31 OUT_D7 DS 66 D Man The calculated discrete output variable 7 of the block in AUTO mode or specified by the user whenin MAN mode 32 OUT_D8
184. TEGY Unsigned16 0 None ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None MODE BLK DS 69 O S NA See Mode Parameter BLK ERR Bitstring 2 None DS 64 This code identifies uniquely this configuration and must be formed by HCD_CODE OctString 5 combining MAN_ID UNI REV SPEC REV and SW REV of the targeted device This parameter stores the device DEVICE INFO VisibleString 32 name or any other comment related to this set of command definitions 00 OctSting 44 Res Md MM n HART Command CMD_01 OctString 44 Res sree ed a T Ss i Command 02 OctString 44 E x HART Command CMD 03 OctString 44 Re HART Command CMD_04 OctString 44 E ER 8 HART Command CMD_05 OctString 44 eee SE ocn HART Command CMD_06 OctString 44 LUI HART Command CMD_07 OctString 44 Re Soren a HART Command CMD 08 OctString 44 TR LONE e d HART Command CMD 09 OctString 44 is Se esc HART Command CMD_10 OctString 44 Aia LUI HART Command CMD 11 OctString 44 sone Le HART Command CMD 12 OctString 44 NE ee HART Command Octstingt44 _ response parameters OctSting 44 Re 22 HART Command 24 CMD_15 OctString 44 NEA A eR 0 m 5 Command configuration 25 CMD_16 OctString 44 0 S Command configuration 26 CMD_17 OctString 44
185. TOF TIMER OFF DELAY This function extends the true state of timer input for a determined period of time for the output timer This period is configured by TOF PST parameter in seconds If the input goes to true before the out goes to false the out will stay on true and the time period will begin to count again at the moment when the input goes to false The CTA parameter will show the remainder time until PST value to ti t2 t3 t4 5 Output t PST t44 PST 15 to t2 t3 t4 t5 Timer OFF Delay Function timing diagrams The syntax for Timer Off Delay is TOFxx arg Where xx is the used resource from 01 to 16 and arg is the function argument and it must be a simple variable Examples O1zTOFO1 IN1 amp SI OUT1 TOF01 A05 OUT3 TOF08 FS1 For example the following examples are not allowed in the logic line O01 TOFO01 IN1 amp IN2 note that the argument is a result of an operation it is not allowed O1 TOF10 IN1 note that the argument is a result of NOT function it is not allowed 01 TOF10 CTDO01 IN1 IN2 note that the argument is a result of a function it is not allowed CTD PULSE COUNTER DOWN This function is used to count rising transitions from false to true in the counter input arg1 Every time it is seeing a rising transition the internal counter accumulator CTA decrements of one When the CTA reaches zero the counter output will go to true The counter value will be preset for PST A transiti
186. TU_OUT Bitstring 2 D ee that indicates the counter Array of 16 unsigned integer32 elements 53 CTD_PST 16 Unsigned32 Positive 0 None 5 06 2 counter will decrement until zero Array of 16 unsigned integer32 elements 54 CTD_CTA 16 Unsigned32 0 None D where the user can read the decremented value of each pulse counter 55 CTD OUT Bitstring 2 D that indicates the counter 56 RS OUT Bitstring 2 D Eb 1 indicates the RS Flip 57 SOUT Bitstring 2 D ah ue indicates the SR Flip 58 LOGIC_01 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 1 59 LOGIC 02 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 2 60 LOGIC 03 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 3 61 LOGIC 04 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 4 62 05 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 5 63 LOGIC 06 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 6 64 07 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 7 65 LOGIC 08 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 8 66 LOGIC 09 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 9 67 LOGIC 10 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 10 68 LOGIC 11 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 11 69 LOGIC_12 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 12 70 LOGIC_13 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 13 71 LOGIC 14 VisibleString 24 Spa
187. T_REV Unsigned16 0 2 TAG DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 MODE_BLK DS 69 O S Na See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK_ERR Bitstring 2 E 0 Lnx 1 Log x 7 Unsigned8 0 Equation type 3 Dew Point Temperature 255 Special 8 IN_1 DS 65 Numbered input 1 9 IN_2 DS 65 Numbered input 2 10 IN_3 DS 65 Numbered input 3 11 IN 4 DS 65 Numbered input 4 12 IN D1 DS 66 Numbered discrete input 1 13 IN D2 DS 66 Numbered discrete input 2 14 OUT DS 65 Primary output 15 OUT D1 DS 66 Numbered discrete output 1 16 OUT 1 DS 65 Numbered output 1 17 OUT_2 DS 65 Numbered output 2 18 CT_VAL_1 Float 0 5 Constant value 1 19 CT_VAL 2 Float 0 5 Constant value 2 20 CT VAL 3 Float 0 S Constant value 3 21 CT VAL 4 Float 0 S Constant value 4 22 CT VAL 5 Float 0 S Constant value 5 23 CT VAL 6 Float 0 S Constant value 6 24 CT VAL D1 Unsigned8 0 S Integer constant value 1 2 132 Block Library Data Type Valid Range Default Parameter Description length Options Value 25 CT_VAL_D2 Unsigned8 0 5 Integer constant value 2 26 OUT HI LIM Float 100 OUT S High limit for OUT 27 OUT LO LIM Float 0 OUT S Low limit for OUT The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become 28 BLOCK ALM DS 7
188. T_VAL_D6 Unsigned8 0 S OUT D6 Constant Status transferred to the output 29 CT STATUS 1 Unsigned8 GNC S OUT 1 30 CT STATUS 2 Unsigned8 GNC S Constant Status transferred to the output gt OUT 2 31 CT STATUS 3 Unsigned8 GNG S Constant Status transferred to the output OUT_3 2 126 Block Library Data T Valid Range Default ERE Idx Parameter ype H Units Description length Options Value ode 32 CT STATUS 4 Unsigned8 GNC S a Status transferred to the output 33 STATUS 5 Unsigned8 GNC S CUT Status transferred to the output 34 CT STATUS 6 Unsigned8 GNC S er Status transferred to the output 35 STATUS D1 Unsigned8 GNC S OUT Status transferred to the output 36 CT STATUS D2 Unsigned8 GNC S oes Status transferred to the output 37 CT STATUS D3 Unsigned8 GNC S Suton Status transferred to the output 38 CT STATUS D4 Unsigned8 GNC S Sur oe Status transferred to the output 39 CT STATUS D5 Unsigned8 GNC S Constant Status transferred to the output OUT D5 40 CT STATUS D6 Unsigned8 GNC S Constant Status transferred to the output OUT D6 41 OUT D 3 DS 66 D Man Numbered discrete output 3 42 OUT 4 09 66 D Man Numbered discrete output 4 Numbered discrete output 5 This output can have the value of a CT VAL XX or the value of dd SUIS DS 66 D Man a contained parameter from another block depends on if the LOC_OUT_D5 Numbered
189. U of HEIGHT is mm 2 gravity acceleration used in the density 17 GRAVITY Float Positive 9 80665 m s 5 calculation the EU of GRAVITY is 18 NUM_SAMPLES Unsigned16 1 1000 10 Na S Number of samples 19 NUM_AVERAGES Unsigned16 1 30 10 Na 5 Number of averages in the round buffer 20 DENS_OUT DS 65 g cm D Man The density compensated by the temperature 3 This is the engineering unit of DENS OUT that is 21 DENS UNITS Unsigned16 1100 g cm S RO fixed in g cm This is a discrete output parameter to indicate 22 QUTD 05 66 D alarm state When it is true it resets the average calculation 29 Dee D and it clears the round buffer of averages 24 OUT HI LIM Float 100 OUT S High limit for OUT 25 OUT LO LIM Float 0 OUT S Low limit for OUT 26 UPDATE EVT DS 73 Na D s alert is generated by any change to the static The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active 27 BLOCK ALM DS 72 Na D will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed The current alert status unacknowledged states 28 ALARM SUM DS 74 Na S unreported states and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block 0
190. U_100 defines the higher input unit value actual data unit FROM_EU_0 defines the lower input unit value actual data unit TO_EU_100 defines the higher output unit value desired data unit TO_EU_0 defines the lower output unit value desired data unit Data Type data type which it desires to convert from or to Modbus in the Fieldbus the data always will be float The table with the supported data type is below Number of Data Type Data Type 1 Float 2 Unsigned8 3 Unsigned16 4 Unsigned32 5 Integer8 6 Integer16 7 8 9 Integer32 Swapped Float Swapped Unsigned8 10 Swapped Unsigned16 11 Swapped Unsigned32 12 Swapped Integer8 13 Swapped Integer16 14 Swapped Integer32 In despite of there are different data structures which have scale conversion they follow the same conversion procedure Procedure to handle the conversion from FF parameter to Modbus variable e Load INx_VALUE e Calculate Y A INx_VALUE B e Convert Y to DATA TYPE IN generating MOD VAR IN e Write MOD VAR IN Procedure to handle the conversion from Modbus variable to FF parameter e Read MOD VAR OUT 1 18 Introduction to Function Block Application e Convert MOD_VAR_OUT to float generating Y e Calculate OUTx VALUE A Y B Store OUTx VALUE EU 100 To EU 0 7 gt X from_EU_0 from_EU_100 Where To_EU_1
191. Unsigned8 Selects variable to appearon C3 VAL 90 C3 UC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 0 None D RO C3 variable Units Code 33 Cyclic read depends 91 C3 VAL DS 65 0 S2 UC D RO chosen VIEW and 33 C3 CODE 92 C4 CODE Unsigned8 0 None 5 2 33 93 C4 UC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 0 None D RO C4 variable Units Code 33 2 205 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Valid Range Default Options Value Parameter Data Type Description HART Read Cyclic read depends C4_VAL DS 65 on chosen VIEW and C4_CODE Selects variable to CODE Unsigned8 appear on 01 VAL D1_UC Enumerated TABLE 2 D1 variable Units Code Cyclic read depends D1_VAL DS 65 on chosen VIEW and 33 D1 CODE 2 Selects variable to D2_CODE Unsigned8 appear on 02 VAL 33 D2 UC Enumerated HC TABLE 2 D2 variable Units Code 33 Cyclic read depends D2 VAL DS 65 on chosen VIEW and 33 D2 CODE Selects variable to D3_CODE Unsigned8 03 VAL 33 03 UC Enumerated TABLE 2 D3 variable Units Code 33 Cyclic read depends D3_VAL DS 65 on chosen VIEW and 33 D3_CODE 3 Selects variable to D4 CODE Unsigned8 appear 04 VAL 33 D4 UC Enumerated TABLE 2 D4 variable Units Code 33 Cyclic read depends D4_VAL DS 65 on chosen VIEW and 33 D4 CODE This alert is generated by any change to the static data The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system
192. Use uncertain 2 1 Use uncertain 3 IN_1 Use bad 4 2 Use uncertain 5 IN_2 Use bad 6 IN_3 Use uncertain 7 IN_3 Use bad 8 Reserved 9 Reserved 10 Reserved 11 Reserved 12 Reserved 13 Reserved 14 Reserved 15 Reserved 2 226 Block Library Output Signal Selector and Dynamic Limiter Function Block Options OSDL_OPTS Bit Meaning 0 IFS if BAD IN 1 IFS if BAD CAS_IN 2 Use Uncertain as Good 3 Reserved 4 Reserved 5 Reserved 6 Reserved 7 Reserved 8 Reserved 9 Reserved 10 Reserved 11 IFS if BAD IN_1 12 Keep last value if not select 13 IFS for only selected output 14 Use OUT for BKCAL_OUT 15 Use OUT_1 for BKCAL_OUT Multiple Output Function Block Options MO_STATUS_OPTS Bit Meaning 0 IFS if BAD IN_1 1 IFS if BAD IN_2 2 IFS if BAD IN_3 3 IFS if BAD IN_4 4 IFS if BAD IN_5 5 IFS if BAD IN_6 6 IFS if BAD IN_7 7 IFS if BAD IN 8 8 Reserved 9 Reserved 10 Reserved 11 Reserved 12 Reserved 13 Reserved 14 Reserved 15 Reserved 2 227 Function Blocks Instruction Manual MO_OPTS Profile Rev 0 FB700 w mp Meaning Fault state to value 1 Use fault state value on restart 1 Fault state to value 2 Use fault state value on restart 2 Fault state to value 3 Use fault state value on restart 3 Fault state to value 4 o AJOIN oO Use
193. X eee 155 LIMX PSP 10 LIMX n TE PSP pa ALM RATE UP LO od LO LO LIMX Time Both the level 1 advisory and level 2 critical effective alarm limits are expanded after a setpoint change by the absolute value of the change to PSP The expansions then decay toward the base limits at a rate determined by ALM RATE UP and ALM RATE DN parameters This permits normal and over damped process responses to avoid alarms on the initial change and permits under damped process responses to avoid alarms on overshooting or ringing The following properties and rules apply The four limits initially expand by the same value the setpoint change The two high limits always expand by the same value EXPAND UP and decay by the same rate ALM RATE DN which may differ from the low limits 2 88 Block Library two low limits always expand by the same value EXPAND DN and decay by the same rate ALM_RATE_UP which may differ from the high limits The expansion feature may be suppressed in the upward direction by setting ALM RATE DN to zero The expansion feature may be suppressed in the downward direction by setting ALM_RATE_UP to zero Additional step setpoint changes prior to complete decay of a previous expansion will expand the alarm limits in each direction to the maximum of the remaining expansion value or new e
194. a true to false transition eliminating it if short Delay any transition eliminating it if short Generate a true pulse on a false to true transition non retriggerable Generate a true pulse on a false to true transition retriggerable e lf TIMER TYPE is MEASURE OUT D will be the same as the combined input PV D OUT EXP indicates the length of time in seconds that the combined signal is true OUT REM is set to 0 true PV D false true pae our o false Note 1 Returns to zero if QUIES_OPT CLEAR Timer Example when TIMER_TYPE MEASURE 2 105 Function Blocks Instruction Manual If TYPE is ACCUM PRE_OUT_D will be the same as the combined input PV D OUT_EXP indicates the accumulated length of time in seconds that the combined signal has been true Unlike TIMER_TYPE MEAS it will not be automatically reset by the time of the next occurrence of a false to true change of PV_D Instead it will continue to accumulate on time or run time until reset to 0 by a false to true change RESET_IN OUT_REM is unused set to 0 0 for this timer type true false true PRE_OUT_D false iccumulated time sec OUT_EXP 0 OUT_REM 0 Time Timer Example when TIMER_TYPE ACCUM If TYPE is COMPARE the block will measure the time since a false to true change on the combined input PV_D The current duration will be indica
195. ad only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 174 Block Library Parameter FI302 Fieldbus Current Transducer Description The fieldbus current transducer block is a basic converter transducer which means that it is actually only a direct output without positioning algorithm The transducer block receives the demanded current signal output FINAL_VALUE from the AO block and it makes the actual position status reading RETURN available to AO block The engineering unit and the final value range are selected from the XD_SCALE in the AO block The only unit allowed in this case is mA The XD_SCALE range must be inside the current range 4 20 The selection of the output terminal for this transducer is done in TERMINAL_NUMBER 1 3 The AO block connected to this transducer has the CHANNEL the same selection as TERMINAL_NUMBER The supported mode is OOS and AUTO As the transducer block runs together with AO block the transducer block goes to AUTO only if the AO mode block is different from OOS Warning messages may appear in Return status or in the Block Error in certain condition as explain below Supported Modes OOS and AUTO BLOCK_ERR The BLOCK_ERR of the transducer block will reflect the following causes e Block Configuration When the XD SCALE has an improper range or unit e Output Failure When the current loop is broken e Out of Service When the block is
196. ading these instructions This manual presents the necessary background knowledge to understand the programming language of Function Blocks diagram focusing on Foundation Fieldbus technology Besides that it is explained in details blocks supported by the following devices LD292 LD302 TT302 F302 TP302 FY302 FP302 02 FB700 DC302 DFI302 02 all types DT302 FR302 Other Smar devices that are members of System 302 may not be covered by this manual because they have specific manuals Function Blocks Instruction Manual IV Table of Contents Table of Contents iver E P CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION FUNCTION BLOCK 1 1 M A TE e 1 1 Function BlOCK eut 1 1 Transducer BlOCK qe T 1 1 Resource Block Ea E 1 1 Function Block Definitlons 11 licec Coen ra cote en 1 1 Function Block Linkages sssini niennou binges cede ee ceeccerecedsoers 1 1 Link with Function Block executing in 2 sees eee sees nennen nennen nn
197. ail Backward Target to Manual if BAD IN Uncertain if Limited BAD if Limited Uncertain if Man mode Target to next permitted mode if BAD CAS IN Reserved Reserved 13 Reserved Reserved 14 Reserved 15 Reserved IFS if BAD IN Set Initiate Fault State status in the OUT parameter if the status of the IN parameter is BAD IFS if BAD CAS_IN Set Initiate Fault State status in the OUT parameter if the status of the CAS_IN parameter is BAD Use Uncertain as Good If the status of the IN parameter is Uncertain treat it as Good Otherwise treat it as BAD Propagate Fail Forward If the status from the sensor is Bad Device failure or Bad Sensor failure propagate it to OUT without generating an alarm The use of these sub status in OUT is determined by this option Through this option the user may determine whether alarming sending of an alert will be done by the block or propagated downstream for alarming 2 223 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Propagate Fail Backward If the status from the actuator is Bad Device failure or Fault State Active or Local Override is active propagate this as Bad Device Failure or Good Cascade Fault State Active or Local Override to BKCAL_OUT respectively without generating an alarm The use of these sub status in BKCAL_OUT is determined by this option Through this option the use
198. al for details for details TT302 200 to 850 TP302 to 100 DT302 1000 to 2500 kg DFI302 100 0 1342 0 to 100 The high and low scale values to the OUT 11 OUT_SCALE DS 68 0 100 OUT S Man parameter 12 GRANT_DENY DS 70 0 na D 13 5 Bitstring 2 See Block Options 0 na S O S See Block Options 14 STATUS OPTS Bitstring 2 See Block Options 0 Na S O S Block Options For more details about the configuration of this 15 CHANNEL Unsigned16 0 None S O S parameter see Chapter 1 CHANNEL Configuration 2 38 Block Library DataType Valid Default M 3 ription length Options Value 1 Direct Determines how the values passed by the Indi transducer block may be used 16 L_TYPE Unsigned8 0 E ears Ine irectly Direct with a percent Indirect or wi D Dr a percent and with square root Ind Sqr Root A value of zero percent of scale is used in block processing if the transducer value falls below this Ie Float Non Negative 0 our S limit in of scale This feature may be used to eliminate noise near zero for a flow sensor 7 Time constant of a single exponential filter for the 18 PV_FTIME Float Non Negative 0 Sec 5 Raw value of the field device in percent of the PV range with a status reflecting the Transducer 19 05 65 D RO
199. alue exceeds the OUT SCALE range and no worse condition exists in the block then the OUT status will be uncertain EU Range Violation The following options from STATUS OPTS apply where Limited refers to the sensor limits see in the Function block options to more details about each option e Propagate Fault Forward e Uncertain if Limited e BAD if Limited e Uncertain if Man mode Parameters DataType Valid Default mee ription Parameter length Options META SEU PS Unsigned16 2 TAG DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na S 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None S 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None S 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO 7 PV DS 65 PV D RO Process analog value for use in executing the function OUT SCALE The analog value calculated as a result of 5 oun DS 65 10 ou executing the function 1 Disable 2 Active Allows the input value to be manually supplied 9 SIMULATE DS 82 Disable D when simulate is enabled In this case the are the simulate value and status will be the PV value Enable Disable options The high and low scale values to transducer for a specified channel Depends onthe Depends on value for each Smar device is device type See the device Soe OMS 10 XD_SCALE DS 68 the manual See type See XD S Man Lp292 302 0105080 mmH 0 the corresponding description IF302 4 to 20 mA manu
200. ap ecc ite Configuring Note Not Available Rebuilding Disable Indicates the status of the strategy 165 FB LINK STATUS unsigned char Ok links Failure Note Not Available DD Database Hot Swap Database MVC Configuration Triggers special procedures of the 166 RIDE Active Station IDShell Application C heck notes 4 MVC Configuration Backup Station None Disable Indicates the status of the database Failure kept by the Interface Device that 167 DD DATABASE STATUS unsigned char Building contains the information of data types Idle and function block objects Disable Reports the state of the machine that 168 MVC_STATE unsigned char Configuring configures the MVC Note Not Available 1 Passive 2 Active 3 Backup 4 Active_Not_Link Redundancy Role for the local device 169 RED_ROLE_L Unsigned8 Master 7 Sync klle ldem FUNCTION 105 description 8 Sync Main 9 Sync Backup Redundancy State for the local 0 Not Ready device 170 RED STATE L Unsigned8 1 Standby 0 D RO Not Ready Not ready to run 2 Active Standby Live but not running Active Running the tasks 2 23 Function Block Instruction Manual Data Type Idx Parameter length Valid Options 0 Not defined 1 Stand Alone 2 Synchronizing 3 Updating Remote 4 Maintenance 5 Synchronized Default Value Description Synchronism Status for the local device 0 Initial value 1 Stand alone
201. apter about operation and functioning theory In case the user has to set a specific configuration see the chapter about advanced configuration first For more details on how to configure the HI302 visit our site www smar com 2 198 Block Library Calibrating the analog HI302circuits In order to achieve the most accurate operation of the 02 or 02 it is important to calibrate the analog boards During the factory tests a preliminary calibration is done being sufficient for most applications However it may be necessary to perform a new calibration in the field To do so follow the steps described the of the HCFG ANALOG INPUT HCFG ANALOG_OUTPUT_CAL parameters See a summary below When the calibration is done it is valid for the pair GLL1193 GLL1205 or GLL1194 If the analog board has been changed for any reason a new calibration should be done because the calibration data is stored in the base board for that particular analog board GLL1193 Calibration of the 02 GLL1205 To calibrate a GLL1205 the user should use an accurate current source and follow the steps below 1 Apply a 12 mA current 50 of the 16mA span to each input The calibration can be done in only one channel or in all of the 8 channels at once 2 After stabilizing the current write the number of the desired channel the HCFG ANALOG_INPUT_TRIM parameter or write All Channels to calibrate al
202. ard steam flow correction is done for steam flow and the feedback is done through the transmitter and the level controller LIC 100 whilst the feed water flow is maintained by the secondary cascade control loop of water In this loop the drum level controller LIC 100 provides the setpoint for the feedwater controller FIC 100 in cascade Any disturbance in feed water flow is corrected by a feed forward arrangement in FIC 100 By connecting FT 101 to the VAL input of FIC 100 any change flow adjusts the FIC 100 output directly The FF SCALE is set 100 to 100 to provide a fixed 50 96 bias giving a 50 96 setpoint when load and manipulated flow are perfectly matched 3 18 Examples TAG LD302 1 TAG Corresponding Configuration 1 K 1 BKCAL_OUT CAS IN TAG LD302 2 zc OUT TAG LD302 3 TAG FCV 100 TERMIN TAG FP302 Parameterization BLOCK LD302 2 TAG LT 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO XD_SCALE 642 140 2 OUT_SCALE 0 100 PID BLOCK LD302 2 TAG LIC 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO PV_SCALE 0 100 OUT_SCALE 0 150 Ton hr CONTROL_OPTS Direct Acting Reverse Al BLOCK LD302 3 TAG FT 101 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO XD_SCALE 0 9500 mmH2O OUT_SCALE 0 150 Ton hr L TYPE Indirect Square Root INT BLOCK LD302 3 TAG FQ 101 MODE BLK TARGET AUTO TIME UNI
203. ated as zero FORWARD is selected when the bit corresponding to Forward is set to true REVERSE only negative flows are totalized The positive values will be treated as zero The option bit Reverse must be set to true 2 82 Block Library TOTAL both positive and negative values will be totalized Both option bits Forward and Reverse must be set to true or to false 8 There are two values for the totalization TOTAL OUT Where the increments are added every cycle when the inputs have the status good good or uncertain or last usable value if bad The status to be considered as usable are defined in INTEG_OPTS RTOTAL The rejected increments with status not selected by INTEG_OPTS are added according to some rules described below 9 The main totalization TOTAL may use inputs with different status according to a selection established by INTEG_OPTS USE_UNCERTAIN Use good and uncertain inputs when this bit is set to true USE_BAD Use the last good or uncertain input before it went to bad when this bit is set to true USE_GOOD Use good inputs when both former bits are set to false If both bits are set to true the option USE ANY is selected 10 The increments with status not selected by OPTS are totalized in RTOTAL according to the following rules a If INTEG has no selection for status the increments with uncertain or bad status must be added to RTOTAL The last value with good status is use
204. ation input 1 8 Introduction to Function Block Application Based on the following example which is the most common form of cascade it will be shown the process of cascade initialization Backward Path E Backcalculation Input Backcalculation Output Cascade Input Primary Output Primary Input PID AO Forward Path There are four steps to complete a cascade initialization 1 Not cascade mode As the AO block is in Auto mode the PID block is not calculating the output OUT it is just following the backward value AO BKCAL OUT PID BKCAL PID MODE BLK Target Auto MODE BLK Actual IMan OUT Status GoodC Non specific AO MODE BLK Target Auto MODE BLK Actual Auto BKCAL OUT Status GoodC Not Invited 2 Initialize The user changes the target mode of AO block to Cas then the AO block sets GoodC IR in BKCAL OUT The value of BKCAL OUT is the initial value for the PID starts to calculate The AO block waits for the PID to set GoodC IA in OUT which is linked to AO CAS IN PID OUT gt AO CAS PID MODE BLK Target Auto MODE BLK Actual IMan OUT Status GoodC Non specific AO MODE BLK Target Cas MODE BLK Actual Auto BKCAL_OUT Status GoodC Initialization Request IR 3 Initialization complete The AO block goes to Cas because the PID block sent GoodC IA PID MODE BLK Target Auto MODE BLK Actual IMan
205. ation low alarm 59 DV_LO_LIM Float INF PV span to 0 INF PV 5 engineering units 60 HI HI ALM DS 71 PV D The status for high high alarm and its associated time stamp 61 HI ALM DS 71 PV D The status for high alarm and its associated time stamp 62 LO ALM DS 71 PV D The status for low alarm and its associated time stamp 63 LO LO ALM DS 71 PV D The status for low low alarm and its associated time stamp 64 DV ALM DS 71 PV D The status for deviation high alarm and its associated time stamp 65 DV LO ALM DS 71 PV D The status for deviation low alarm and its associated time stamp 2 59 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Enhanced PID Additional Parameters Valid Range Default Idx Parameter 2 Description Options Value 0 Bumpless Options that defines the algorithm 3 Last F roportiona action to start the output when the 66 BUMPLESS TYPE Unsigned8 A Mas 0 E S Man rates emet harm n ameet a eur automatic mode 3 Bias Proportional The bias value to use in the PID 67 BIAS Float 0 OUT 5 algorithm when the BUMPLESS type is Bias or Bias Proportional 22 The options for handling the additional 68 PID_OPTS Bitstring 2 See block options 0 S O S features of the output tracking Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Backgroun
206. atment when the Bypass parameter changes ON OFF in order to avoid bump in the output When the bypass is switched to ON the SP receives the OUT value in percent of the OUT SCALE And when the bypass is switched to OFF the SP receives the PV value Transition in BYPASS Action OFF gt ON OUT gt SP with scaling conversion ON gt OFF PV gt SP Below there is an example of the bypass in the PID block working as a PID slave in cascade control Step 1 the status of IN is bad therefore the actual mode of PID is Man Step 2 the target mode is changed to Man in order to write BYPASS Step 3 the user sets BYPASS to and OUT is transferred to SP with scaling conversion Step 4 the user changes the target mode to Cas Step 5 the PID block reaches the Cas mode despite of IN Status Step 7 the status of IN becomes good Step 8 the target mode is changed to Man in order to write BYPASS Step 9 the user sets BYPASS to OFF and PV is transferred to SP 2 53 Function Blocks Instruction Manual BKCAL_OUT OUT CONTROL_OPTS Bypass Enable GC 20 GC GC GC GC GC GC 20 20 20 20 20 20 Legend GNC Good Non Cascade status GC Good Cascade status Output Tracking The PID block supports the output track algorithm which allows the output to be forced to a tracking value when the tracking switch is on In order to activate the
207. ble String Block tag of the selected block to measure the 7 EXE TIME TAG 32 spaces Na D Beaten tine MIN_EXE_TIME Float INF ms D RO Minimum execution time of the selected block CUR_EXE_TIME Float 0 ms D RO Current execution time of the selected block 10 EXE TIME Float 0 nis D RO execution time of the selected 11 HW_REV MS S RO Hardware revision String 5 12 FIRMWARE_REV Tele S RO Firmware revision String 5 13 DEV_SN Unsigned32 S RO Device serial number 14 MAIN BOARD SN Unsigned32 S RO Mainboard serial number 0 Adapted Select the initial values for parameters there vs BEHAVIOR snsignecg 1 Spec 0 z E are two options Adapted and Spec 0 good Indicate if all external links is good or if at 16 PUB SUB STATUS Unsigned8 1 bad E D RO icastone is bad O first 17 LINK SELECTION Unsigned8 1 0 D Select an external link 2 previous 18 LINK NUMBER Unsigned16 D RO Number of the external link selected 19 LINK STATUS Unsigned8 D RO of the external link selected see table 0 action Command a recovery process to the external 20 LINK RECOVER Unsigned8 No action E D link selected 2 10 Block Library Data T Valid Range Default Parameter ype 9 Units Store length Options Value Mode Idx Description The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is e
208. cal commands that is commands given from the actuator control panel or some sort of field mounted panel Motor powering and reversing interlocks and protection circuits can be combined in one Motor Control Center drawer or in a field device In any case it will consist in a Transducer that will convert the Fieldbus Function Block action into physical actions 2 165 Function Blocks Instruction Manual STEP CONTROL OUTPUT BLOCK 4 BKCAL_OUT CAS_IN RCAS_IN RCAS_OUT gt TRANSDUCER OPEN ACTUATOR POWERING INTERLOCK AND SIGNALS REVERSING LOCAL CONTROL ENABLING Tork switch open Limit switch open Limit switch closed Tork switch closed TRANSDUCER BLOCK SIGNALS Not defined in this specification Fig 1 Electric Actuator Using a standard PID controller in cascade with a PI Step Controller The slave process variable is the position of the final control element as shown in Fig 2 Controlling the process variable regardless of the valve position measurement 2 166 Block Library Setpoint gt Process Variable Setpoint Process Variable OPEN e OUT E _ a rower CLOS Valve Position XC PROCESS Fig 2 Step controller working as a positioner OPEN e gt gt gt LOGIC P
209. ccess of host computer 9 GRANT_DENY DS 70 0 Na D and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 10 STATUS_OPTS Bitstring 2 pda 0 Na S O S See Block Options The primary input value of the block required for d D blocks that filter the input to get the PV Tracking input when true causes the output to 12 FOLLOW DS 66 True follow Na D track the input Specifies the lag time constant for the block 13 LAG_TIME DS 65 Sec D Based on a step change to the input this is the time to reach 63 2 of the final value s Specifies the lead time constant applied to the 14 LEAD TIME DS 65 Sec D input parameter This specifies the time for the internal working 15 BAL TIME Float Positive 0 Sec S value of bias or ratio to return to the operator set bias or ratio in seconds Y The maximum tolerated duration for power failure 16 OUTAGE LIM Float Positive 0 Sec S This feature is not supported 17 UPDATE EVT DS 73 i D um alert is generated by any change to the static The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active 18 BLOCK ALM DS 72 na D will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active s
210. ce the beginning of the curve in auto mode The operator set the time since the beginning of the curve when operating in manual DE NED Enable the positioning in the profile 1 RESET Enumerations RESET ADVANCE E D REPEAT only valid with the block in manual S REPEAT 0 UNDEF INED 1 READY Define the operating state of the block 24 SPG_STATE Unsigned8 2 ACTIVE E N Enumerations are READY ACTIVE PAUSE 3 PAUSE and AT END 4 AT END Displays what would be the OUT value and 25 OUI status if the mode was Auto or lower 0 Off 26 RESET IN E D Resets the timer 1 Reset This specifies the time for the internal working 2 value of bias or ratio to return to the operator 27 BAL TIME Positive 5 set bias or ratio in seconds The maximum tolerated duration for power 28 OUTAGE_LIM Positive Sec 5 failure This feature is not supported T This alert is generated by any change to the 29 UPDATE EVT DS 73 Na D static data The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the 30 BLOCK ALM Na D Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode
211. ces Na S OS Logical Line Command 14 72 LOGIC 15 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 15 73 LOGIC 16 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 16 74 LOGIC 17 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 17 75 LOGIC 18 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 18 76 LOGIC 19 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 19 77 LOGIC_20 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 20 78 LOGIC_21 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 21 79 LOGIC_22 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 22 80 LOGIC_23 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 23 81 LOGIC 24 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 24 82 LOGIC 25 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 25 83 LOGIC 26 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 26 84 LOGIC 27 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 27 85 LOGIC 28 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 28 86 LOGIC 29 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 29 87 30 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 30 88 LOGIC 31 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 31 89 LOGIC 32 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 32 2 179 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Data Type Valid Range Default St
212. ch segment is defined by START VAL DURATION and START VAL a profile with n segments will need n 1 starting values and n time durations As example the two following arrays define the profile shown on Fig 1 START VAL 25 50 50 100 100 25 DURATION 60 60 120 60 60 0 SP 24 gt 60 60 120 60 60 t seconds step step2 step3 step4 step5 Fig 1 Setpoint profile 3 The timer is started by a transition from false to true at input START 4 The timer may be interrupted at any time by changing the discrete signal PAUSE from false to true It will resume running when PAUSE is set to false The PAUSE will not force manual mode 2 97 Function Blocks Instruction Manual 5 The timer is also interrupted by a PAUSE caused by the deviation between BKCAL_IN and the generated Setpoint If the deviation exceeds DV HI or DV LO an alarm is indicated DV HI ALM or DV LO ALM respectively Both alarms stop the timer and resume normal operation when the deviation is within the prescribed limits 6 The Setpoint is in the axis while the time is in the axis The Setpoint value is available at output OUT It is also available in PRE OUT even when the block is in Man mode For display purpose the engineering unit of OUT is given by OUT SCALE 7 Three outputs inform the current point of the profile STEP POSN Informs the current segme
213. ck Library CT Constant Overview The Constant function block generates constant values to use in input parameters of other blocks It can also read write in contained parameters of other blocks into the same device Schematic NN DISABLE 1 ALUE amp B OUT 3 IM 2 OLIT 4 Mei ues LOC_OUT DISABLE OUT our DISABLE_D2 C Description The Constant function block has two functions e Constant It generates constant values to use in input parameters of other blocks This block allows up to 6 discrete constant and 6 analogical constant e As Contained RW The input writes in contained parameters of any other block into the same device The output reads data of the contained parameters of any other block into the same device Generating Constant Values for other Blocks This block can generate up to six discrete outputs and 6 analogic outputs where e The OUT 1 to OUT 4 and OUT 01 to OUT D4 outputs become available in the output the constant values of CT VALxx and CT STATUS xx OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT D5 and OUT D6 outputs have the feature Reading of Contained Parameter of other blocks and are associated with the LOC OUT xx parameter If these parameters are not configured the output will show the VAL xx CT STATUS constant values If the Mode is Man it is allowed the manual substitution of all ouput values In the Au
214. condition before signal characterization L_TYPE or filtering PV_FTIME 20 UPDATE_EVT DS 73 Na D alert is generated by any change to the static The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active 21 BLOCK_ALM DS 72 Na D will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed The current alert status unacknowledged states 22 ALARM_SUM DS 74 See Block Options Na 5 unreported states and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block 0 Auto ACK ae Disable Selection of whether alarms associated with the 23 AGIS OPTION Bitstring 2 1 Auto ACK 0 5 block will be automatically acknowledged Enable Alarm hysteresis parameter In order to clear the 24 ALARM_HYS Float 0to50 0 5 5 alarm the amount the PV must return within the alarm limit plus hysteresis 25 HI PRI Unsigned8 0to 15 S Priority of the high high alarm 26 HI HI LIM Float OUT_SCALE 4NF OUT 5 The setting for high high alarm in engineering INF units 27 Unsigned8 0to 15 S Priority of the high alarm 28 HI Float bau ux OUT 5 The setting for high alarm in engineering units 29 LO_PRI Unsigned8 0to 15 S Priority of t
215. configured in the HC block is suitable for block type Therefore setting the CHANNEL parameter of Al block to access an type different of analog input will be rejected Block Instantiation Before explaining block instantiation it is better to clarify some concepts Block type It is an algorithm to process the input parameters based on the configuration in the contained parameters then it generates the outputs It includes also method to write read the parameters DD and others Indeed all this information are stored in Flash memory of device therefore one device type has a predefined set of block type available in its firmware Block block instance It is a block type associated to a database where the block parameters are stored RAM and non volatile memory Action Object Through the action object a block may be instantiated created or deleted Before instanting a block it will be checked if the device supports the specified block type as well if there is available RAM and non volatile memory to store the parameters All Smar devices support block instantiation and the Block Library set of block type for each type of device is shown in the item Block type availability and initial block set Order of Parameters during Download Some block parameters have a write check based on the value of others parameters Such relationships are shown in the block parameter table of each block type in the columns Valid Range and Store Mode
216. correspondent bit is in logic level 1 this means there was an error during writing reading of the respective parameter The table below presents the values for these status values Relation between the bits in BAD_STATUS and Modbus addresses Bit Mnemonic Parameter 0 1 BVALUE1 1 B2 BVALUE2 2 B3 BVALUE3 3 B4 BVALUE4 4 B5 BVALUE5 5 B6 BVALUE6 6 B7 BVALUE7 7 B8 BVALUE8 8 IVALUE1 9 2 IVALUE2 10 P1 PVALUE1 11 P2 PVALUE2 12 F1 FVALUE1 13 F2 FVALUE2 2 150 Block Library Parameters DataT Valid Range Default RUE Parameter length Options Value Description 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT_KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 DS 69 O S Na 5 See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK_ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO 7 LOCAL_MOD_MAP Unsigned8 01015 0 S O S Define the modbus addresses Indicate if communication from slave is good or 8 BAD_STATUS Bitstring 2 0 E D RO not each bit corresponds a Modbus variable 9 FLOCATOR1 DS 260 S O S Information to locate float parameter 10 FVALUE1 Float 0 N Value from requested address 11 FLOCATOR2 DS 260 S O S Information to locate float parameter 12 FVALUE2 Float 0 N Value from requested address 13 PLOCATOR1 DS 258 S O S I
217. crete input parameter 4 0 1 2 2 3 ANY3 5 Determines how the multiple D i values are 8 combined 22 EXACTLY2 23 EXACTLY3 40 EVEN 41 ODD 0 MEASURE 1 ACCUM 2 COMPARE 3 DELAY T ype of time processing applied to PV_D to 20 TIMER_TYPE Unsigned8 ESTAB E S determine the PRE_OUT D 5 DEBOUNCE 6 PULSE 7 RT_PULSE 2 This parameter is the combined and time processed a PRESIDE 05 66 RO output of the timer block Count of false to true transitions of the combined 22 N_START Unsigned16 None D RO j input PV D Reset by false to true transition of RESET_IN 2 110 Block Library Data Type Valid Range Default Parameter Description length Options Value 5 This is the time expired Stops when TIMER SP is reached Reset to zero 1 by RESET 2 at start 23 OUT EXP DS 65 Sec N RO of next timer event if QUIES OPT LAST or 3 when block becomes quiescent if QUIES OPT CLEAR This is the time remaining if the timer is active Stops when event ceases block becomes quiescent Pe TOUT REM poros Sec N RO Reset to 0 0 if QUIES OPT CLEAR and the timer is inactive 0 25 RESET 08 66 Resets the timer 1 Reset 1 CLEAR Behavior option for OUT EXP and OUT REM during 26 QUIES OPT Unsigned8 0 E S O S quiescence CLEAR resets them to zero LAST 2 LAST causes last values to be held 1 seconds 2 minutes 27 TIME_UNITS Unsi
218. cription length Options Value Amount in engineering units that base LO and LO LO limits are expanded after a setpoint 27 EXPAND DN Float OUT D RO Dynamically calculated by block Initially expanded by the amount of a setpoint change and decayed at the rate of ALM RATE DN Positive The time in seconds to ignore the existence of a new alarm condition There is no delay on clearing the existence of the alarm on return to 28 IGNORE TIME Float Positive 0 0 Sec S normal If the alarm does not persist for IGNORE TIME seconds it will not be reported Does not apply to self clearing transient type alarms 29 UPDATE EVT DS 73 Na D d alert is generated by any change to the static The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active 30 BLOCK ALM DS 72 Na D will set the Active status in the Status attribute As Soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed See Block The current alert status unacknowledged states 31 ALARM_SUM DS 74 Options Na S unreported states and disabled states of the P alarms associated with the function block 0 Auto ACK Disable Selection of whether alarms associated with the 4 AGKZOPTION Bitstring 2 1 Auto ACK 0 Na 5 block will b
219. ct the output or input of the block to blocks in the strategy to write in MODBUS registers Connect the Input of the MBCM block to a MODBUS register Exchanging data between two slaves set the input of the MBCM block with the slave address and specific MODBUS address where the value will be written and set the output of the MBCM block with the slave address and MODBUS address of the variable where the value will be read This last application is showed below 2 145 Function Block Instruction Manual Internal Link FF VAR TO SLAVE 2 outi VAR FROM SLAVE 1 2 our2 INS f L I BAD_STATUS Parameter This parameter indicates if the communication between slaves was established properly If the correspondent bit is in logic level 1 this means there was an error during writing reading of the respective parameter The table below presents the values for these status values Relation between the bits in BAD_STATUS and Modbus addresses BIT PARAMETER 0 1 IN2 2 IN3 3 IN4 4 IN D1 5 IN D2 6 IN D3 7 IN D4 8 OUTI 9 OUT2 10 OUT3 11 OUT4 12 OUT_D1 13 OUT_D2 14 OUT D3 15 OUT D4 Remarks Each bit corresponds to an OR between the value and status indicating if communication with slave is good or bad e If itis only used the value the status is considered zero e If itis only used the status the value is considered zero Schemat
220. ction Blocks Instruction Manual Parameters DataType Valid Range Default M Parameter Description length Options Value 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na S 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None S 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None S 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO The primary discrete value for use in executing 7 PV_D DS 66 PV D RO the function or a process value associated with it 8 OUT D DS 66 OUT STATE OUT D Man The primary discrete value calculated as a result of executing the function Allows the transducer discrete input or output SIMULATE D 2 Active to the block to be manually supplied when 9 2 DS 83 Disable D simulate is enabled When simulation is are the disabled the simulate value and status track Enable Disable the actual value and status options Index to the text describing the states of a 10 XD_STATE Unsigned16 0 XD 5 discrete for the value obtained from the transducer Index to the text describing the states of a 11 OUT_STATE Unsigned16 0 OUT 5 discrete output 12 GRANT_DENY DS 70 na D 13 IO OPTS Bitstring 2 See Block na 5 0 8 See Block Options Options 14 STATUS OPTS Bitstring 2 566 Block Na S O S See Block Options Options For more details about the configuration of this 15 CHANNEL Unsigned16 None S O S parameter see Chapter 1 CHANNEL Con
221. cture DS 73 This data structure consists of data that describes a static revision alarm E Element Name Data Size 1 Unacknowledged Unsigned8 1 Update State Unsigned8 1 Time Stamp Time Value 8 2 3 4 Static Revision Unsigned16 2 Alarm Summary Structure DS 74 This data structure consists of data that summarizes 16 alerts Element Name Current Data Type Bit String Size Unacknowledged Bit String Unreported Bit String Disabled Bit String Simulate Floating Point Structure DS 82 This data structure consists of simulate and transducer floating point value and status and a simulate enable disable discrete Element Name Data Type Size 1 Simulate Status Unsigned8 1 2 Simulate Value Float 4 3 Transducer Status Unsigned8 1 1 34 Introduction to Function Block Application Element Name Transducer Value Size Float Simulate En Disable Unsigned8 Simulate Discrete Structure DS 83 This data structure consists of a simulate and transducer discrete value and status and a simulate enable disable discrete Element Name Simulate Status Data Type Size Unsigned8 Simulate Value Unsigned8 Transducer Status Unsigned8 Transducer Value Unsigned8 Simulate En Disable Unsigned8 Test Structure DS 85 This data structure consists of function block te
222. d Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 44 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 44 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 44 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 44 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 44 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 44 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 104 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 104 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 104 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 104 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 104 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command OctString 104 Request and Response parameters See HART parameters Command Request and See HART Command configuration 39 CMD_46 OctString 104 Response parameters 0 parameters 56 CMD_47 OctString 104 Request and 0 NA See HART Command configuration Response parameters parameters Request and See HART Command configuration 2r CMD_48 OctString 104 Response parameters 0
223. d Line Custom Parameters If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The default value of BYPASS is OFF The default value of SHED OPT is NormalShed NormalReturn The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mode SP and OUT 2 60 Block Library APID Advanced Pid Overview The advanced PID function block provides the following additional features comparing to the standard PID algorithm and the enhanced PID Selection of the terms proportional integral derivative calculated on error or process variable Sampling algorithm Adaptive gain Configurable Limits of anti reset wind up Special treatment for the error Discrete output to indicate the actual mode The standard features as well the enhanced ones are described in the PID block therefore they will not be repeated here Schematic JEKCAL OUT ROUT_OUT ROUT IN OUTPUT SELECTION MODE_OUT IN Jour Description Selection of the terms proportional integral derivative calculated on error or process variable The control algorithm can be ideal parallel or not iterative ISA For each algorithm can choose the terms proportional integral and derivative calculated on error or process variable by setting the PID TYPE parameter Where e PLD The P and terms are calculated based on the error and the D term on the PV e PID TheP land D terms are calculated based on the error e LPD The lis calcula
224. d Non Specific Not 4 Rw Primary Good Non Specific Not 5 Rw Primary Good Non Specific Not 6 RW Primary Good Non Specific Not 7 Rw i Primary Good Non Specific Not 8 RW RETRIES 9 COMM_ENABLE True Good Non Specific Not 10 RW _ 11 GI MASTER_SYNCHRONIZED 12 EL_MODE Watching Good Non Specific Not Watching Good Non Specific Not 2 RO Watching Good Non Specific Not 3 RO Watching Good Non Specific Not 4 Watching Good Non Specific Not 5 RO Watching Good Non Specific Not RO Watching Good Non Specific Not a R i 8 Watching Good Non Specific Not 8 RO 3 CHANNEL EFFICIENCY 15 EJ INVALID PREAMBLES 16 EHINVALID SOM 17 3 INVALID FRAMES 18 I VALID FRAMES 13 T SCRATCH 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Good Non Specific Not 20 Rw GI UPDATE_EVT 21 22 Cancel Edi Close Help HART communication Operation Parameters FIRMWARE VERSION A parameter indispensable to solve problems If something is not working properly confirm the equipment version before contacting the technical support COMM BEHAVIOR Defines the HI302 behavior It can operate in two ways if the parameter is Autonomous the HI302 communicates with the HART devices by using the previous configuration i e in an independent way The second way uses bypass parameters to send and receive HART messages To do so this parameter should be configured as Bypass COMM ENABLE Th
225. d PV Error SP PV 31 25 3 The PID algorithm applies the Error to the calculation of the P and D terms If only the proportional term is enabled the value of the output is GAIN 1 0 INF 0 0 OUT 31 25 Function Blocks Instruction Manual 4 The output value is converted from percentage to engineering units of the OUT_SCALE OUT OUT 100 EU 100 EU 0 EU O OUT_SCALE OUT SCALE EU at 100 15 EU at 0 3 Units Index psi Decimal point 2 The output value of this example is OUT 31 25 100 15 3 3 6 75 psi Modbus Scale Conversion The Modbus function blocks can read and write digital and analogical data of other Modbus slave or master devices For each configured analogical point which for Modbus reading or writing it is associated a scale conversion parameter The parameters and blocks which have Modbus conversion scale are MBCM IN_x MBCS IN_x MBCS_OUT x MBSM PVALUE_x which x 1 2 until the point limit of that block The scale conversion for the Modbus protocol has two purposes e Conversion from the Fieldbus analogical value to Modbus value expressed Engineering Units e Conversion from the Modbus analogical value to the Fieldbus value in Engineering Units The scale parameters are defined in the data structures DS_256 DS_257 DS_258 and DS_259 see the item Data Structure and they are composed by the following fields e FROM_E
226. d in place of the input value with bad status b If INTEG OPTS has the USE UNCERTAIN bit set only the increments originated by inputs with bad input status shall be added to RTOTAL The last usable value is used in the totalization e If INTEG has the USE BAD bit set the last usable value goes to TOTAL and nothing to RTOTAL 11 TOTAL can be read in the output OUT The engineering units used in the indication is defined in OUT UNITS 12 The block has a discrete input to reset the integration RESET IN While this input parameter has value TRUE the block will be old reset therefore it will start to integrate only after it goes to FALSE The operator can send an operator command to reset the counting by making OP CMD INT RESET The mechanism to reset using this parameter is different from that one used in the RESET because a write operation in the OP parameter with RESET value will cause a reset but the block will start to integrate soon after it despite of the CMD NT remains with RESET The integration can start from zero and go up or it can start from a Setpoint value SP and go down The totalization may be reset in different ways This is defined by the parameter INTEG TYPE UP AUTO Counts up starting from zero with automatic reset when SP is reached UP DEM Counts up starting from zero with demand reset DN AUTO Counts down starting from SP with auto reset when zero is reached DN DEM Counts down starting
227. d8 Slave Address7 Unsigned8 Slave Address8 Unsigned8 1 39 Function Blocks Instruction Manual 1 40 Chapter 2 BLOCK LIBRARY Description of Block Types RESOURCE DESCRIPTION RS RESOURCE This block contains data that is specific to the hardware that is associated with the resource TRANSDUCER BLOCKS DESCRIPTION DIAGNOSTICS TRANSDUCER It provides online measurement of block execution time check of links between blocks and other features DISPLAY TRANSDUCER This block supported by devices with LCD display can be used to monitor and DIAG DSP actuate in local parameters of blocks HC HARDWARE CONFIGURATION TRANSDUCER It configures the module type for each slot in the DFI302 IDSHELL This transducer block provides configuration of the initial settings of the system and device and block online diagnostics INPUT TRANSUCER BLOCKS DESCRIPTION LD292 LD302 PRESSURE TRANSDUCER This is the transducer block for LD292 LD302 a pressure transmitter TT302 TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER This is the transducer block for TT302 a temperature transmitter IF302 CURRENT FIELDBUS TRANSDUCER This is the transducer block for IF302 a Current to Fieldbus Transmitter TP302 POSITION FIELDBUS TRANSDUCER This is the transducer block for TP302 a Position Fieldbus Transmitter TEMP DF 45 TEMPERATURE TRANSDUCER This is the transducer block for the module DF 45 an ei
228. dating OXCC Bad Subscriber Established Not sending receiving Not updating OXDC Bad Subscriber Not established Not sending receiving Not updating OXEC Bad Subscriber Pending Not sending receiving Not updating OXFC Bad Subscriber Not configured Not sending receiving Not updating 2 11 Function Block Instruction Manual DSP Display Transducer Description The display transducer is responsible to show on the LCD screen one chose variable when it is in monitoring mode or a configured menu when in local adjustment mode The display transducer is completely configured via SYSCON It means the user can select the best options to fit his application Among the possibilities the following options can be emphasized Mode block Outputs monitoring Tag visualization and Tuning Parameters setting The user when configuring may select up to seven parameters of any block executing in the local device It means that the device itself is executing that Display Transducer Block Supported Modes OOS and AUTO Parameters DataT Valid Range Default Parameter 5 Description length Options Value This is a tag of the block to which the 7 BLOCK_TAG_PARAM VisibleString None 5 parameter belongs to use up to a maximum of 32 character This is the index related to the parameter 8 INDEX_RELATIVE Unsigned16 0 65535 None 5 to be actuated or viewed 1 2 To visualize a certain tag opt for the index 9
229. de Str ct re DS 69 i eee ab dte eh i eae 1 33 Access Permissions DS z 0 E E A E on Mee uM 1 33 Alarm 1 34 Alarm Discrete Structure DA E E 1 34 Event Update Structure DS 79 1 34 Alarm Summary Structure DS 74 moii 1 34 Simulate Floating Point Structure 6 82 2224 0 0 nn rn snnn sententie tenente inns 1 34 Simulate Discrete Structure DS 89 ede eria petri ctr ice edant ode ede ve eade saliera pee veda espe venen d 1 35 TestStruct re D9585 5 oci even a ePi caen tt mavis 1 35 Discrete Structure DS 59 se 1 35 Discrete Structure DS 160 nei a a PED ERAI EIE ngu aun a Idea 1 36 Manufacturer Specific Data 1 36 Scaling Conversion Structure 95 256 UR CARPET 1 36 Scaling Conversion Structure with Status 05 257 1 37 Scaling Locator Structure DS 258 4 ic ee io aii e ed 1 37 Scaling Locator Structure with Status 5 250 4224 1 esee nennen nennt eines 1 37 Modbus Variable Locator Structure 0 5 260
230. discrete output 6 This output can have the value of a CT VAL xx or the value of 7 OUT_D_6 Ba 08 DiMan a contained parameter from another block depends on if the LOC_OUT_D6 Analog input that writes to a contained A iN 9595 B parameter configured in the LOC IN 1 Disable the IN 1 writing in the correspondent 46 DISABLE 1 95 59 contained parameter Indicate which the contained parameter will be a LOGINI are 3 003 written by the IN_1 input Dead band for the IN_1 input where the 48 DEAD BAND 1 Float 1 0 IN 1 S variation into this range would not cause writing inthe block parameter Analog input that writes to contained 49 Nee DSG B parameter configured in the LOC IN 2 Disable the IN 2 writing in the correspondent 50 DISABLE 2 DS 66 E contained parameter Indicate which the contained parameter will be 91 LOC IN 2 DS 262 5 005 written by the IN_2 input Dead band for the IN 2 input where the 52 DEAD BAND 2 Float 1 0 IN 2 S variation into this range would not cause writing inthe block parameter Discrete input that writes to a contained 53 IN D 1 05 66 D parameter configured in the LOC_IN_D1 Disable the IN_D1 writing in the correspondent 54 DISABLE_D1 DS 66 D contained parameter 55 LOC IN D1 DS 262 S OOS Indicate which the contained parameter will be written by the IN D1 input 2 127 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Data T Valid Range Default Idx Parameter
231. ducer Block Resource Block INTRODUCTION TO FUNCTION BLOCK APPLICATION Function block applications are defined as plant or factory applications that perform one or more automatic monitoring and control functions Function blocks represent the basic automation functions performed by the function block application Each function block processes input parameters according to a specified algorithm and an internal set of control parameters They produce output parameters that are available for use within the same function block application or by other function block applications Transducer blocks insulate function blocks from the specifics of devices such as sensors actuators and switches Transducer blocks control access to devices through a device independent interface defined for use by function blocks Transducer blocks also perform functions such as calibration and linearization on data to convert it to a device independent representation Their interface to function blocks is defined as one or more implementation independent I O channels Resource blocks are used to define hardware specific characteristics of function block applications Similar to transducer blocks they insulate function blocks from the physical hardware by containing a set of implementation independent hardware parameters Function Block Definitions Function blocks are defined by their inputs outputs control parameters and by the algorithm that op
232. ducer Blocks eene nn nhanh nn rnnt 2 27 0292 0302 Pressure Transducer Dt ntt enter 2 27 DT302 Concentration Density Transmitter sisisi nind eiaeia nennen nnne nennen teretes entente nenne entes nnne nennen 2 28 TT902 Temperature Lransdlcer oae corriere bn re uere rete gene ee tet E 2 29 7302 Gurrent Fieldbus Transd cer onte ioo en ire rd pecie ae end etg irt eet i Ye d rta seeded 2 31 TP302 Position Fieldbus Transducer 3 2 32 TEMP DF 45 Temperature Transducer iter tee repe Pelei e E o HALO MEHR 2 33 li vnagthnipnndedco 2 37 AI Analog e ei tei PR ERR T 2 37 Dl Discrete Input Ho E IRR Ea 2 41 MAl M ltiple Analog 1 2 212 intet eem om rere daa tree e ooo tege Der pedro Re e epe de 2 44 MDI Multiple Discrete Input ocean ee d eden crore mee ene eee cape ae eee 2 46 e Ibex eH elei Gd ien ate tette id GS on 2 48 Control and Calculation Function 2 52 PID EPID PID Control Enhanced PID Control vs eto cade rete ee itn eee reiten t Rente rete s 2 52 APIID Advanced Pid E 2
233. e Mode Description Options 5 TAG_DESC Aa Spaces Na 5 6 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1to 255 0 None S 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO OUT SCALE The analog value calculated as a result of lt og 05 65 10 executing the function 8 OUT SCALE DS 68 0 100 OUT S Man high and low scale values to the OUT parameter 0 Plato degree 1 Bri 9 EU_SEL Unsigned8 2 0 E S Man Selection of engineering unit for density 3 INPM GRANT DENY 11 STATUS OPTS Bitstring 2 ele 0 Na S O S See Block Options 3 The first input pressure P1 must have the same i INT DSS D engineering units of IN_2 4 The second input pressure P2 must have the IN_2 D same engineering units of IN 1 14 IN 3 DS 65 D The third input Temperature T in Degrees Celsius See valid 1144 This is the pressure engineering unit of IN 1 and 15 PRESSURE UNITS Unsigned16 pressure units g cm E S IN 2 2 120 Block Library DataT Valid Range Default Idx Parameter 4 Units RS Description length Options Value Mode Distance between the two pressure transmitters x The engineering units must be compatible to the 16 mm 9 inputs IN 1 and IN 2 If it is mmH20 the E
234. e this block may be used to convert Modbus variables into Foundation Fieldbus parameters Such parameters will be available to the supervisory with a Foundation Fieldbus driver OPC 2 2 Block Library OUTPUT FUNCTION BLOCKS DESCRIPTION ANALOG OUTPUT The AO block provides an analog value to generate an analog output signa It provides 9 value and rate limiting scaling conversion fault state mechanism and other features Do DISCRETE OUTPUT The DO block provides a discrete value to generate a discrete output signal There is option to invert the discrete value fault state mechanism and other features MAO MULTIPLE ANALOG OUTPUT It provides a way to send 8 analog variables to other modules or physical outputs MDO MULTIPLE DISCRETE OUTPUT OUTPUT It provides a way to send 8 discrete variables to other modules or physical outputs STEP STEP OUTPUT PID It is used when the final control element has an actuator driven by an electric motor FLEXIBLE FUNCTION BLOCK DESCRIPTION Flexible Function Block The FFB block provides logic such as AND OR XOR and NOT and functions such as Timer On Delay Timer Off Delay Timer Pulse Pulse Counter Down CTD Pulse Counter FFB Up CTU RS Flip Flop and SR Flip Flop The logic is done using the eight discrete variables available for the FF network OUT the eight input parameters from the FF network IN D the sixteen input discrete variables from
235. e OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT D1 and OUT D2 Description 2 128 Block Library FFET Flip Flop and Edge Trigger Overview It can be configured to work as e flip flop e flip flop e e Rising edge trigger e Falling edge trigger Bi directional edge trigger Schematic RISING FALLING EDGE TRIGGER BI DIRECTIONAL Description The following tables summarize the block behavior RESET_IN OUT_D SR flip flop OUT_D RS flip flop RESET OUT_D D latch L H X X H H L X X L H H X X H L L Rising L L L L Rising H H L L H L or Falling X OUT 2 129 Function Blocks Instruction Manual OUT D OUT D icu n Rising Edge ELES Bi directional L L Rising H L H L L Falling L H H L L No transition L L L X H X H H H H L X L L L BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the FFET block will reflect the following causes Out of Service When the block is O S mode Supported Modes O S MAN and AUTO Parameters DataT Valid Range Default Idx Parameter Units Store Description length Options Value Mode 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na S 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None S 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na
236. e Block Error in certain condition as explain below Supported Modes OOS and AUTO BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the transducer block will reflect the following causes e Input Failure When sensor is disconnected from main electronic board or the pressure is higher or lower 27 5 of the sensor limit e Out of Service When the block is in OOS mode Primary Value Status The PRIMARY VALUE status of the transducer block will reflect the following causes e Bad SensorFailure NotLimited When sensor is disconnected from main electronic board or the pressure is higher or lower 27 596 of the sensor limit e Uncertain SensorConvertionNotAccurate NotLimited when pressure is between 27 5 of sensor limit and the sensor limit e Uncertain EngUnitRangeViolation HighLimited when the pressure is higher or lower 27 5 of sensor limit Parameters DataType Valid Range Default A Description Idx Parameter length Options Value Units Store escriptio Indicates the operation mode 5 MODE_BLK DS 69 OOS AUTO 005 None D Transducer Block Indicates the status associated with 6 BLOCK_ERR Bitstring 2 None hardware or software the Transducer Density Defines the Transducer Block 13 PRIMARY VALUE TYPE Unsigned16 Pressure Density None D calculation type The measured value and status 14 PRIMARY VALUE DS 65 AD SCONE available to the Function Block The High and Low range lim
237. e Ho d to command correlation 29 WPC 21 Unsigned8 20 0 None oe to command correlation 30 WPC 22 Unsigned8 20 0 None to command correlation 31 WPC 23 Unsigned8 20 0 None to command correlation 32 24 Unsigned8 20 0 None Te to command correlation 2 214 Block Library Parameter UPDATE_EVT Data Type Valid Range Options Default Value Description This alert is generated by any change to the static data BLK_ALM The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static 2 215 Function Blocks Instruction Manual HBC HART Bypass Communication Bypass mode using HBC block was created to allow HART messages to be sent to any device by writing a block parameter The written content in the parameter is whole sent to the channel when it is available Thus the application should include in the message the preambles the delimiter and so on until the HART frame check byte For o
238. e automatically acknowledged Enable Alarm hysteresis parameter In order to clear the 33 ALARM_HYS Float 0 to 50 96 0 5 5 alarm the amount the PV must return within the alarm limit plus hysteresis 34 PRI Unsigned8 0to 15 0 S Priority of the high high alarm 35 HI OUT_SCALE INF PV S The setting for high high alarm in engineering INF units 36 HI HL LIMX Float OUT SCALE 4NF Py D RO The setting for high high alarm in engineering INF units 37 PRI Unsigned8 01015 0 5 Priority of the high alarm 38 HI LIM Float a INF PV 5 The setting for high alarm engineering units 39 HI LIMX Float INF PV D RO The setting for high alarm in engineering units 40 LO_PRI Unsigned8 01015 0 5 Priority of the low alarm 41 LO_LIM Float 9 5 The setting for low alarm engineering units 42 LO_LIMX Float SIE UE INF PV D RO The setting for low alarm in engineering units 43 LO LO PRI Unsigned8 0to 15 0 S Priority of the low alarm 44 LO LO LIM Float aE E INF PV S The setting for low alarm in engineering units 45 LO LO LIMX Float E INF PV D RO The setting for low alarm in engineering units 46 HI 09 71 PV D The status for high alarm and its associated time stamp 47 HI ALM DS 71 PV D The status for high alarm and its associated time stamp 48 LO ALM 09 71 PV D en 5 for low alarm and its associated time 2 92 Block Library Data Type Valid Range
239. e block algorithm is shown below Parameter Identifiers Parameter names are unique within a block Within a system a parameter can be unambiguously identified by qualifying its name with the tag of its block This construction is referred to as Tag Parameter The Tag Parameter construct is used to obtain the index of a parameter This is the second way of identifying a parameter 1 2 Introduction to Function Block Application Parameter Storage Parameter attributes may be classified as dynamic static or non volatile The value of parameter attributes may need to be restored after a power failure based on its classification Dynamic a parameter attribute whose value is calculated by the block algorithm and therefore does not need to be restored after a power failure Static a parameter attribute which has a specific configured value that must be restored by a device after power failure An Interface or temporary devices may write to static parameter attributes on an infrequent basis Static parameter attribute values are normally tracked by a configuration device To support tracking changes in static parameter attributes the associated block s static revision parameter will be incremented and an update event will be generated each time a static parameter attribute value is modified Non volatile a parameter attribute whose value is written on a frequent basis and the last saved value must be restored by the device aft
240. e dis te ae e dele Se ee 2 225 Timer Function 2 22 2 2 2 eee ere ocn io cave 2 226 INVERT OPTS E eed E E 2 226 Arithmetic Function Block Options 2 226 2 226 Output Signal Selector and Dynamic Limiter Function Block Options 1 2 227 5 2 227 Multiple Output Function Block Options 2 227 STATUSSOBPELES 2 ife ta iui t nid sib eren cec entire 2 227 MO OPTS Profile Rev 0 FB700 iode tacet tee e d Ee Rire EO Fede Reate nhe tals eee 2 228 MO OPTS Profile Rev 1 02 0 ied reete tei e e ee c d ette t a Pee e een eet 2 228 Hardware Configuration Block 2 229 MODULE STATUS R03 aene aaa e a ee a pd een tu a toes 2 229 MODULE STATUS R4 7 eret hen biti o ln ees 2 229 MOIDI E SESS RE E tS 11 ui I A oe A e 2 230 MODULE STATUS R12 14 tee tet emu e eu ee tits ae ends a Beis eu 2 230 CHAPTER 3S gt EXAMPLES cna ees Quas antes won sealant
241. e given by curve 2 vs 2 Auto or Cas OK IR OK Initialize OUT_2 using internal offset from Y2 Legend NI not invited IR initialization request OK working in cascade 2 74 Block Library Schematic BKCAL IN 1 JOUT 1 811 711 22 22 CAS IN H2 2 821 21 OUT 2 BKCAL_IN_2 BKCAL_OUT Parameters Data T Valid Default Idx Parameter Units RIS Description length Options Value Mode 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT_KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None S 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO 7 SP DS 65 N Auto The analog set point 8 OUT 1 DS 65 OUT1 D RO Numbered output parameter 1 9 OUT_2 DS 65 OUT2 D RO Numbered output parameter 2 10 OUT 1 UNITS Unsigned16 0 E S The units code for the corresponding output 11 OUT 2 UNITS Unsigned16 0 E S The units code for the corresponding output Options for controlling access of host computer and 12 GRANT DENY DS 70 0 Na S O S local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 13 STATUS OPTS Bitstring 2 0 Na S Options which the user may select in the block processing of status This parameter is the remote setpoint value which 14 CAS IN DS 65 D must come from another Fieldbus block or a DCS block through a defined
242. e given in engineering units of the output How to configure not used points If the curve has m points m lt 20 the non configured points 1 1 2 2 Xeo shall be set with INFINITY Working with more than One Characterizer Block in Series When the application needs more than the limit of a CHAR block more than 20 points in the curve it can use many CHAR blocks in series To do this it is necessary to configure in the SWAP_2 parameter e Indicate which is the first the intermediate blocks and the last block of the CHAR series Thus the input parameters will be limited by the lower X value of the curve indicated by FIRST Low Limit and the upper X value of the curve indicated by LAST High Limit e f the SWAP was used thus all the curve blocks must be defined with Swap amp SWAP amp FIRST SWAP amp INTERMEDIATE SWAP amp LAST The first intermediate and last values are for the two inputs IN 1 and 2 When the SWAP 2 value is equal 0 No Swap or 1 Swap the block will work as Alone that is as not supporting CHAR blocks in series To work in series the CURVE parameter must be always crescent in relation to the points inside the block and also in relation to the other blocks of the CHAR cascade For example the order of the block configuration of the example below must be followed 1 CHAR Swap 2 First 2 CHAR2 Swap 2 Intermediate 3
243. e in rack 1 slot 3 Bit Meaning Status of module in rack 2 slot 0 Status of module in rack 2 slot 1 Status of module in rack 2 slot 2 Status of module in rack 2 slot 3 Status of module in rack 3 slot 0 Status of module in rack 3 slot 1 Status of module in rack 3 slot 2 AJOJN Status of module in rack 3 slot 3 MODULE STATUS R4 7 Bit Meaning Status of module in rack 4 slot 0 Status of module in rack 4 slot 1 Status of module in rack 4 slot 2 Status of module in rack 4 slot 3 Status of module in rack 5 slot 0 Status of module in rack 5 slot 1 Status of module in rack 5 slot 2 Status of module in rack 5 slot 3 Bit Meaning Status of module in rack 6 slot 0 Status of module in rack 6 slot 1 Status of module in rack 6 slot 2 Status of module in rack 6 slot 3 Status of module in rack 7 slot 0 Status of module in rack 7 slot 1 Status of module in rack 7 slot 2 WO Pp Status of module in rack 7 slot 3 2 229 Function Blocks Instruction Manual MODULE STATUS R8 11 Bit Meaning Status of module in rack 8 slot 0 Status of module in rack 8 slot 1 Status of module in rack 8 slot 2 Status of module in rack 8 slot 3 Status of module in rack 9 slot 0 Status of module in rack 9 slot 1 Status of module in rack
244. e internal working value of bias or ratio to return to the operator set bias or ratio inseconds Contained parameter that will set the respective output when OUT is not selected by the OP_SELECT 28 NOT_SEL_VAL_1 Float Contained parameter that will set the respective output when OUT_1 is not selected by the OP_SELECT 33 UPDATE_EVT DS 73 na This alert is generated by any change to the static data 2 117 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Data Type Valid Range Default length Options Value Parameter Description The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become 34 BLOCK_ALM DS 72 na D active will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The default value of OUT TYPE is Dynamic limiter The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mode SP 2 118 Block Library DENS Densit
245. e of SELECT TYPE is First good The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mode OUT 2 96 Block Library Description SPG ESPG Setpoint Ramp Generator Enhanced Setpoint Ramp Generator The Setpoint generator block is normally used to generate a Setpoint to a PID block in applications like temperature control batch reactors etc In those applications the Setpoint shall follow a certain profile in function of the time BKCAL IN LIN OUT Setpoint START EP POSN TIME POSN TIME POSN T The block algorithm shall comply with the following 1 The profile is determined by up to ten segments or steps Each segment is defined by a starting value START VAL and a time duration DURATION The starting value of the next segment determines if the previous segment ramps up down or remains constant The profile is given by two parallel arrays and a parameter for the time unit START VAL Starting value Eleven floating point values defining the initial value of each step in engineering units DURATION Time duration Ten floating point values defining the duration in seconds of each step A null value defines the last step TIME UNITS A contained unsigned eight parameter used to specify the time units used for display 2 The two arrays define the Setpoint value y axis in function of the time t axis Between two given points the Setpoint is calculated by interpolation As ea
246. e used to cancel out wet legs etc instead of calibration The supported mode is OOS and AUTO As the transducer block runs together with Al block the transducer block goes to AUTO only if the Al mode block is already in AUTO The sensor temperature may be read from the SECONDARY VALUE parameter Warning messages may appear in Primary Value status or in the Block Error in certain condition as explain below Supported Modes OOS and AUTO BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the transducer block will reflect the following causes e Input Failure When sensor is disconnected from main electronic board or the pressure is higher or lower 27 596 of the sensor limit Outof Service When the block is in OOS mode Primary Value Status The PRIMARY VALUE status of the transducer block will reflect the following causes e Bad SensorFailure NotLimited When sensor is disconnected from main electronic board or the pressure is higher or lower 27 5 of the sensor limit e Uncertain SensorConvertionNotAccurate NotLimited when pressure is between 27 5 of sensor limit and the sensor limit Parameters Valid Options Default Value DataType UR length Description Indicates the operation mode of DS 69 OOS AUTO Transducer Block BLOCK_ERR PRIMARY_VALUE Indicates the status associated with hardware software the Transducer Bitstring 2 The measured value status AD SONU available to the F
247. ed It defines the modes that are allowed for an instance of the block The permitted mode is configured based on the application requirement For example if a PID block does not have link for IN the Cas mode should not be permitted for that block It is like a list of mode types selected from the supported modes 4 Normal This is the mode which the block should be set to during normal operating conditions The normal attribute is used as a reminder It does not affect the algorithm calculation Execution of a function or transducer block will be controlled through the mode parameter The user sets the target mode which indicates what mode of operation is desired for the block Then the algorithm evaluates if the block can be executed in the requested mode target mode or the nearest higher priority mode possible The actual mode reflects the mode of block operation Function Blocks Instruction Manual Other concepts of mode Retained target When the target mode is O S MAN RCAS or ROUT the target mode attribute may retain information about the previous target mode This information may be used by the block in mode shedding and setpoint tracking This feature is optional and the interface device is responsible to implement it Supported mode Each block type has a set of mode types supported it means that the block definition specifies in which modes the block may operate Priority of mode The concept of priorit
248. ed Mode are selected from those defined by the block designer They are assigned during block configuration for the specific use of the function block application Once the actual mode is determined the block execution progresses and the outputs are generated Parameter Status All input and output parameters are structures composed of status and value but some contained parameter internal parameter not accessible by other blocks have also that data type for example RCAS_IN ROUT_IN SP and PV The Status field is composed of three parts Quality Sub Status and Limits Quality indicates the quality of the parameter value Good Cascade The quality of the value is good and it may be part of a cascade structure Good Non Cascade The quality of the value is good and the block doesn t support a cascade path Uncertain The quality of the value is less than normal but the value may still be useful Bad The value is not useful Sub Status The sub status is a complement of the quality status and takes information to initialize or break a cascade control alarms and others There are different sets of sub status for each quality Limits It provides information whether the associated value is limited or not as well the direction The limits are classified as Not Limited High Limited Low Limited Constant When an input parameter is linked to an output parameter through the link object the whole structure s
249. ed an operator plant acknowledgement The other form to auto acknowledge the alarm notice is configuring the alert priority of the respective alarm to 0 1 or 2 The alert priority will be discussed later Unacknowledged will have the following enumerations 0 Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged Alarm state This field gives an indication of whether the alert is active and whether it has been reported The Alarm State will have the following bit enumeration 1 Clear Reported 2 Clear Not Reported 3 Active Reported 4 Active Not Reported The alarm state is cleared when the block goes to Out of service mode Time stamp Time stamp is the time when the change in alarm state was detected that is unreported This value will be maintained constant until alert confirmation has been received Sub code This field contains an enumeration specifying the cause of the alert to be reported Value The value of the associated parameter at the time the alert was detected 1 24 Introduction to Function Block Application b Alarm limit X_LIM parameter An analog alarm occurs when a value meets or exceeds a limit For a high alarm an alarm is true when the analog value is greater than the limit The status of the alarm remains true until the value drops below the limit minus the alarm hysteresis The alarm type can be disabled setting its respective alarm limit parameter to infinity which is the default o
250. efault Hart 13 VIEW_SELECTION Enumerated Options 0x00 VIEW 00 0x01 VIEW 01 0x02 VIEW 02 0x03 VIEW 03 0x04 VIEW 04 0x05 VIEW 05 0x06 VIEW 06 0x07 VIEW 07 0x08 VIEW 08 0x09 VIEW 09 0x0A VIEW 10 0x0B VIEW 11 0 0 VIEW 12 0 00 VIEW 13 OxOE VIEW 14 OxOF VIEW 15 0x10 VIEW 16 0x11 VIEW 17 0x12 VIEW 18 0x13 VIEW 19 0x14 VIEW 20 0x15 VIEW 21 0x16 VIEW 22 0x17 VIEW 23 0x18 VIEW 24 0x19 VIEW 25 0x1A VIEW 26 0x1B VIEW 27 0x1C VIEW 28 0x1D VIEW 29 Value VIEW_00 None Description HART Read Write Selects the set of parameters to be updated at each polling cycle See HI302 s user manual for further information about each VIEW 14 COMMON FIL TER Unsigned8 5 None This parameter commands present has 5 positions to in configuration but ignore not supported by the device See HI302 s User Manual for a complete list of that commands 15 BLK EXEC STATE Enumerated 0x00 Identification 0x01 Old Data 0x02 Updating 0x03 Updated 0x04 Partially Updated 0x05 Not Respondi ng 0x06 Bypass 0x07 Device Not Found 0x08 HCD Error 0x09 TAG Not Found 0x0A Writing Identification None D RO Status of parameter HART communication UPDATED update Normal information and condition is 2 201 Function Blocks Instruction Manua
251. either high or low The parameter LOCKVAL provides an option to specify whether OUT 1 remains at its ending level when control is switched to OUT 2 or goes to zero If LOCKVAL is true OUT 1 remains at its current value when OUT 2 is non zero If LOCKVAL is false then as soon as the OUT 2 becomes non zero then OUT 1 goes to zero Additionally the parameter LOCKVAL SP on Cas Restart does the return output BKCAL OUT for the upper block uses the SP value instead of the BKCAL_IN in the cascade initialization Supported Modes O S IMAN Auto and Cas Status Handling Sub status values received at CAS IN will be passed to both outputs except for those used in the cascade handshake An IFS will go to both the active and the inactive outputs The back calculation status will only come from the active output An output held by LOCKVAL is not active Limit status must be inverted if the slope of the active output is negative No limits are sent back on BKCAL OUT if neither output is active Actual mode BKCAL IN 1 BKCAL IN 2 BKCAL OUT Iman NI NI NI BKCAL_OUT limited high and low to X12 X21 2 Auto or Cas NI OK OK BKCAL_OUT limited to X21 low and X22 high Auto or Cas OK OK BKCAL_OUT limited to X11 low and X12 high Iman IR IR Initialize cascade to value given by curve X1 vs Y1 Auto or Cas IR OK OK Initialize OUT_1 using internal offset from Y1 Iman Initialize cascade to valu
252. ements where the user can setthe PST timer duration in seconds for each Timer OFF Delay 45 TOFF CTA 16 Floats Array of 16 float elements where the user read the lapsed time until the PST timer duration in seconds for each Timer OFF Delay 46 TOFF OUT Bitstring 2 A bit enumerated that indicates the timer output states 47 48 PST TP CTA 16 Floats 16 Floats Positive 5 05 Array of 16 float elements where the user set the PST timer duration in seconds for each Timer Pulse Array of 16 float elements where the user can read the lapsed time until the PST timer duration in seconds for each Timer Pulse 49 TP OUT Bitstring 2 A bit enumerated that indicates the timer output states 50 CTU PST 16 Unsigned32 Positive None 5 05 Array of 16 unsigned integer32 elements where the user can set the PST value of each pulse counter The counter will increment from zero to PST value 2 178 Block Library Data Type Valid Range Default Store Parameter Description Length Options Value Array of 16 unsigned integer32 elements 51 CTU_CTA 16 Unsigned32 0 None D where the user can read the incremented value of each pulse counter 52 C
253. en the block is in O S mode Status Handling The status of OUT_x will be the following if the BLOCK_ERR indicates e Other Configuration Error e Input failure Bad Device Failure e Power up Bad Device Failure Supported Modes O S MAN and AUTO Schematic MANUAL G Jour 1 AUTO MANUAL o Jour 2 AUTO MANUALS Jour 3 AUTO INPUT MANUAL 1 SNAP OF AUTO UT 4 CHANNEL TRANSDUCER MANUAL BLOCK AUTO MANUAL OUTPUTS TIU Jour 6 AUTO MANUALS 1 Jour 5 Jour 7 AUTO MANUALS Jour 8 AUTO MODE 2 44 Block Library Parameters BOIS ID DataType Valid Range Default Store Description length Options Value Mode 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 MODE DS 69 O S Na 5 See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK_ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO OCCURRENCE E NE 7 Unsigned16 0 None S O S defines the transducer to be used going to or from CHANNEL world It addresses a group of eight 8 OUT_1 DS 65 D Man Numbered analog input 1 9 OUT_2 DS 65 D Man Numbered analog input 2 10 OUT 3 DS 65 D Man Numbered analog input 3 11 OUT 4 DS 65 D Man Numbered analog input 4 12 OUT 5 DS 65 D Man Numbered analog input 5 13 OUT 6 DS 65 D Man Numbered analog input 6 14 OU
254. er heat flow Quear 0 f t Simple hard 5 non cascade ratio output is setpoint to PID block Average of four 6 temperature measurement 5 ttt h t Difference in 7 pressure or level Simple HTG 9 compensated level NOTE Square root of the third power may be achieved by selecting ARITH_TYPE 3 and connecting input to IN and IN_1 Square root of the fifth power may likewise be achieved by connecting the input to IN IN_1 and IN_3 2 72 Block Library SPLT Splitter Description The splitter block provides the capability to drive multiple outputs from a single input usually a PID This block would normally be used in split ranging or sequencing of multiple valve applications Included in the block features are the capability to open valves as part of a predetermined schedule and leave open or closed a given valve after the controller has transitioned off the valve The splitter supports two outputs Since this block will participate in the control path after a PID block back calculation support is included The application s targeted for the splitter block would be a single output from a controller which is used to control up to two valves in either split ranging fashion or as sequenced operation Split ranging is that application where two valves are used such as a reactor where heating and cooling must be applied by
255. er a power failure Since the values of these parameter attributes are constantly changing they are not normally tracked by a configuration device The classification of a parameter attribute will determine the manner is which the attribute value is stored within a device Parameter Usage Parameters are defined for a block for a specific purpose Each is defined for use as an input an output or a control parameter Control parameters are also referred to as contained parameters because they may not be linked with parameters in other blocks Each type of usage is defined as follows Contained A contained parameter is a parameter whose value is configured set by an operator higher level device or calculated It may not be linked to another function block input or output The mode parameter is an example of a contained parameter common to all blocks Output An output parameter is a parameter that may be linked to an input parameter of another function block Output parameters contain status The output status indicates the quality of the parameter value and the mode of the block when it was generated The value of an output parameter may not be obtained from a source external to the block It may be generated by the block algorithm but does not have to be The values of certain output parameters are dependent on the value of the mode parameter of the block These output parameters may be referred to as mode controlled output para
256. erates on these parameters Function blocks are identified using a name Tag and a numeric index Tags provide a symbolic reference to function blocks They are unambiguous within the scope of a Fieldbus system Numeric indices are numbers assigned to optimize access to function blocks As opposed to function block tags which are global numeric indices have meaning only within the application that contains the function block Function block parameters define the inputs outputs and the data used to control function block operation They are visible and accessible over the network Additional parameters called contained within parameters are used to define the private data of a function block Although visible over the network they may not participate in function block linkages Function Block Linkages Function block outputs may be linked to inputs of other function blocks Each linkage indicates that an input parameter of one function block obtains its value from specific output parameters of another function block While function block pull their values from upstream blocks which block controls the pulling depends on the characteristics of the underlying communications Two function blocks linked together may exist in the same function block application or in separate applications either in the same device or in different devices To transfer the data for a function block link the communication channel must be known that
257. erforming the check The following table shows the mnemonic for each block parameter used in the logic lines The mnemonic must be in capital letters 2 181 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Parameter Mnemonic HW N Valuet 101 HW_IN Value2 102 HW_IN Value3 103 HW_IN Value4 104 HW_IN Value5 105 HW_IN Value6 106 HW_IN Value7 107 HW_IN Value8 108 HW_IN Value9 109 HW_IN Value10 110 HW_IN Value11 111 HW_IN Value12 112 HW_IN Value13 113 HW_IN Value14 114 HW_IN Value15 115 HW_IN Value16 116 HW_IN Status Sl HW OUT Status SO HW OUT Value1 O1 HW OUT Value2 02 HW_OUT Value3 OS HW OUT Value4 O4 HW OUT Value5 O5 HW OUT Value6 O6 HW OUT Value7 O7 HW OUT Value8 O8 D1 Status IN1S D2 Status IN2S D3 Status IN3S D4 Status INAS D5 Status IN5S D6 Status 65 IN_D7 Status IN7S IN_D8 Status IN8S IN_D1 Value IN_D2 Value IN2 IN_D3 Value IN3 IN_D4 Value IN4 IN_D5 Value IN5 IN_D6 Value IN6 IN_D7 Value IN_D8 Value IN8 OUT_D1 Status SOUT1 OUT_D2 Status SOUT2 OUT_D3 Status SOUT3 OUT_D4 Status SOUT4 OUT D5 Status 500 5 OUT_D6 Status SOUT6 2 182 Block Library Parameter Mnemonic OUT_D7 Status SOUT7 OUT_D8 Status SOUT8 OUT_D1 Value
258. es per block execution can be interpreted as an analog rate vs accumulation value and can be alarmed Alarm conditions include high high high low and low low alarms JULTULIL OUT OUT ACCUM Schematic PULSE VAL TIME_UNITS SIMULATE CONVERTIOM CONDITIONING OUT ALARM PROCESSING OUT ACCUM Description OUT is a connectable bipolar signed analog value output of the PI block It is determined by taking the number of counts accumulated since the last execution of the block multiplying by the value of each pulse PULSE VAL dividing by the block s execution rate in seconds converting to units minute units hour or units day in accordance with the TIME UNITS enumeration and filtering using PV FTIME PV FTIME is the time constant for a filter Alarming is performed on this filtered value Reverse flow may be detected from the transducer and indicated via a negative value of OUT Pre filtered value change in counts PULSE VAL exec period time unit factor Where CHANGE IN COUNTS is the number of counts received since last execution PULSE VAL is the value in engineering units of each pulse EXEC PERIOD is the execution period of the block in seconds Time Unit Factor is 1 sec sec 60 sec min 3600 sec hour or 86400 sec day per the TIME UNITS index 2 48 Block Library For example 70 pulse counts are received by the transducer in the 0 5 second execution period of the PI block The
259. escription 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 S RO 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None S 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO The rack and slot number of the 7 CHANNEL Unsigned16 None S O S associated DF 45 module coded as RRSXX 8 TEMP 0 DS 65 D Temperature of point 0 9 TEMP 1 DS 65 D Temperature of point 1 10 TEMP 2 DS 65 D Temperature of point 2 11 TEMP 3 DS 65 D Temperature of point 3 12 TEMP 4 DS 65 D Temperature of point 4 13 TEMP 5 DS 65 D Temperature of point 5 14 TEMP 6 DS 65 D Temperature of point 6 15 TEMP 7 DS 65 D Temperature of point 7 If it is connected to Al block it is a copy 16 VALUE RANGE 0 DS 68 0 10096 VRO S O S XD SCALE Otherwise the user may write in this scaling parameter 2 33 Function Blocks Instruction Manual DataType Valid Range Default Store gen Idx Parameter length Options Value Units Mode Description 1 differential 2 2 wire 17 SENSOR CONNECTION 0 Unsigned8 3 E S O S Connection of the sensor 0 3 8 wire 18 SENSOR TYPE 0 Unsigned8 See table below Pt 100 IEC E S O S of sensorO If it is connected to Al block it is a copy 19 VALUE RANGE 1 DS 68 0 100 VR1 S O S of XD SCALE Otherwise the user write in this scaling parameter 1 differential 2 2 20 SENSOR CONNECTION 1 U
260. eter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 171 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Output Transducer Blocks FR302 Fieldbus Relay Description Using the transducer block the user can see the output relay type definition Supported Modes OOS and Auto Parameters Parameter Valid Range Options Units Description length DataType Defaut A directory that specifies the number and the starting 9 TRANSDUCER DIRECTORY Unsigned16 0 None 3 Ha ca fa ay the transducer block 10 TRANSDUCER Unsignedi6 Other Oxffif Other None 5 dentinesithe trangd cer that Oxffff follows Default Value Set 0x10 General Error 0x11 Calibration Error 0x12 Configuration Error 0x13 Default Electronics Failure 0x14 Value Mechanical Failure 0x15 Set Failure 0x16 0x10 Data Integrity Error 0x17 Software Error 0x18 Algorithm Error 0x19 11 Unsigned8 None D Define an error code A directory that specifies the number the starting indices 12 COLLECTION DIRECTORY Unsigned 0 0 None S and DD Item IDs of data collections in each transducers the transducer block Not Initialized 0 0 Both Normally Opened 0 1 Not 13 OUTPUT_RELAY_TYPE Unsigned8 02 Normally Closed ane None S The type of each output relay 0 0 One Normal
261. evious Address of the selected device Also 91 DEV_ADDRESS unsigned char 0 to 256 used to select device by address 92 DEV_ID visible string Device ID of the selected device 93 DEV_TAG visible string Device Tag None 94 DEV_STATUS unsigned char Alive 2 55527 status Complete DB Write to this parameter triggers interface device to force the selected 95 DEV FORCE unsigned char Ok device to leave the network It will be polled afterwards 96 DEV MANUFACTURER ID OctetString Device Manufacture ID 97 DEV TYPE 2 OctetString Device Type 98 DEV FIRST BLOCK INDEX unsigned int Index of the first Function Block of the selected device 99 FIRST INDEX unsigned int d E VOR arme selected FIRST OBJECT LINK Index of the first Object Link of the 100 INDEX unsigned int selected device Index of the first FB Start parameter 101 unsigned int of the selected device FB Start defines the Function Block schedule 32 VFD ID for system management and 102 DEV_VFD_ID_SM unsigned long 0102 RO network management 103 DEV VFD ID FBAP unsigned char 0 to 256 RO VFD ID for function block application T1 timer used to the SM manager to 32 D timeout the confirmation of Assign 104 DEV T1 ms unsigned long 0102 RAW Tag Assign Address or Enable SM Operation from the SM Agent 32 2S T2 timer used by the SM Agent to 109 DEV_T2_ms unsigned long 9195 RW timeout the Assign Address process
262. ew function blocks should they be configured BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the resource block will reflect the following causes e Device Fault State Set When FAULT STATE is active e Simulate Active When the Simulate jumper is ON Outof Service When the block is in O S mode Supported Modes O S IMAN and AUTO Parameters Default Value Store Mode Valid Options Description ST_REV Unsigned16 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 4 ALERT_KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 5 MODE BLK DS 69 See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 State of the function block application state 7 RS_STATE Unsigned8 E D RO machine Read write test parameter used only for 8 TEST BW 05 85 Nong B conformance testing VisibletString String identifying the tag of the resource which 3 DD RESOURCE 32 Spaces POP contains the Device Description for this resource 2 7 Function Block Instruction Manual DataType Valid Default Idx Parameter length Options Value Description Enumeration 050000030 Manufacturer identification number used by 10 MANUFAC D Unsigned32 controlled by FF 2 interface device to locate the DD file for the resource Manufacturer s model number associated with the 11 DEV TYPE Unsigned16 Set by mfgr
263. execution as a function of TIMER TYPE and the initial value of the combinated input PV D TIMER TYPE PRE OUT D OUT_EXP OUT_REM Timer Status MEASURE False False 0 0 0 0 Inactive MEASURE True True 0 0 0 0 Inactive ACCUM False False 0 0 0 0 Inactive ACCUM True True 0 0 0 0 Inactive COMPARE False False TIMER_SP t 0 0 Inactive COMPARE True False 0 0 TIMER SP Active DELAY False False TIMER SP f 0 0 Inactive DELAY True False 0 0 TIMER SP ft Active EXTEND False True 0 0 TIMER SP t Active EXTEND True True TIMER SP f 0 0 Inactive DEBOUNCE False False TIMER SP f 0 0 Inactive DEBOUNCE True True TIMER SP f 0 0 Inactive PULSE False False 0 0 0 0 Inactive PULSE True False TIMER SP f 0 0 Inactive RT PULSE False False 0 0 0 0 Inactive RT PULSE True False TIMER SP f 0 0 Inactive T Initialize to TIMER SP value if QUIES LAST initialize to 0 0 if QUIES CLEAR BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the TIME block will reflect the following causes e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when the TIME UNITS or QUIES_OPT parameters have an invalid value e Out of Service it occurs when the block is in O S mode Modes Supported O S MAN and AUTO Schematic TIMER 5 O QUIES_OPT IN D1 T8 IN D2 1 JOUT D IN_DS Timer Processing IN D4 O COMB TYPE Pour RESET IN Jo 1 OUT REM 2 109 Function B
264. f all alarm limits The analog parameter compared to alarm limit depends on the block type PID PV and PV SP regardless of CONTROL OPTS Direct acting Analog alarm PV Al OUT Setpoint generator BKCAL IN OUT c Alarm hysteresis ALARM HYS parameter Amount the PV or OUT must return within the alarm limits before the alarm condition clears Alarm Hysteresis is expressed as a percent of the PV OUT span The span used depends on the block type PID PV SCALE Setpoint generator Analog alarm OUT SCALE d Alert Priority X PRI parameter The alert priority is a parameter which may be used to configure the priority value assigned to an alarm or event The Alert Priority can be 0 1 The associated alert is not sent as a notification The priority is above 1 and then the alert must be reported This priority is auto acknowledged 2 Reserved for alerts that do not require the attention of a plant operator Block alarm and update event have this priority This priority is auto acknowledged 3 7 Advisory Alarms In this priority is necessary to send an acknowledged 8 15 Critical Alarms In this priority is necessary to send an acknowledged e Alert key ALERT KEY parameter It is an identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc f Alarm Summary ALM SUM parameter The parameter Alarm Summary summarizes the status of up to 16 process alarms o
265. f the same block For each alarm the current status unacknowledged status unreported status and disabled status are maintained It has four attributes e Current Alarms the Active status of each alarm e Unacknowledged the Unacknowledged status of each alarm e Unreported the Unreported status of each alarm e Disabled the Disabled status of each alarm g ACK OPTION parameter Selection of whether alarms associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged Bit 0 gt auto acknowledgment disabled Bit 1 gt auto acknowledgment enabled The correspondent bits for each type of alarm in the ACK OPTION are the same of that defined for ALARM SUM except for the resource block 1 25 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Meaning Discrete alarm High High alarm High alarm Low Low alarm Low alarm Deviation High alarm Deviation Low alarm Block alarm Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used Not used 14 Not used 15 Not used Association of bit number to alarm type ALARM_SUM and ACK_OPTION The ACK_OPTION of the resource block has a different association of bit number to alarm type from the previous table its special meaning is described below Bit 1 Writes have been enabled WRITE ALM Bit 8 Block Alarm BLOCK_ALM h FEATURES SEL parameter It is a resource block parameter that has an element to enable disable a
266. figuration 4 Time constant of a single exponential filter for 16 PV_FTIME Float Non Negative Sec 5 EE EV MESIE Raw value of the field device discrete input 17 FIELD_VAL_D DS 66 On Off D RO with a status reflecting the Transducer condition 18 UPDATE_EVT DS 73 Na D This alert is generated by any change to the static data The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the 19 Doe Na Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed The current alert status unacknowledged 3 See Block states unreported states and disabled states d ALARM SUM De Options of the alarms associated with the function block 2 42 Block Library DataType Valid Range Default Parameter y Description length Options Value 0 Auto ACK Disable i i i 21 OPTION Bitstring 2 0 Na S Selection of whether alarms associated with 1 Auto ACK the block will be automatically acknowledged Enable 22 DISC PRI Unsigned8 01015 0 S Priority of the discrete alarm 23 DISC LIM Unsigned8 STATE 0 PV S of discrete input which will generate 24 DISC_ALM DS 72 PV D The status and time stamp as
267. flect the following causes e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when the BYPASS parameter has an invalid value or the curve has any of the following problems CURVE CURVE 1 1 o Ifthe curve is not using effectively 20 points and any non configured point is different from INFINIT Y o dfSWAP 2is true and the curve is not monotonic e Out of Service it occurs when the block is O S mode Supported Modes O S and AUTO Status Handling The quality and sub status of OUT 1 and OUT 2 reflect the status of IN 1 and IN 2 respectively If one of the curve limits is reached the appropriate limit is indicated Limits are reversed if the curve slope is negative The status of output will be Bad Configuration Error if there is an error as indicated in the BLOCK ERR parameter 2 78 Block Library Schematic LOOK_UP TABLE CALCULATION OUTPUT SWAP_2 BYPASS TRUE IN_2 OUT 2 4 TRUE OUT 1zIM 1 OUT 2zIH 2 Parameters Data Type Valid Range Default LX Parameter Description length Options Value 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 S RO 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT_KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 MODE_BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO Numbered output parameter 1 7 OUT DS 65 Y D RO aA The interpolation result of IN 1 Numbered outpu
268. g eu dE 5 TAG 02 Parameterization BLOCK TT302 100 PID BLOCK TT302 TAG TIC 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO PV_SCALE 0 600 C OUT_SCALE 0 100 SPLT BLOCK TT302 TAG FY 100 MODE_BLK TARGET CAS LOCK_VAL YES IN ARRAY O 48 50 100 OUT ARRAY 100 0 0 100 FBMANUAL 05 3 7 Function Block Instruction Manual AO 1 BLOCK FI302 TAG FCV 100A MODE_BLK TARGET CAS PV_SCALE 0 100 XD_SCALE 4 20 mA 2 BLOCK 02 TAG FCV 100B MODE_BLK TARGET CAS PV_SCALE 0 100 XD_SCALE 4 20 mA Level Control A STEAM 100 80 60 40 20 VOLUME qn 0 0 20 40 50 80 100 WATER LEVEL FBMANUAL_10 Corresponding Configuration Mo ee Ng TAG LD302 TAG LIC 100 FP302 1 1 1 i i i BKCAL_OUT FCV 100 1 1 1 1 FBMANUAL 11 3 8 Examples Parameterization Al BLOCK LD302 TAG LT 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO CHAR BLOCK LD302 TAG FY 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO X UNITS inH20 Y UNITS gal INPUTS 0 40 80 100 120 160 200 OUTPUTS 0 14 23 37 35 50 62 64 85 76 100 PID BLOCK LD302 TAG LIC 100 MODE BLK TARGET AUTO PV SCALE 0 100 gal OUT SCALE 0 100 AO BLOCK FP302 TAG FCV 100 MODE BLK TARGET CAS PV SCALE 0 100 XD SCALE 3 15 psi Rate Control Loop
269. ght low signal input module for RTD TC mV Ohm DT302 CONCENTRATION DENSITY TRANSDUCER This is the transducer block for the DT302 a concentration density transmitter OUTPUT TRANSUCER BLOCKS DESCRIPTION FY302 FIELDBUS POSITIONER TRANSDUCER This is the transducer block for F Y302 a Fieldbus Positioner FP302 FIELDBUS PRESSURE TRANSDUCER This is the transducer block for FP302 a Fieldbus to Pressure Converter FI302 FIELDBUS CURRENT TRANSDUCER This is the transducer block for IF302 a Fieldbus to Current Converter FR 302 FIELDBUS RELAY TRANSDUCER This is the transducer block for the FR302 a Fieldbus relay transmitter INPUT FUNCTION BLOCKS DESCRIPTION Al ANALOG INPUT This block takes the analog input data from the analog input signal and it makes available to other function blocks It has scaling conversion filtering square root low cut and alarm processing DISCRETE INPUT This block takes the discrete input data from the discrete input signal and it makes DI available to other function blocks It has option to invert filtering and alarm processing MAI MULTIPLE ANALOG INPUT provides way to receive 8 analog variables from other modules or physical inputs MDI MULTIPLE DISCRETE INPUT tt provides a way to receive 8 discrete variables from other modules or physical inputs PUL PULSE INPUT It provides an analog value that represents a totalization of pulse
270. gned change in accumulation per second The quality of the status entered is passed to the status of OUT and OUT ACCUM 2 49 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Parameters DataType Valid Default Store e Description length Options Value Mode 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None S 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO Process analog value for use in executing the 7 PV DS 65 PV D RO function OUT_SCALE The analog value calculated as a result of 2 oun DS 65 10 guy executing the function This parameter is the number of counts accumulated in an on going basis Itis not normally reset except that it wraps around to zero after reaching 999 999 counts The value is based the transducer input in Auto mode and is the last transducer value of 9 OUT ACCUM DS 65 None N the value specified by the operator engineer a in Manmode meaning is most useful when the number of counts received between executions of the block is small It is intended to be connected to the counter input of anintegrator block The OUT ACCUM value may increase or decrease by a maximum of 499 999 counts per execution 1 Disable Allows the transducer input to the Pulse Input block to be manually supplied when simulate SIMULATE P 2 Active i
271. gned8 3 hours 0 S PENES Units for TIMER SP OUT EXP and 4 days 5 day hr min sec This alert is generated by any change to the static 28 UPDATE EVT DS 73 na D data The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set 29 BLOCK_ALM DS 72 na D the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The default value of TIME UNITS is Seconds The default value of QUIES is CLEAR 2 111 Function Blocks Instruction Manual LLAG Lead Lag Description The LLAG block provides dynamic compensation of the IN parameter The block can function as a lead or lag device The user would configure the LEAD_TIME and LAG_TIME parameters to obtain the desired input output relationship This block would normally be used in a feedforward portion of a control scheme or used to implement some special initialization functions required by a control scheme This block will normal
272. guration are shown below BLOCK MAXIMUM FCT INIT RS 1 1 DIAG 1 1 MAO MAI 1 17 HCFG 1 1 HBC 1 0 HIRT 32 8 HVT 1 1 HCD 4 0 HWPC 4 0 Except for the 02 0 IMPORTANT Every time a download is performed wait until the yellow LED turns off in order to save the data in the EEPROM memory After saving you can turn off the equipment or reset it If the equipment is turned off or reset during the data saving procedure the configuration must be done again See the chapter HI302 Configuration Example for more details HCFG Block Configuring the HCFG block The HCFG block HART Configuration has a series of parameters which can be divided into two categories operation parameters and diagnostic parameters 2 192 Block Library Al DEF TAG gt 818 1 44 8 T 6 ls v Parameter vaw Changed Offset Handing p ST_REV 4 Good Non Specific Not 1 RO DESC HART General Configuration Block Good Non Specific Not 2 RW i STRATEGY 0 Good Non Specific Not 4 RW i ALERT_KEY 0 Good Non Specific Not 4 RW G MODE_BLK 5 i BLOCK ERR None Good Non Specific Not RO FSIMUL COMM ENABLE Enable simultaneous communications on all the Good Non Specific Not RW _ 8 Primary Good Non Specific Not A RW Primary Good Non Specific Not 2 RW Primary Good Non Specific Not 3 RW Primary Goo
273. he DFI302 acts as master TCP IP user will have also to inform the IP address of the devices in the parameter SLAVE ADRESSES Parameters MASTER SLAVE and MEDIA These parameters set the DFI302 behavior and media where the communication is done In the MASTER SLAVE parameter is defined if the DFI302 will work as a slave or master MODBUS device MEDIA may be serial or TCP IP It is necessary that DEVICE ADDRESS is unique within the MODBUS network Rate of transference of the serial ports It is possible to select the baudrate of data in the serial ports They may be set through the parameter BAUD RATE It allows the selection among the following baudrates 0 100 bps 1 300 bps 2 600 bps 3 1200 bps 4 2400 bps 5 4800 bps 6 9600 bps default 7 19200 bps 8 38400 bps 9 57600 bps 10 115200 bps Parity Parameter PARITY defines the type o parity to the serial ports 0 No parity 1 Even Parity 2 Odd parity Timeout number of retransmissions Timeout is the time waited for answer from a slave after a message having been sent to the serial port or Ethernet The default value is 1000 ms This parameter is directly connected with the parameter NUMBER_RETRANSMISSIONS Number of retransmissions is the number of times the DFI302 will retry to establish communication with the slave device after not getting a reply The time waited for this answer is set by the TIME OUT parameter The number of retransmissions is chosen
274. he links with the upper block in backward path BKCAL OUT BKCAL IN and forward path OUT gt CAS If the block is not reaching the target mode Rcas or Rout compare the updating rate of RCAS and ROUT IN by a Control Application to SHED RCAS and SHED ROUT Cas If the block is not reaching the target mode Rcas or Rout compare the updating rate of RCAS IN and _ by a Control Application to SHED RCAS and SHED ROUT Auto f Cascade initialization 0302 Al PID FY302 AO supo BUS BACKWARD PATH FORWARD PATH PID OUT READ AO BKCAL_OUT 4 MACROCYCLE FY302 READ PARAMETERS P PID MODE BLK IN BKCAL IN OUT AO MODE BLK CAS IN BKCAL OUT Fig 1 Example to analyze the cascade initialization The following table shows the sequence of status exchange between the PID and AO blocks for cascade initialization and a link failure between PID OUT and AO CAS IN forward path after execution 8 PID parameters Execution 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 O S Auto Bad GNC GNC GNC GNC GNC GNC GNC GNC GNC GNC BKCAL IN Bad Bad O S NI IR GC GC GC GC NI NI NI Actual O S Iman Auto Auto Auto Auto IMan IMan IMan Bad O S GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC GC AO parameters Execution 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Target O S Cas 5 GC GC
275. he low alarm 30 LO LIM Float OUT SCALE INF INF OUT S The setting for low alarm in engineering units 31 LO LO PRI Unsigned8 01015 5 Priority of the low low alarm 32 LO_LO_LIM Float OUT_SCALE INF INF OUT 5 The setting for low low alarm engineering units The status for high high alarm and its associated 33 HI HI ALM DS 71 OUT D time stamp 34 ALM DS 71 OUT D The status for high alarm and its associated time stamp 35 LO ALM DS 71 OUT D The status for low alarm and its associated time stamp 36 LO LO ALM DS 71 OUT D The status for low low alarm and its associated time stamp 2 39 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Legend Enumerated parameter Admensional parameter Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The default value of CHANNEL is the lowest available number The default value of L TYPE is direct The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mode OUT 2 40 Block Library DI Discrete Input Overview The DI block takes the manufacturer s discrete input data selected by channel number and makes it available to other function blocks at its output Schematic OPTIONAL FILTER FIELD VAL D ALARMS DISC Description The FIELD VAL D shows the true on off state of the hardware using XD STATE The Invert VO option can be
276. he selected port PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bit string 8 T 67 5 bytes 256 bits De 64 a 79 Live list on the selected port PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bit string 8 P 68 6 bvtes 256 bits De 80 a 95 Live list on the selected port PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bit string 8 69 7 bytes 256 bits De 96 a 111 Live list on the selected port PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bitstring 8 a 70 8 bytes 256 bits De 112a 127 Live list on the selected port PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bit string 8 71 9 bytes 256 bits De 128 a 143 Live list on the selected port PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bit string 8 UNE 72 10 bytes 256 bits De 144 a 159 Live list on the selected port PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bitstring 8 T 73 11 bytes 256 bits De 160 175 Live list on the selected port PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bit string 8 ert 74 12 bytes 256 bits De 176 a 191 Live list on the selected port PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bitstring 8 PLUR 75 13 bytes 256 bits De 192 a 207 Live list on the selected port PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bit string 8 76 14 bytes 256 bits De 208 a 223 Live list on the selected port PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bit string 8 n 77 15 bytes 256 bits De 224 a 239 Live list on the selected port PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bit string 8 E 78 16 bytes 256 bits De 240 a 254 Live list on the selected port 79 PORT STATISTICS RESET unsigned char a Resets port statistics Number of update on the live list It is 80 PORT_ST_LIVE_LIST_REV unsigned char 0 to 256 incremented every time a de
277. hen the CHANNEL SHED parameters have an invalid value o When it is not compatible the CHANNEL parameter and HC configuration DFI302 Simulate Active When the Simulate is active Local Override When the block is in LO mode because the fault state is active Output Failure module failure 071302 Out of Service Occur when the block is in O S mode Supported Modes O S LO Iman Man Auto Cas and RCas The Man mode can be used to force the output in a PLC sense It may be that Man mode is not permitted but it must be supported so that Man mode may be entered when leaving O S The IMan mode is used to indicated that there is no path to the final element 2 156 Block Library Parameters Data T Valid Range Default Idx Parameter 9 Units Store Description length Options Value Mode 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG DESC OctStri ng 32 Spaces Na S 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None S 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 MODE_BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO Either the primary discrete value for use in executing the function or a process 7 PV D DS 66 PV D RO value associated with it May also be calculated from the READBACK D value of a DO block 8 SP D DS 66 PV STATE PV N Auto The discrete setpoint of this block The primary discrete value calculated as 9 OUT DS 66 QUT STATE
278. her block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed The current alert status unacknowledged 4 states unreported states and disabled states 59 ALARM SUM Doe S96 Block Options Na of the alarms associated with the function block 0 Auto ACK T Disable Selection of whether alarms associated with Bitstring 2 1 Auto ACK 0 Da 5 the block will be automatically acknowledged Enable Alarm hysteresis parameter In order to clear 47 ALARM_HYS Float 0to 50 0 5 5 the alarm the amount the PV must return within the alarm limit plus hysteresis 48 PRI Unsigned8 Oto 15 0 5 Priority of the high high alarm 49 HI HLLIM Float PV_SCALE INF INF PV S ee ap mI ENG ala msi engineering 50 HI PRI Unsigned8 0to 15 0 S Priority ofthe high alarm 51 HI LIM Float PV SCALE 4INF INF PV S s engineering 52 LO_PRI Unsigned8 01015 0 5 Priority of the low alarm 53 LO_LIM Float PV_SCALE INF INF PV 5 The setting for low alarm in engineering units 54 LO LO PRI Unsigned8 01015 0 5 Priority of the low low alarm 55 LO LO LM Float PV SCALE 4INF INF PV S E M Tor low low alarm inengineering 56 DV_HI PRI Unsigned8 01015 0 5 Priority of the deviation high alarm 57 DV HLLIM Float OtoPVspan INF INF PV Soe TOP SEMAN NAGS engineering units 58 DV_LO_PRI Unsigned8 01015 0 5 Priority of the deviation low alarm The setting for devi
279. ic IN 1 IN 2 IN 3 IN 4 IN D1 IN D2 IN D3 IN D4 MODBUS MODBUS DEVICES RANGE OLITPLIT AND DATA DATATY PE DATATYPE CONVERSION CONVERSION MODBUS INPUT DATA 2 146 Block Library BLOCK_ERR The BLOCK_ERR of the MBCM block will reflect the following causes e Other it occurs when the conversion from Y to DATA_TYPE_IN results in a value out of range of this data type e Out of Service it occurs when the block is in O S mode Parameters DataT Valid Range Default ae Parameter 3 nits Description length Options Value 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 S RO 2 TAG DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na S 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None S 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO 7 LOCAL MOD MAP Unsigned8 0to 15 0 S O S Define the Modbus addresses Indicate if communication from slave is good or B PADESTATUS Eire e 5 E DIRO not each bit corresponds to a Modbus variable 9 IN1 DS 65 N Analog input 1 Information to generate constants A and B em 10 SCALE_LOC_IN1 DS 259 S M equation Y A X B plus the addresses in a slave device 11 IN2 DS 65 N Analog input 2 Information to generate constants A and B em 12 SCALE LOC IN2 DS 259 S M equation Y A X B plus the addresses in a slave device 13 IN3 DS 65 N Analog input 3 Info
280. ic is provided for handling of dubious and bad signals in conjunction with configured actions The intended application of this block is to provide control signal selection in the forward path only and is not intended to receive signals from the output of a controller therefore no back calculation support is provided The algorithm has the following actions choose by the SELECT_TYPE parameter e select the max from all the connected and good inputs Min select the min from all the connected and good inputs e Mid select the middle value from all the connected and good inputs if less than MIN_GOOD inputs are connected then an error code is generated An error code is also generated if less than MIN_GOOD values have good status Not intended for use with 2 or 4 inputs Although the normal configuration for this feature would be with three signals the block will generate an average of the middle two if four signals are configured or the average of two if three are configured and a bad status is passed on one of the inputs e First Good determine the first good input encountered based on ascending evaluation of the inputs see text for further discussion e Avg compute the average for all the connected and good inputs if less than two inputs are connected then set the output equal to the input an generate an error code An error code is also generated if less than MIN_GOOD inputs have good status The processing of the block is as f
281. iding dynamic deviation alarming An option to temporarily expand alarm limits after a setpoint change is provided Also an alarm condition may be ignored for a specified period of time to avoid nuisance alarm reporting The input value IN is filtered according to the PV_FTIME time constant to become PV PV is then alarmed in the auto mode Alarm limits may be dynamically calculated from process setpoint PSP The operating limits same parameter names as limits but suffixed with an are calculated from specified gains and biases as follows HI HI LIMX PSP HI GAIN HI BIAS EXPAND or default to HI HI if any used parameter is undefined HI LIMX PSP HI GAIN HI BIAS EXPAND UP or default to if any used parameter is undefined LO LIMX PSP LO GAIN LO BIAS EXPAND DN or default to LO LIM if any used parameter is undefined LO LO LIMX PSP LO GAIN LO LO BIAS EXPAND DN or default to LO LO LIM if any used parameter is undefined Undefined means HI GAIN HI HI BIAS INF PSP STATUS BAD O S Effective alarm limits may be temporarily expanded on step setpoint changes to avoid nuisance alarms The operating high alarm limits are increased by a calculated term EXPAND UP The operating low alarm limits are decreased by a calculated term EXPAND DN See the example in the following time chart ALM_RATE_DN SK AM RATE PIDEN s MEG T HI LIM
282. igned char Single SUP UPDATE SUGGESTED Target update time configured to the System It may be achieved or not 26 SUP UPDATE CONFIGURE depending on the scheduled traffic D ms unsigned ong number of MVCs number of Views bus parameters See macro cycle equation 1 Suggested update time based on the programmed traffic on the bus 27 unsigned long Scheduled traffic MVCs Views bus ams parameters maintenance traffic Note Not Available 7 32 Timeout to report data even if a 25 UT ms unsigned long change is not observed Ok 29 RESOURCE FAULT unsigned char Failure cae lack COL resource 6 Recovered Enables supervision by broadcast of Disabled MVC configured by IDSHELL When 30 MVC_ENABLE unsigned char Enabled Disabled disabled IDSHELL will use normal procedures to update the requested list of TAGs Failed A write to this parameter will trigger Update Req the update of the LAS schedule Si s Updated based on the information on the Updating network T1 timer used to the SM manager to timeout the confirmation of Assign 32 ms unsigned long 0to 2 Tag Assign Address or Enable SM Operation from the SM Agent See equation 2 T2 timer used by the SM Agent to 33 T2_ms unsigned long 0 to 2 timeout the Assign Address process See equation 2 timer used to the SM manager to 34 T3_ms unsigned long 0to 2 timeout before send the Enable SM O
283. imilarly an upper block in the remote cascade modes Rcas and Rout a Mode types The operation of the block is summarized for each mode type as follows Out of Service O S The block is not being evaluated The output is maintained at last value or in the case of output class function blocks the output may be maintained at an assigned Fault State value last value or configured Fault State value Setpoint is maintained at last value Initialization Manual IMan This mode means that the downstream block is not in cascade Cas mode therefore the normal algorithm must not be executed and the block output will just follow an external tracking signal BKCAL coming from the downstream block This mode cannot be requested through the target mode Local Override LO It applies to control block that supports a track input parameter when the control block is LO its output is tracking the TRK VAL input parameter The LO mode also applies to output block when it is in fault state This mode cannot be requested through the target mode Manual Man The block output is not being calculated although it may be limited The operator may set directly the outputs of the block Automatic Auto The normal algorithm calculates the block output If the block has a setpoint it will be used a local value that may be written by an operator through an interface device Cascade Cas The setpoint comes from another block over a lin
284. in OOS mode Return Status The RETURN status of the transducer block will reflect the following causes Bad NonSpecific NotLimited When the current loop is broken Parameters Valid Default Value DataType length Units Store Description Indicates the operation mode of 5 MODE_BLK DS 69 OOS AUTO OOS None S Indicates the status associated with B BEOCKIERR pone BRE hardware or software in the Transducer The requested current and status written 13 FINAL_VALUE DS 65 4 20 XD_SCALE D by the AO block The High and Low range limit values 14 FINAL VALUE RANGE 05 68 4 20mA 4 20 xD_scare s unit code and the number of digits to the right of the decimal point to be used for Final Value 24 RETURN DS 65 4 20 None D The return value to the AO block 25 TERMINAL_NUMBER Unsigned8 1 2 3 0 5 Indicates the input terminal number Legend Enumerated parameter Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 175 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Flexible Function Block Description The FFB block can receive up to 8 discrete input variables from the FF network through the parameters IN_D1 to IN_D8 parameters and also make available to the FF network 8 discrete output variables through the parameters OUT_D1 to OUT_D8 parameters
285. in the error type In order to use the ERROR_TYPE as special gain it is necessary to define the ERROR_BAND where it will be applied the special GAIN BAND parameter on the error If the ERROR BAND is zero the algorithm will not apply the special gain 2 64 Block Library ERROR_BAND 10 GAIN_BAND 0 Parameter 10 20 e ERROR_BAND Mode indication The MODE_IND parameter is used to configure which mode s types in the actual mode will be indicated by a TRUE value in the discrete output MODE_OUT If more than one mode type is chosen then it will be used an OR logic 10 ERROR_BAND ERROR_BAND 10 GAIN_BAND 0 5 Working as a standard PID If the additional parameters of APID block is configured with the default values then it works as the standard PID block Supported modes O S IMAN LO MAN AUTO CAS RCAS and ROUT Parameters Data Type Default Uni e 10 e ERROR_BAND ERROR BAND 10 GAIN_BAND 2 0 Description length Options Value This output parameter indicates if one of selected 66 MODE_OUT DS 66 D RO modes in the parameter MODE_IND is the actual mode Actual mode Selection of mode s to be indicated in the output B MODE ND Bitstring bitstring 0 E parameter MODE OUT 0 Disable 1 PID 2 PI It chooses the term s of PID algorithm multiplied 68 AD GAIN ACTION U
286. ion of the sensor 5 9 wire 33 SENSOR TYPE 5 Unsigned8 See table below Pt 100 IEC E S O S of sensor 5 2 34 Block Library Parameter DataType length Valid Range Default Options Value Description If it is connected to Al block it is a copy 34 VALUE_RANGE_6 DS 68 0 100 VR6 S O S of XD SCALE Otherwise the user may write in this scaling parameter 1 differential 2 2 35 SENSOR CONNECTION 6 Unsigned8 3 E S O S Connection of the sensor 6 3 8 wire 36 SENSOR TYPE 6 Unsigned8 See table below Pt 100 IEC E S O S Type of sensor6 If it is connected to Al block it is a copy 37 VALUE RANGE 7 DS 68 0 100 VR7 S O S SCALE Otherwise the user may write in this scaling parameter 1 differential 2 2 wire 38 SENSOR CONNECTION 7 Unsigned8 3 E S O S Connection of the sensor 7 9 wire 39 SENSOR TYPE 7 Unsigned8 See table below Pt 100 IEC E S O S of sensor 7 _ This alert is generated by change to 40 UPDATE_EVT DS 73 Na D testate The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become 41 BLOCK_ALM DS 72 Na D active will set the Active status in the Status attribute soon the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task ano
287. ion of this parameter see Chapter 1 CHANNEL 7 Unsigned16 0 None S O S Configuration It defines the transducer to be CHANNEL 8 OUT_D1 DS 66 D Man Numbered discrete input 1 9 OUT_D2 DS 66 D Man Numbered discrete input 2 10 OUT_D3 DS 66 D Man Numbered discrete input 3 11 OUT_D4 DS 66 D Man Numbered discrete input 4 12 OUT_D5 DS 66 D Man Numbered discrete input 5 13 OUT D6 DS 66 D Man Numbered discrete input 6 14 OUT D7 DS 66 D Man Numbered discrete input 7 15 OUT D8 DS 66 D Man Numbered discrete input 8 16 BLOCK ALM DS 72 Na D 17 UPDATE EVT DS 73 Na D Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The default value of OCCURRENCE is the number of MAI blocks instantiated for the FB700 Device ty pe Description FB700 Block has OCCURRENCE parameter 07802 AND DC302 Block has CHANNEL parameter 2 47 Function Blocks Instruction Manual PUL Pulse Input Overview The Pulse Input Block provides analog values based on a pulse counter transducer input There are two primary outputs available An accumulation output is intended to be connected to an integrator block for differencing conversion and integration This is most useful when the count rate is low relative to the block execution rate For high count rates the accumulated count of puls
288. is feature is selected in FEATURE_SEL setting the SET_FSTATE parameter will force all output function blocks AO and DO in the resource to go to fault state Individual output function block will go to Fault State due to a loss of communication to CAS_IN or IFS status in CAS IN regardless the selection of this feature Soft Write lock supported It is necessary to select this feature to set the WRITE_LOCK parameter Hard Write lock supported This feature is not supported Output readback supported Only the FY302 and FP302 support output readback and this feature is used regardless the selection in FEATURE_SEL Direct write to output hardware This feature is not supported Change of BYPASS in an automatic mode If this feature is selected in FEATURE_SEL it is allowed to write in BYPASS an automatic mode otherwise only in Man or O S modes MVC supported The selection of this feature allows optimize communication performance by transferring a grouped data as a single variable list in either publisher subscriber transactions for function block links or report distribution to a host device 2 220 Block Library Function Block Options lO OPTS Bit Meaning Al AO DO STEP 0 Invert LSB X X 1 SP PV Track in Man X X 2 Reserved 3 SP PV Track in LO X X 4 SP Track retained target X X 5 Increase to close X 6 FAULT STATE to value X X X 7 Use F
289. is parameter has two important functions e disable the whole HART communication for maintenance and configuration changes e validate the configuration loaded in the equipment and then begin the communication afterwards Its first value is DISABLED Before making any change in the block configuration a must set it on ENABLED stopping the HART communication After the configuration download this parameter should be re set to ENABLED When changing the channel in the HIRT block or downloading new configurations this parameter is automatically set on DISABLED stopping then the HART communication in all channels When the download finishes ENABLED must be set manually If this procedure is not performed the HI302 will not work properly CHANNEL ACTIVE This indicates how many HIRT blocks are instantiated for each HART channel If no HIRT block is instantiated for the channel the corresponding element of this parameter will display NO and the channel will be deactivated As a result there will be no device communication or scanning The LED channel will blink at approximately 14 Hz This parameter is useful to check the configuration The HVT block is also counted in this parameter 2 193 Function Blocks Instruction Manual MASTER_TYPE This parameter allows for adjusting the channel as a Primary master or as a Secondary master Remember that each channel is an independent master In normal conditions the channel
290. is usable and greater than RANGE LO then g will be set to one If the status of IN is unusable and LO is usable and less than RANGE then g will be set to zero In each case the PV will have a status of Good until the condition no longer applies Otherwise the status of IN LO is used for the PV if g is less than 0 5 while IN is used for g greater than or equal to 0 5 2 67 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Six constants are used for the three auxiliary inputs Each has a BIAS IN i and a GAIN IN i The output has a BIAS and GAIN static constant For the inputs the bias is added and the gain is applied to the sum The result is an internal value called t i in the function equations ti IN_i BIAS IN i GAIN IN i The flow compensation functions have limits on the amount of compensation applied to the PV to assure graceful degradation if an auxiliary input is unstable The following equations have the compensation factor limited to COMP HI COMP LO LIM e compensation linear flow compensation square root flow compensation approximate BTU flow Traditional multiply divide Arithmetic exceptions Division by zero will produce a value equals to OUT HI or OUT LO it depends on the sign of PV b Roots of negative numbers will produce the root of the absolute value with a negative sign Although the output is not scaled it still has absolute high and low limits to keep the va
291. it values the engineering unit code and the 15 PRIMARY_RANGE_RANGE DS 68 XD_SCALE 5 number of digits to the right of the decimal point to be used for Primary Value 29 SECONDARY_VALUE DS 65 40 100 SVU Pa ee a oe Dim engineering units to be used with 30 SECONDARY VALUE UNIT Unsigned16 C F R K C E S SECONDARY VALUE When PRIMARY VAL TYPE is density the measured type allowed are g cme Kg m Density g cm Density 20 C Density soi Relative Density 20 C g cm Density 4 C Baume Brix Relative Density 4 C g cm 77 MEASURED TYPE Unsigned8 d j Kg m None D Degree Baume Plato INPM GL Degree Brix Solid Degree Plato Porcentage D z INPM Ip ft 99766 GL Solid Porcentage Density lb ft API 2 28 Block Library TT302 Temperature Transducer Description The temperature transducer makes the direct corrected input or linearized temperature sensor reading PRIMARY_VALUE available to the Al block The sensor type the connection and the calculation type are configured at SENSOR TYPE SENSOR CONNECTION and PRIMARY_VALUE_TYPE respectively Note that when two sensor are being used i e backup differential or double the only sensor connection available is two wires The engineering unit and the primary value range are selected from the XD SCALE in the block The units allowed are Ohm for resistance sensor mV for millivol
292. k CAS IN therefore the operator cannot change the setpoint The normal algorithm calculates the block output based on that setpoint In order to achieve this mode the algorithm uses the CAS IN input and BKCAL OUT output to establish the cascade with the upstream block in a bumpless way 1 10 Introduction to Function Block Application Remote Cascade RCas The block setpoint is being set by a Control Application running on an interface device to the RCAS parameter The normal algorithm calculates the block output based on that setpoint so the block running in Rcas works similarly a lower block in cascade In order to achieve this mode the block algorithm uses the RCAS_IN and RCAS OUT to establish a relation like a cascade with the interface device in a bumpless way Therefore the Control Application works similarly as an upper block but its algorithm is not synchronized to the schedule and neither does it use a link to transfer the setpoint to the block Remote Output ROut The block output is being set by a Control Application running on an interface Device to the ROUT parameter In order to achieve this mode the block algorithm uses the ROUT and ROUT OUT to establish a relation like a cascade with the interface device in a bumpless way Therefore the Control Application works similarly as an upper block but its algorithm is not synchronized to the schedule and neither does it use a link to transfer the ou
293. k Alarm1 1 Unack Alarm12 Unack Alarm13 Unack Alarm14 Unack Alarm15 Unack Alarm16 2 224 Block Library APID and EPID Function Blocks Options PID OPTS Bit Meaning 0 IFS if Bad TRK_IN_D 1 IFS if Bad TRK_VAL 2 Man if Bad TRK_IN_D 3 Man if Bad TRK_VAL 4 Target to Manual if BAD TRK_IN_D 5 Target to Manual if BAD TRK_VAL 6 Target to Manual if Tracking Active 7 Reserved 8 Reserved 9 Reserved 10 Reserved 11 Reserved 12 Reserved 13 Reserved 14 Reserved 15 Reserved Integrator Function Block Options INTEG_OPTS Bit Meaning 0 Input 1 accumulate 1 Input 2 accumulate 2 Flow forward 3 Flow reverse 4 Use Uncertain 5 Use Bad 6 Carry 7 Reserved 8 Reserved 9 Reserved 10 Reserved 11 Reserved 12 Reserved 13 Reserved 14 Reserved 15 Reserved 2 225 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Timer Function Block Options INVERT_OPTS Meaning 0 Invert IN D1 1 Invert IN D2 2 Invert IN D3 3 Invert IN D4 4 Invert OUT D 5 Invert OUT ALM 6 Reserved 7 Reserved 8 Reserved 9 Reserved 10 Reserved 11 Reserved 12 Reserved 13 Reserved 14 Reserved 15 Reserved Arithmetic Function Block Options INPUT OPTS Bit Meaning 0 IN Use uncertain 1 IN_LO
294. k starts to calculate from the BIAS parameter d Bias proportional The block starts to calculate from the BIAS parameter plus the proportional term 2 54 Block Library MANUAL i AUTOM A MANUAL i AUTOM 50 r SP 50 SP 40 PV PV gt gt t t OUT A OUT 4 50 50 204 1 1 gt a BUMPLESS TYPE BUMPLESS c BUMPLESS TYPE BIAS BIAS 20 OUT a OUTA 60 50 xl gt gt 1 t b BUMPLESS TYPE LAST PROPORCIONAL d BUMPLESS TYPE BIAS PROPORCIONAL BIAS 20 2 Special treatment to Output Tracking Special treatment is made when the output tracking is enabled The algorithm generates an IFS status in the output in the following situations e When IN D has an unusable status and the IFS if Bad TRK IN D bit in OPTS is true e When TRK_VAL has an unusable status and the IFS if Bad TRK_VAL bit in PID_OPTS is true The mode is changed to Man when the tracking inputs are not usable in the following ways e When the TRK IN D is not usable and the Man if Bad IN D bit in PID OPTS is true then the mode will be Man and the OUT will be the last value Optionally if the target to Man if Bad TRK IN D bit in the PID OPTS is true then the target mode will be changed to Man too e When the VAL is not usable and the Man if Bad VAL bit in OPTS is true then the mode will be Man and the
295. l Parameter COMM_ERR Data Type BitString 8 Valid Range Options 0x00 No Comm Error 0x01 Undefined 0x02 Buffer Overflow 0x04 Reserved 0x08 Longitudinal Parity Errorr 0x10 Framing Error 0x20 Overrun Error 0x40 Vertical Parity Error 0x80 Comm Error Default Value Description First byte of the last transaction s Response Code if communication error has occurred Bit7 1 HART Read DEVICE_STATUS BitString 8 0x01 Primary Variable Out of Limits 0x02 Non Primary Variable Out of Limits 0x04 Loop Current Saturated 0x08 Loop Current Fixed 0x10 More Status Available 0x20 Cold Start 0x40 Configuration Changed 0x80 Device Malfunction Second byte of the last transaction s Response Code See HI802 s User Manual or HART specification for further details ADDITIONAL_STATU 5 OctString 6 Cyclic read depends on chosen VIEW Device specific Additional Status See specific documentation for details Manufacturer ID Code Used to select specific Enumerated TABLE 8 configuration for HVT block Manufacturer Device Type Code Used to Unsigned8 Select specific configuration for HVT block Revision Level of the HART Universal 21 UNI REV Unsigned8 0 None D RO Commands Used tof 0 44 select specific configuration for HVT block Revision Level of the Device Specific Used to 2
296. l of them at once 3 Check in the MAI block if the value of the current is 50 If the reading any channel is incorrect re do the procedures 4 If the reading in the 8 channels is 50 write on the HCFG ANALOG_INPUT_TRIM parameter the Trimmed and Checked value in order to save the calibration data 5 Wait until the SAVING Led turns off and then turn off the device The accuracy of the 02 analog input is approximately 0 15 of the span for all the operation temperature range 0 to 50 C During operation for the temperatures around the calibration one 2 C the accuracy can reach approximately 0 05 Calibration of the HI302 O GLL1194 The user should use an accurate multimeter to calibrate the GLL1194 Follow the steps below 1 Write 50 on all of the input parameters of the MAO block 2 Measure the current in each loop using the multimeter Write each read value on the corresponding element of the HCFG ANALOG OUTPUT CAL channel parameter Write all of the numbers displayed on the multimeter to maximum accuracy 3 Measure the current again and check if its value has changed that is approximately 12 mA 4 n case the current has changed write on the HCFG ANALOG INPUT TRIM parameter the Trimmed and Checked value to save the calibration data The accuracy of the HI302 O analog output is approximately 0 596 of the span for all of the operation temperature range 0 to 50 C During operation for the tempera
297. laves 15 SLAVE ADDRESSES DS 263 S only for DFI master in TCP IP media Indicate if after a communication fail with slave there will be a new transmission after 150 RESTART MODBUS lt Boolean FALSE S the time defined in only for DFI master When the device is working as master it is 17 TIME RESTART Unsigned16 1 65535 1 S S the time between the periodic scan that commands 18 RTS CTS Boolean FALSE S Enable or not handshaking 19 ON APPLY Unsigned8 0 None 1 Apply None E S RA It configures for the Standby if it will test the Modbus communication with the slave devices 20 CHECK COMM STA Unsigned8 0 255 0 S RW NDBY 0 Disable test 1 255 Enable test defining the time interval between each test s Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 135 Function Block Instruction Manual MBCS ModBus Control Slave Overview MBCS supervision READ MOD VAR IN Modbus DFI af Jla WRITE a 8 d MOD VAR OUT 3 d amp a E Bm 5 B lp 2 B el HEB E slave slave2 Master PLC in out MOD_VAR_IN MBCS IN VALUE FF FF after conversion block UK MBCS
298. le temperature may be read from the SECONDARY_VALUE parameter Warning messages may appear in Primary Value status or in the Block Error in certain condition as explain below Supported Modes OOS and AUTO BLOCK_ERR The BLOCK_ERR of the transducer block will reflect the following causes e Input Failure When mechanic module is disconnected from main electronic board e Out of Service When the block is in OOS mode Primary_Value Status The PRIMARY_VALUE status of the transducer block will reflect the following causes Bad SensorFailure NotLimited When mechanic module is disconnected from main electronic board Parameters DataType Valid Range Default Description Options 5 MODE_BLK DS 69 OOS AUTO OOS None D Indicates the operation mode of Transducer Block RUN Indicates the status associated with 6 BLOCKIERR EA None PARO hardware or software in the Transducer 14 PRIMARY_VALUE DS 65 0 100 XD SCALE D The measured value and status available to the Function Block The High and Low range limit values the engineering unit code and the 15 PRIMARY VALUE RANGE DS 68 0 100 96 0 100 XD SCALE S number of digits to the right of the decimal point to be used for Primary Value 25 SECONDARY VALUE DS 65 40 100 C SVU D value related to the 7 SUCI engineering units to be used with 26 SECONDARY_VALUE_UNIT Unsigned16 F R K C E S SECONDARY VALUE
299. lean parameter 35 BVALUE2 Boolean TRUE N Value from requested boolean parameter 36 B_ID3 DS 262 S O S Information to locate boolean parameter 37 Boolean TRUE N Value from requested boolean parameter 38 104 05 262 S O S to locate boolean parameter 39 BVALUEA Boolean TRUE N Value from requested boolean parameter 40 UPDATE EVT DS 73 Na D oe is generated by any change to the static The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will 41 BLOCK_ALM DS 72 Na D set the Active status in the Status attribute As Soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed EI errr S Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 143 Function Block Instruction Manual ModBus Control Master Overview MBCM supervision of FF block parameters sean cf READ WRITE MOD VAR OUT EH MOD VAR IN slave1 MOD VAR IN MBCHL IN VALUE after conversion MBCM OUT VALUE MOD VAR OUT after conversion Description This bl
300. lects the device VCR to be 117 DEV VCR SELECT unsigned char None analyzed or configured in the following parameters Previous 118 VCR_INDEX unsigned char 0 to 256 Selected VCR Bnu Publisher Bnu Subscriber Qub Client 119 VCR_TYPE_AND_ROLE unsigned char Qub Server VCR type and role Quu Source Quu Sink Undefined 120 VCR_LOCAL_ADDR octet string 4 VCR Local address 121 VCR_REMOTE_ADDR octet string 4 VCR Remote address Invalid Normal ES 122 VCR PRIOTIRY unsigned char Time Available VCR priority Urgent Classical Disordered 123 IRR RE unsigned char Invalid VCR delivery features Ordered Unordered Invalid Maximal re 124 VCR_AUTHENTICATION unsigned char Short VCR authentication Source 125 VCR_MAX_DLSDU_SIZE unsigned int 010219 VCR Maximum Dlsdu size 126 VCR VFD ID octet string 4 VOR associated with the selected VCR FEATURES SUPPORT VCR features supported for the send Ter ED SEND direction VCR FEATURES SUPPORT VCR features supported for the 128 ED RCV octet string 4 receive direction Access Ok A write to this parameter will trigger 129 VCR WRITE CMD unsigned char Read Req the write for the selected VCR with Write Req the changed values First Selects the device object link to be 130 De eee eS uo unsigned char Ns analyzed or configured in the Previous following parameters 131 OBJECT LINK ID unsigned char 0 to 256 Selected object link 132 LNK LOCAL INDEX unsigned int 0 to 275 Local index 1
301. lert report for the whole resource report supported i CONFIRM TIME parameter A reply is required that confirms receipt of the alert notification If the reply is not received within a time out period CONFIRM TIME the alert will be re transmitted It is a resource block parameter so it is valid for all alert of that resource Therefore the alarm parameter is a structured object which is defined in conjunction with other parameters Enable disable alarm evaluation ALARM SUM enable disable each alarm type for a specific block X it is possible to disable the alarm evaluation by setting the limit to INF or INF Enable disable alarm report FEATURES SEL setting the bit report supported enables alarm report for the whole resource X PRI besides configuring the FEATURES SEL it is necessary to set the priority of alarm greater than or equal to 2 to enable the alarm report Auto acknowledgment X PRI the corresponding alarm will be auto acknowledged if the alarm priority is 0 1 or 2 ACK OPTION this parameter makes possible to enable disable auto acknowledgment for each alarm type regardless the configuration of X PRI 1 26 Introduction to Function Block Application The information contained in the alarm parameter is transferred to an alert object when the alarm is reported if it is enabled to an interface device As an example the following parameters are used to configure the Low Low Alar
302. lock through a defined link 8 SP DS 65 N Auto The analog set point 9 IN DS 65 D The primary input value of the block DS 65 Numbered input parameter 1 An operator adjustable parameter to force a 11 OP_SELECT DS 66 0 thru 4 None D given input to be used 42 OUT DS 65 D RO The primary analog value calculated as a result of executing the function 13 OUT_1 DS 65 D RO Numbered output parameter 1 Options for controlling access of host computer 14 GRANT_DENY DS 70 0 Na S O S and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 2 116 Block Library Idx 15 Parameter OUT_TYPE Data Type Valid Range length Unsigned8 Options 0 Invalid Value 1 Output Selector 2 Dynamic Limiter Default Value S Man Description This parameter specifies the algorithm type that will be calculated 16 OSDL_OPTS Bitstring 2 Na S O S Option bit the block processing sting for handling 17 HI GAIN Float 1 1 None It is used to calculate the high limit for OUT 1 This gain multiplies IN before adding HI BIAS 18 HI BIAS Float Positive It is used to calculate the high limit for OUT 1 This bias is added to IN after multiplying by HI GAIN 19 20 LO GAIN LO BIAS Float Float Positive 0 9 None It is used to calculate the low limit for OUT 1 This gain m
303. locks Instruction Manual Parameters Data Valid Range Default um Idx Parameter d g Units Store Description length Options Value Mode 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT_KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter This is the timer duration used by the timer block for 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO extension debouncing and pulse time processing T Either the primary discrete value for use in executing y ale UR the function or a process value associated with it The primary discrete value calculated as a result of B QUTD BSS D executing the function 9 TIMER_SP Float Positive 0 5 10 5 Unsigned16 0 5 doin to the text describing the states of a discrete 11 OUT STATE Unsigned16 0 S the text describing the states of a discrete Options for controlling access of host computer and 12 GRANT_DENY DS 70 0 Na D local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 13 INVERT_OPTS Bitstring 2 See Block 0 Na S O S See Block Options Options 14 STATUS OPTS Bitstring 2 ORE 0 Na S O S See Block Options 15 IN D1 DS 66 D Numbered discrete input parameter 1 16 IN D2 DS 66 D Numbered discrete input parameter 2 17 IN D3 DS 66 D Numbered discrete input parameter 3 18 D4 DS 66 D Numbered dis
304. lowing causes e Block Configuration When the XD SCALE has an improper range or unit e Output Failure When mechanic module is disconnected from main electronic board or no air supply e Out of Service When the block is in OOS mode Return Status The RETURN status of the transducer block will reflect the following causes Bad NonSpecific NotLimited When mechanic module is disconnected from main electronic board or no air supply Parameters Valid DataT Default Parameter x Range Description length Options alue 5 Indicates the operation mode of 5 MODE_BLK DS 69 OOS AUTO OOS None 5 TransdicerBlock Indicates the status associated with 6 BLOCKIERR EU DRO hardware or software in the Transducer The requested current and status written 13 FINAL_VALUE DS 65 XD_SCALE D by the AO block The High and Low range limit values the FINAL VALUE RANGE engineering unit code and the number of m SASi XD SCALE S digits to the right of the decimal point to be used for Final Value 33 SECONDARY_VALUE DS 65 40 100 svu pM a 34 SECONDARY_VALUE_UNIT Unsignedi C F RK E MES sale tid umis tce vaal wiin re x SECONDARY_VALUE The actual valve position and status 35 RETURN DS 65 0 D could be used at the readback_valve in an AO block Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Re
305. lowing table CONTROL_OPTS _ Bitstring Meaning gt 18 SP PV Track in Man X X The SP tracks the PV when the target mode is Man SP PV Track in Rout X The SP tracks the PV when the actual mode is Rout SP PV Track in LO or Iman X X The SP tracks the PV when the actual mode is LO or Iman Output Calculation Cascade Control When the actual mode is AUTO CAS or RCAS the normal algorithm is executed This calculation is specific for each function block type If the mode is a manual mode the output is just following a value provided by another block LO Iman the user Man or a Control Application running on an interface device Rout The output value is limited high and low by the OUT HI and OUT LO parameters in PID and ARTH blocks for all modes It is possible to disable the output limits in Manual mode in the PID block by setting OUT limits in Manual bitin CONTROL OPTS There is a linked output and input pair involved in each of the different forms of cascade as shown in the following table Mode Forward Backward Cas CAS BKCAL OUT RCas RCAS IN RCAS OUT ROut ROUT IN ROUT OUT Table 1 Parameter Pairs In a cascade the upper control block provides an output value and status which becomes the cascade input to the lower block The lower block in the cascade provides an output value which is communicated to the upper block as back calcul
306. lue16 Unsigned8 Manufacturer Specific Data Structure In this section are defined manufacturer specific data structure used in the system Scaling Conversion Structure DS 256 This data structure consists of data used to generate constants A and B in equation Y A X B Element Name Data Type From EU 100 Float From EU 0 Float To EU 10096 Float To EU 096 Float Data Type Unsigned8 1 36 Introduction to Function Block Application Scaling Conversion Structure with Status DS 257 This data structure consists of data used to generate constants A and B in equation Y A X B plus the output status Element Name Data Type From EU 100 Float From EU0 Float To EU 100 Float To EU 0 Float Data Type Unsigned8 Output Status Unsigned8 Scaling Locator Structure DS 258 This data structure consists of data used to generate constants A and B in equation Y A X B plus the addresses in a slave device Element Name Data Type From EU 100 Float From EU0 Float To EU 100 Float To EU 0 Float Data Type Unsigned8 Slave Address Unsigned8 Modbus Address of Value Unsigned16 e Slave Address It informs the slave address which is required to reference to the PVALUEn parameter For example it suppose there is one LC700 with device address equal 3 and In this equipment is required to monitor one specific variable Thus this Slave Addres
307. lues reasonable MINIMUM CONFIGURATION RANGE HI and RANGE LO If the range extension function is not used these two parameters must be set to INF Therefore the PV will be a copy of IN If the ARITH TYPE is one of five first equations the COMP HI and COMP LO parameters must be set properly The default value of COMP HI LIM parameter is zero As the default value of GAIN parameter is zero it is necessary to set a suitable value BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the Arithmetic block will reflect the following causes e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when the ARITH TYPE has an invalid value Out of Service When the block is in O S mode Supported Modes O S MAN and AUTO Status Handling The status of PV depends on the factor 0 if it is less than 0 5 then it will be used the status of IN LO and otherwise it will be the status of IN The INPUT OPTS parameter allows the usage of auxiliary inputs with less than good status The status of unused inputs is ignored The status of the output will be that of the PV except for when the status of PV is good and the status of a used auxiliary input is not good and INPUT OPTS is not configured to use it In this case the status of OUT will be Uncertain 2 68 Block Library Schematic RANGE_LO O RANGE_HI O UNIT RANGE py EXTENSION INLLO 1 FUNCTION 1 EIAS IN 1 1 IMEEM IN 2 Heres 2
308. ly Opened and other Normally Closed 0x3 14 SERIAL_NUMBER Unsigned32 0 to 4294967296 0 None 5 The device serial number Visible Indicates informations about 15 ORDERING_CODE String 50 Spaces None 5 the sensor control from production factory 2 172 Block Library FY302 Fieldbus Positioner Transducer Description The fieldbus positioner transducer receives the demanded valve position FINAL_VALUE from the AO block and uses it as a setpoint for a PID servo positioning algorithm with adjustable gains SERVO_GAIN and SERVO_RESET The transducer block also makes the corrected actual position sensor reading RETURN available to the AO block The engineering unit and the final value range are selected from the XD_SCALE in the AO block The units allowed are for linear valve and mm for rotary valve rad After setting GAIN and RESET an automatic calibration should be done using SETUP to start the valve operation The supported mode is OOS and AUTO As the transducer block runs together with AO block the transducer block goes to AUTO only if the AO mode block is different from OOS The sensor module temperature may be read from the SECONDARY_VALUE parameter Warning messages may appear in Return status or in the Block Error in certain condition as explain below Supported Modes OOS and AUTO BLOCK_ERR The BLOCK_ERR of the transducer block will reflect the following causes e Block
309. ly participate in a feedforward path The FOLLOW parameter is used to cause the block to perform tracking functions whereby the output is forced to track the input whenever the FOLLOW parameter is set true The LAG_TIME parameter specifies the time constant for the block Based on a step change to the input this is the time to reach 63 2 of the final value Normally it requires five time constants to reach the final value based a first order function applied to the input The LEAD TIME parameter specifies the gain or impulse applied to the input parameter The generalized form of the equation describing the action is as follows T4S 1 T2s1 where T Lead time Constant T2 Lag Time Constant Supported Modes O S MAN and AUTO Schematic LEAD 0 0 Parameters Default Value Data Type Valid Range length Options Parameter Description ST_REV Unsigned16 0 S RO TAG_DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 5 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 ALERT_KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None S MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na 5 See Mode Parameter BLOCK_ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO OUT DS 65 OUT D lue calculated as a result of Block Library Data T Valid Range Default Idx Parameter ee Description length Options Value Mode 8 OUT_UNITS Unsigned16 0 E 5 The maximum tolerated duration for power failure Options for controlling a
310. ly to selected output Otherwise the status GoodCascade IFS is propagated to both outputs that is the default configuration Downstream block is not in cascade If the downstream block of the selected output is not in cascade mode the OSDL block goes to Iman mode And the status of BKCAL OUT will be GoodCascade Not Invited it will force the upstream block to Iman mode too If the downstream block of the non selected output is not in cascade mode the OSDL block will ignore it Dynamic Limiter As a dynamic limiter algorithm the outputs are the value of the CAS IN parameter limited by the following values OUT High limit GAIN 1 IN 1 HI BIAS 1 Low limit LO GAIN 1 IN 1 LO BIAS 1 OUT 1 2 114 Block Library High limit GAIN IN HI BIAS Low limit LO GAIN IN LO BIAS After the limitation the parameters GAIN and GAIN_1 are applied as gain for the outputs OUT and OUT_1 respectively The normal mode of operation for the OSDL block is Cas as well the two downstream blocks If one downstream block is not in cascade mode indicated by not invited status on its BKCAL_OUT the OSDL block still continues in cascade mode Only if both downstream blocks are not in cascade then the OSDL changes to Iman mode and its BKCAL_OUT output changes If the OSDL block is in Iman mode when the cascade is initialized with a IR by a downstream block the respective output OUT or OUT_1 se
311. m 0 to 15 This address is used to recognize the device if the command 0 has been selected in the ID CMD parameter IMPORTANT If the HART communication is enabled and this parameter has been written the HI302 will accept the writing in the HART device and will generate a writing transaction To change this value without doing it in the device write DISABLED in the HCFG COMM ENABLE parameter or set the block on OS 2 195 Function Blocks Instruction Manual HART_TAG the HART device s tag that can be configured by the 02 module or by a portable configurator It supports 8 characters and is used by the command 11 to identify the device The same POLL_ADDR writing observation mentioned above applies here ID_CMD This parameter indicates to the module which universal command identification 0 or 11 will be used to identify the device The standard value is 0 e The command 0 uses the polling address POLL_ADDR and is the most used command e The command 11 uses an 8 character tag and can be used provided the device has a tag configured in the block through the HART parameter This option is indicated when there are equipments in multidrop IMPORTANT The identification using TAG is very useful when the device is operating in the multidrop mode and the analog signal is enabled ranging from 4 mA to 20 mA In this case the polling address for all devices in the channel should be 0 making the identificatio
312. m of the PID block LO_LO_PRI alarm priority LO_LO_LIM limit parameter and LO_LO_ALM alarm parameter ALARM_SUM ACK_OPTION Summarizing the function block detects the alarm condition The communication stack is responsible to send the alert report to the interface device which must reply to device otherwise the alert report will be re transmitted after a timeout defined by CONFIRM_TIME The alarm configuration ACK_OPTION and priority may require that a plant operator acknowledge it even though the condition has cleared j Example of analog alarm It follows an example of Al block alarm configuration which illustrates how is the alarm processing as well the corresponding alert report RS parameter FEATURES SEL Reports supported CONFIRM TIME 640 000 20 seconds multiple of 1 32 milliseconds Al parameters ALERT KEY 12 this value could be related to a boiler for example therefore any alert received by interface device with this alert key means an alert in that boiler OUT SCALE EU at 100 200 OUT SCALE EU at 0 0 HI LIM 190 HI 4 ALARM HYS 5 ALARM SUM DISABLED Discrete LoLo Lo DevHi DevLo BlockAlm ACK OPTION 0x00 Only the high alarm is enabled in ALARM SUM DISABLED and it is disabled the auto acknowledgement HI PRI 4 and bit reset in ACK OPTION therefore it is necessary an operator plant intervention 1 27 Function Blocks Instruction Manual OUT VALUE
313. mary input value or calculated value based on multiple inputs The PV parameter is the IN parameter after filtering PID and AALM or it reflects the value from the transducer after filtering Al and AO readback or the combination of two input parameters for range extension The PV parameter has a status although it is a contained parameter This status is a copy of the primary input status or the worst status when the PV is based on multiple inputs The PV value reflects the value of the calculated input regardless the mode of the block unless this input is not usable then the PV holds the last usable value Optionally a filter may be applied in the process value signal whose time constant is PV_FTIME Considering a step change to the input this is the time in seconds to the PV reaches 63 2 of the final value If the PV_FTIME value is zero the filter is disabled Setpoint Calculation a SP limits SP HI LIM and SP LO LIM At first the SP will be limited to a range specified by the SP HI LIM and SP LO LIM parameters only in Auto mode However in the PID block if the bit Obey SP limits if Cas or Rcas in CONTROL OPTS parameter is true then the setpoint value will be also restricted to setpoint limits in Cas and RCas mode b SP rate limits SP RATE UP and SP RATE DN These parameters avoid bump in SP change and they depend on the block type as well the mode to be effective The SP rate limits are applied for the PID block
314. meters Blocks whose purpose is to generate a single output contain one parameter designed as the primary output parameter Primary outputs are used by other blocks for control or calculation purposes These blocks also contain secondary output parameters such as alarm and event parameters that play a supporting role to the primary output parameter Input An input parameter obtains its value from a source external to the block An input parameter may be linked to an output parameter of another function block Its value may be used by the algorithm of the block Input parameter values are accompanied by status When an input parameter is linked to an output parameter the status will be provided as the status of the output parameter When it is not linked to an output parameter the status will indicate that the value was not provided by an output parameter When an expected input parameter value is not received the function block supported services responsible for delivering the data will set the status of the input parameter to indicate the failure If an input parameter is not linked to an output parameter then it will be treated as a constant value by the function block application The difference between unlinked input parameters and contained 1 3 Function Blocks Instruction Manual parameters is that input parameters have the capability to support a linkage and contained parameters do not Blocks whose purpose is to transform o
315. monitor ID1 Index Index of the first column of the parameter necessary to monitor F ID1 subindex The subindex is used for parameters that a structure In this case it is necessary to indicate which element of the structure is being referred See the table above The MODBUS addresses given to this parameter remember float values use two MODBUS registers are 42641 and 42642 2 141 Function Block Instruction Manual BAD_STATUS Parameter This parameter indicates if the Fieldbus communication is OK or no If the correspondent bit is in logic level 1 this means there was an error during writing reading of the respective parameter The table below presents the values for these status values Relation between the bits in BAD_STATUS and Modbus addresses BIT PARAMETER 0 FVALUE1 1 FVALUE2 2 FVALUES 3 FVALUE4 4 FVALUES 5 FVALUE6 6 FVALUE7 7 FVALUE8 8 IVALUE1 9 IVALUE2 10 MALUE3 11 IVALUEA 12 BVALUE1 13 BVALUE2 14 BVALUE3 15 BVALUE4 BLOCK_ERR The BLOCK_ERR of the MBSS block will reflect the following causes e Block Configuration Error If it is requested a tag with a data type different from permitted or invalid or not found block tag e Out of Service it occurs when the block is in O S mode Remarks BVALUEx parameters can address FF block parameters of the following data types boolean integer8 and unsigned8 Those data types are automatically c
316. n and the transducer block is ignored The status can be used to simulate transducer faults The transducer attribute value and status reflect the transducer readback value and status when simulation is enabled and the transducer maintains last output and ignores the OUT of the Output block Simulation condition Action Enable SIMULATE Simulate Value and Status gt READBACK SIMULATE Transducer Value and Status gt READBACK SIMULATE Simulate Value and Status Disable CHANNEL configuration The CHANNEL parameter configuration depends on the device features as it follows a Fixed I O device This type of device has a fixed number of VO All Smar field devices belong to this class The channel is numbered from 1 to the maximum number of I O The DC302 has specific rules to set the CHANNEL parameter as it follows DI and DO Blocks group has inputs numbered from 1 to 8 and group has inputs numbered from 9 to 16 MDI and MDO Blocks the whole group A is selected setting CHANNEL to 1 and group B to 2 b Configurable I O device The user may configure the number of modules as well the I O type input or output discrete analog pulse The DFI302 is the only device classified as a configurable I O device All VO modules have the I O points arranged as it follows Point P Ordinal number of I O point in a group it is numbered from 0 first point to 7 last point in the group and 9 means
317. n alarms are not considered If the status of any used input becomes bad or uncertain and the respective option Use bad or Use uncertain of STATUS OPTS is not set the block actual mode will be forced to manual 2 99 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Parameters DataT Valid Range Default Idx Parameter d Units SS Description length Options Value Mode 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 None S RO 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 None 5 4 ALERT_KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 None 5 5 MODE_BLK DS 69 Na 5 See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK_ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO OUT_SCALE The analog value calculated as a result of is our 10 ouy Maman executing the function The high and low scale values to the OUT 8 OUT_SCALE DS 68 0 100 OUT 5 parameter Options for controlling access of host computer 9 GRANT_DENY DS 70 na D and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 10 STATUS OPTS Bitstring 2 iode 0 Na S O S See Block Options An array of up to eleven points defines the 11 START VAL 11 Floats starting point of each segment of the Setpoint profile in engineering units An array of up to ten points defines the 12 DURATION 10 Floats 05 5 duration of each segment of the Setpoint profile in seconds 1 seconds 2 minutes 13 TIME_UNITS Unsigned8 3 hours 0 Display Time Units for TIME POSN and TIME POSN T 4 days 5
318. n impossible through the command 0 IMPORTANT If the command 0 is selected the HI302 will find the device by scanning the polling address from 0 to 15 This is a useful function if the user does not know the device s polling address and its Tag because it identifies the device automatically This function must not be used in multidrop topologies for obvious reasons POLL Indicates if the HI302 will keep polling the device IMPORTANT The 02 will poll the device only if the block has performed the initial procedure successfully and reached the UPDATE status See the BLK EXEC STATE parameter COMMON CMD FILTER This parameter is a set of filters that prevents a HART command configured and not supported by the device to be sent Their elements should be filled in the HCD block with the definition index of the HART command See the chapter Example of Configuration for more details VIEW SELECTION Allows the user to choose the group of variables to be updated cyclically in the polling according to the following table HIRT Block Output Parameters See in the following picture the HIRT block diagram It shows the output parameters that can be used in the FF strategy Although each HIRT block has 8 output parameters the maximum limit of HI302 external links is 15 This limit applies to all external links between all device blocks including MAI and MAO if they are used This limit is going to be extended in
319. n value will be the CURVE Y corresponding to the highest CURVE X point If the AD GAIN IN is selected and it has a bad status the algorithm uses the last usable value to provide bumpless transfer 2 62 Block Library LLL WATER The volume variations are nonlinear with the level variations The dotted line of figure below shows the volume gain with the level Note that the volume varies slowly low gain around 50 level and varies very fast high gain around the level extremes The control action must have a gain that is the inverse of the process gain This is shown by the continuous line of the figure below GAIN 1 CONTROLLER GAIN PROCESS GAIN 0 50 100 LEVEL Process and Controller Gain The adaptative gain characteristic can be configured as shown in Fig 4 9 7 This curve can be represented by the following points of Curve 1 X1 0 Y1 0 2 X2 20 Y2 0 8 X3 40 Y3 0 96 etc FACTOR G 0 1 50 100 LEVEL Gain Curve as a Function of PV 2 63 Function Blocks Instruction Manual While planning the configuration observe the following 1 Itis not necessary to use all 13 points of the curve 2 It is fundamental to use the 0 and the 100 of the determining variable 100 and 100 for the Error 3 Itis recommendable to program the variable up to 102 since the variable be above 100 4 Tuning is no
320. nalog inputs with shunt resistors 8 analog input 2 13 Function Block Instruction Manual Parameter Description Type DF57 1 Group of 8 differential analog inputs with shunt resistors 8 analog input DF45 1 Group of 8 temperature Inputs 8 temperature DF46 1 Group of 4 analog output 4 analog output The execution method of this transducer block will write to all output modules and it will read all the input modules If any O module has failed in this scan it will be indicated in BLOCK_ERR as well in the MODULE STATUS It makes easy to find the module in failure or even the sensor All the modules in the previous table may be accessed directly using Input Output Function Blocks without a transducer block except for the DF 45 that requires the TEMP block BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the HC block will reflect the following causes Lost static data Low battery voltage indication Device needs maintenance now High temperature in the CPU Input Failure a physical input point failure Output Failure a physical output point failure Out of Service When the block is O S mode Supported Modes O S and AUTO Parameters DataType Valid Range Default Description length Options Value ST_REV Unsigned16 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 None 5 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 N
321. nditions also become active no alert will be sent When all conditions become inactive then an alert with Clear will be reported Block alarm has a fixed priority of 2 therefore it is auto acknowledged no operator plant intervention is required Update Event UPDATE_EVT parameter The update event parameter is provided in a block to capture the dynamic information associated with a write to a static parameter within the block An update alert object transfers the information contained in the update event parameter when the alert is reported The index of the changed parameter relative to the start of the function block in the OD and the new static revision level ST_REV are also included in the alert message Update event has a fixed priority of 2 therefore it is auto acknowledged no operator plant intervention is required All input and output class function blocks have a SIMULATE or SIMULATE_D or SIMULATE_P parameter which has a pair of status and values and an enable switch This parameter acts as a switch at the interface between the function block and the associated transducer block or hardware channel Enable simulation The simulate jumper must be ON to enable simulation in the SIMULATE SIMULATE_D or SIMULATE_P parameter The BLOCK_ALM and BLOCK_ERR parameters will show the simulation condition enable or disable Such parameters in the Resource Block RS will indicate the condition of simulate jumper while
322. nds a IA for the downstream block and the BKCAL_OUT of the OSDL block receive the value of the respective BKCAL_IN The OSDL block remains in IMAN mode until the downstream cascade is initialized Then OSDL block goes to Auto mode and it sends an IR to upstream block to initialize the cascade After a downstream cascade initialization the corresponding output must ramp from the last BKCAL_IN to the calculated value in BAL TIME seconds The required actions as a dynamic limiter algorithm are summarized in the following table target actual Cas Iman Nlor IR Nl or IR NI Cas Cas NI or IR OK OK BKCAL OUT receive the CAS IN value Cas Cas OK NI or IR OK BKCAL OUT receive the CAS IN value Cas Cas OK OK OK BKCAL OUT receive the CAS IN value Legend NI not invited IR initialization request OK working in cascade Optionally when the block is working as Dynamic Limiter it can choose if the return value for the upper block through the BKCAL_OUT output will be SP Out or OUT 1 as showed below e BKCAL OUT SP default e BKCAL OUT OUT when OSDL OPTS Use OUT for BKCAL OUT e BKCAL OUT OUT 1 When OSDL OPTS Use OUT 1 for BKCAL OUT 1 BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the OSDL block will reflect the following causes e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when the OUT TYPE parameter has an invalid value e Out of Service When the block is O S mode
323. ne nnn nnn nn 1 2 INFOrMATION ACCES T i328 cece 1 2 Function Block Application 1 2 iidem 1 2 Block Paramiters erede eects 1 2 Parameterildentitiers e e lette 1 2 REIR HD EAD 1 3 A A A ERREUR eI n HH AES 1 3 Parameter helatiorishlps Hr nto t Ee ERR EE o Ee 1 4 Parameter Stalis echa iiie cedet iecore iO Deer E pee Dips tao teresp ete tan bester edi 1 4 COMPOSITION of Status 1 1 ceci ice dose iiti seio 1 5 Process Variable Calculalion 2 1 actes coeurs aser Oo Reda DEUS E So Rudy a 1 7 Setpoint CalCulation E EEE E 1 7 Output Calculation eer 1 8 Cascade eroe 1 8 Mode Paramet r
324. nformation to locate percentage parameter 14 PVALUE1 Float 0 N Value from requested address 15 PLOCATOR2 DS 258 S O S Information to locate percentage parameter 16 PVALUE2 Float 0 N Value from requested address 17 ILOCATOR1 DS 260 S O S Information to locate integer parameter 18 ILENGTH1 Integer8 1 2 4 2 O S_ Data length 19 IVALUE1 Interge32 0 N Value from requested address 20 ILOCATOR2 DS 260 S O S Information to locate integer parameter 21 ILENGTH2 Integer8 1 2 4 2 O S_ Data length 22 IVALUE2 Interge32 0 N Value from requested address 23 1 09 260 S O S Information to locate boolean parameter 24 BVALUE1 Boolean TRUE N Value from requested addresses 25 BLOCATOR2 DS 260 S O S Information to locate boolean parameter 26 BVALUE2 Boolean TRUE N Value from requested addresses 27 BLOCATOR3 DS 260 S O S Information to locate boolean parameter 28 BVALUE3 Boolean TRUE N Value from requested addresses 29 BLOCATOR4 DS 260 S O S Information to locate boolean parameter 30 BVALUE4 Boolean TRUE N 31 BLOCATORS5 DS 260 S O S Information to locate boolean parameter 32 BVALUE5 Boolean TRUE N Value from requested addresses 33 BLOCATOR6 DS 260 S O S Information to locate boolean parameter 34 BVALUE6 Boolean TRUE N Value from requested addresses 35 BLOCATOR7 DS 260 S O S Information to locate boolean parameter 36 BVALUE7 Boolean TRUE N Value from requested addresses 37 BLOCATOR8 DS 260 S O S Information
325. nsigned16 F 5 SECONDARY VALUE 80 SETUP Unsigned8 Disable Enable self calibration 83 RETURN DS 65 0 100 None D The return value to the AO block 2 173 Function Blocks Instruction Manual FP302 Fieldbus Pressure Transducer Description The fieldbus pressure transducer block is a basic positioner transducer which means that it is actually only a direct output without positioning algorithm The transducer block receives the demanded pneumatic signal output FINAL_VALUE from the AO block and makes the corrected actual position sensor reading RETURN available to the AO block The engineering unit and the final value range are selected from the XD_SCALE in the AO block The units allowed are Pa KPa MPa bar mbar torr atm psi g cm kg cm inH20 4 C inH2O a 68 F mmH20 a 68 F mmH20 4 C ftH20 a 68 F inHg a 0 C mmHg 0 C The XD SCALE range must be inside the range the unit selected 3 30 psi The supported mode is OOS and AUTO As the transducer block runs together with AO block the transducer block goes to AUTO only if the AO mode block is different from OOS The sensor module temperature may be read from the SECONDARY_VALUE parameter Warning messages may appear in Return status or in the Block Error in certain condition as explain below Supported Modes OOS and AUTO BLOCK_ERR The BLOCK_ERR of the transducer block will reflect the fol
326. nsigned8 0 by the adaptive gain 4 1 5 0 0 SP T PV It selects the input to enter into the curve in order 69 AD GAIN IN SEL Unsigned8 2 Error 0 E S Man to get the adaptive gain The option Error may be selected if ERROR TYPE is Normal 3 OUT 4 AD_GAIN_IN Input parameter to enter into the curve in order to 0 Des p get the adaptive gain EU of variable selected Curve input points The points of the curve are a CURVE_X 20 Floats 05 by 5 defined by an array of twenty points AD_GAI N IN S EL 72 CURVE Y 20 Floats 05 S Curve output points The y points of the curve are s defined by an array of twenty points 2 65 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Data Type Valid Default Parameter Description length Options Value 0 Normal 1 Quadratic 7 Integral Type of error used by the PID algorithm The 73 ERROR_TYPE Unsigned8 0 options Quadratic and Special be 2 Quadratic all selected if AD GAIN IN SEL is different of Error terms 3 Special gain It is applied a special treatment for error within the 74 ERROR_BAND Float 0 300 0 5 ERROR BAND Special gain applied to the error if it is selected in 75 GAIN BAND Float 0 10 0 Na S ihe ERROR BAND 0 1 0 ISA 1 PID ISA 2 LPD ISA Sampling 76 TYPE Unsigned8 4 PI D Parallel 0 5 Type of PID algorithm
327. nsigned8 3 E S O S Connection of the sensor 1 3 8 wire 21 SENSOR TYPE 1 Unsigned8 See table below Pt 100 IEC E S O S of sensor 1 If it is connected to Al block it is a copy 22 VALUE RANGE 2 DS 68 0 10096 VR2 S O S of XD SCALE Otherwise the user may write in this scaling parameter 1 differential 2 2 wire 23 SENSOR CONNECTION 2 Unsigned8 diced 3 E S O S Connection of the sensor 2 9 wire 24 SENSOR TYPE 2 Unsigned8 See table below Pt 100 IEC E S O S of sensor 2 If it is connected to Al block it is a copy 25 VALUE RANGE 3 DS 68 0 100 VR3 S O S SCALE Otherwise the user may write in this scaling parameter 1 differential 2 2 26 CONNECTION Unsigned8 3 E S O S Connection of the sensor 3 3 8 wire 27 SENSOR TYPE 3 Unsigned8 See table below Pt 100 IEC E S O S of sensor 3 If it is connected to Al block it is a copy 28 VALUE RANGE 4 DS 68 0 100 VR4 S O S of XD SCALE Otherwise the user may write in this scaling parameter 1 differential 2 2 29 SENSOR CONNECTION 4 Unsigned8 3 E S O S Connection of the sensor 4 3 8 wire 30 SENSOR TYPE 4 Unsigned8 See table below Pt 100 IEC E S O S of sensor 4 If it is connected to Al block it is a copy 31 VALUE RANGE 5 DS 68 0 100 VR5 S O S of XD SCALE Otherwise the user may write in this scaling parameter 1 differential 2 2 32 SENSOR_CONNECTION_5 Unsigned8 desta 3 E S O S Connect
328. nt or step TIME POSN Informs the time elapsed since the beginning of the current step TIME POSN T Informs the time elapsed since the beginning of the profile 8 With the block in manual the operator can write on the outputs POSN TIME POSN and TIME POSN T in order to select a particular point of the profile When the block is switched back to auto the profile will start from that point The timer is restarted by activating the input START 9 With the block in manual the operator can also modify OUT As the adjusted value may correspond to more than one point on the profile or to none if the operator adjusts a value beyond the profile limits the OUT value goes from the last adjusted value to the point before mode switching following a ramp defined by BAL TIME 10 Another operation that can be done with the block in manual is to advance or return the time through the following operator commands 5 ADVANCE sets the time to the beginning of the next step REPEAT sets the time to the beginning of the current step 11 The outputs can only be modified with the block is in manual mode 12 The operator can give a RESET command using SPG with the block any mode The timer is set to zero i e to the beginning of the profile In this case the operator must give a new start by switching the input START from false to true Therefore the block may be started even though the OP CMD SPG remains
329. ntered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute soon the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed 21 BLOCK_ALM DS 72 Na D 0 SAVING 22 SAVING_CONFIG UNSIGNED 3 1 SAVING indicates if the device is saving the configurationin a non volatile memory Legend Enumerated parameter Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters Description of the values given by the LINK STATUS parameter Link Status pitt Sending Receiving Block Update ubscriber atus 0X00 Good Publisher 0X40 Good Subscriber 0X84 Bad Publisher Established Sending Receiving Not updating 0X88 Bad Publisher Established Not sending receiving Updating 0X8C Bad Publisher Established Not sending receiving Not updating 0X98 Bad Publisher Not established Not sending receiving Updating 0X9C Bad Publisher Not established Not sending receiving Not updating 0XA8 Bad Publisher Pending Not sending receiving Updating OXAC Bad Publisher Pending Not sending receiving Not updating OXBC Bad Publisher Not configured Not sending receiving Not updating 0XC4 Bad Subscriber Established Sending Receiving Not up
330. ntire HART frame channel HART BYPASS REQ 8 OctString 100 This is the response grabbed by channel if the addressed device replied HART BYPASS RES 1 OctString 100 This is the response grabbed by channel if the addressed device replied HART BYPASS RES 2 OctString 100 This is the response grabbed by channel if the addressed device replied HART BYPASS RES OctString 100 This is the response grabbed by channel if the addressed device replied HART BYPASS RES 4 OctString 100 This is the response grabbed by channel if the addressed device replied HART BYPASS RES 5 OctString 100 2 217 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Parameter Data Type US HART BYPASS RES 6 OctString 100 Store Mm Units Mode Description This is the response grabbed by the channel if the addressed device has replied HART_BYPASS_RES_7 OctString 100 This is the response grabbed by the channel if the addressed device has replied HART BYPASS RES 8 OctString 100 This is the response grabbed by the channel if the addressed device has replied UPDATE_EVT This alert is generated by any change to the static data BLK ALM The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The
331. o generate constants A and B em 32 SCALE_LOC_OUT4 DS 259 S M equation Y A X B plus the addresses in slave device 33 OUT_D1 DS 66 Discrete output 1 34 LOCATOR_OUT_D1 DS 261 S O S Addresses ina slave device 35 OUT2_D2 DS 66 N Man Discrete output 2 36 LOCATOR_OUT_D2 DS 261 S O S Addresses in a slave device 37 OUT_D3 DS 66 Discrete output 38 LOCATOR_OUT_D3 DS 261 S O S Addresses ina slave device 39 OUT_D4 DS 66 Discrete output 4 40 LOCATOR_OUT_D4 DS 261 S O S Addresses ina slave device 41 UPDATE_EVT DS 73 Na D p alert is generated by any change to the static The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active 42 BLOCK ALM DS 72 Na D will set the Active status in the Status attribute As Soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 148 Block Library MBSM ModBus Supervision Master Overview MBSM A supervision of FF block parameters
332. o the network The time at which the alert state was detected is included as a time stamp in the alert message The reporting of alerts may be individually suppressed by setting the corresponding priority Update event is a mechanism used to inform an interface device that a static parameter was changed so the parameter is read only in this case It is a much optimized way to keep track of such kind of parameters without doing polling because these parameters are changed very rarely compared with dynamic parameters a Alarm parameter X_ALM parameter The alarm parameter is provided in a block to capture the dynamic information associated with an alarm The information contained in the alarm parameter is transferred to an alert object when the alarm is reported The following fields form the alarm parameter e Unacknowledged Alarm state Time stamp Subcode Value Each one of these fields is explained below Unacknowledged When it is detected a positive transition of alarm state entering in alarm active it will be set to Unacknowledged This field is set to Acknowledged when the plant operator acknowledges the alarm through the interface device which is responsible for alarm management It is possible to configure the auto acknowledgement feature for each type of alarm for the block through the ACK_OPTION parameter If a positive transition of alarm type happens and the corresponding bit in the ACK_OPTION is true then it will not be requir
333. oat S occurs in IN 6 Ignored if the Fault state to value 6 in the MO OPTS parameter is false The preset analog value to use when failure 25 FSTATE VAL7 Float S occurs in IN 7 Ignored if the Fault state to value 7 in the MO OPTS parameter is false The preset analog value to use when failure 26 FSTATE VAL8 Float S occurs in IN 8 Ignored if the Fault state to value 8 in the MO OPTS parameter is false 27 FSTATE STATUS Unsigned8 None D RO Itshows which points are in fault state active 2 160 Block Library Data Type Valid Range Default Parameter Description length Options Value The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active 28 BLOCK_ALM DS 72 Na D will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed This alert is generated by any change to the static data Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter Read only D dynamic non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 29 UPDATE EVT DS 73 Na D If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The default value of OCCURRENCE is the number of MAO blocks instantia
334. ock allows control of communication in a strategy where the DFI302 is a MODBUS master and the slaves may exchange data between them and with the DFI302 With this block it is not only possible to read MODBUS variables but also writing variables in the MODBUS world exchange data and interact with the FIELDBUS FOUNDATION control strategy Every time a MODBUS parameter is changed it is necessary to set the ON APPLY parameter of the MBCF block to Apply Otherwise these alterations will not be effective LOCAL MOD MAP parameter MBCM blocks added to the strategy must have different values for LOCAL MOD MAP Otherwise the block will not work properly Inputs and Outputs This block has 4 digital inputs and outputs and 4 analog inputs and outputs These inputs and outputs may be connected to other FIELDBUS function blocks in order to be connected to MODBUS modules or registers INn Analog input 05 65 Data type Value and Status See on Chapter 1 Data Type and Data Structure Definition In this parameter user will visualize the value of the parameter set for this input and its status e Dn Digital input 05 66 Data type Value and Status See on Chapter 1 Data Type and Data Structure Definition In this parameter user will visualize the value of the parameter set for this input and its status e Analog output DS 65 Data type Value and Status See on Chapter 1 Data Type and Data Structure Definition
335. of an operation it is not allowed O01 SR10 IN1 IN3 note that the argument is a result of NOT function it is not allowed O1 SR10 TPO01 IN1 IN2 note that the argument is a result of a function it is not allowed 2 186 Block Library Error Code Some examples of error conditions Error Code Exceed String Length or string not valid a OUT 1zIN1 amp IN2 amp IN2 INA4 IN5 IN6 Note that they are 29 characters on the string and the maximum allowed is 24 b OUT 15IN1 amp in2 Note that the logic is case sensitive All characters must be in capital letters Error Code Non valid operand OUT 1 IN1 IN2 Note that the is not allowed See the table that describes the Logic Operation and Command line Error Code No implemented logic or missing OUT1 IN1 Note that is missing the at the final of logic line Error Code Missing parentheses or argument not valid OUT1 TP10 IN1 Note that is missing parentheses in the timer pulse function Error Code Non valid resource OUT 1 TP18 IN1 Note there are 16 resources for each function Error Code Argument not valid OUT1 TP10 IN10 Note there are only 8 inputs IN10 is not valid argument Error Code Function not valid OUT 1 TR10 IN1 Note that TR is not valid function Error Code Non available resource OUT 1 TP10 IN1 A03 TP10 IN7 Note there are 16 resources for each function and the resource 10 for the timer
336. off The Al low cutoff algorithm is enabled 2 221 Function Blocks Instruction Manual CONTROL_OPTS Meaning PID EPID CHAR STEP 0 Bypass Enable LSB X X X X 1 SP PV Track in Man X X X X 2 SP PV Track in Rout X X X 3 SP PV Track in LO or Iman X X X X 4 SP Track Retained Target X X X X 5 Direct Acting X X X X 6 Reserved 7 Track Enable X X X 8 Track in Manual X X X 9 Use PV for BKCAL OUT X X X X 10 ACT on IR 11 Use BKCAL OUT with IN 1 12 Obey SP limits if Cas or Rcas X X X X 13 No OUT limits in Manual X X X 14 Reserved 15 Reserved Bypass Enable This parameter if true allows BYPASS to be set Some control algorithm applications cannot provide closed loop control if bypassed SP PV Track in Man Permit the setpoint to track the process variable when the target mode of the block is Man SP PV Track in Rout Permit the setpoint to track the process variable when the actual mode of the block is ROut SP PV Track in LO or IMan Permit the setpoint to track the process variable when the actual mode of the block is LO or IMan SP Track retained target Permit the setpoint to track the Rcas or Cas parameter based on the retained target mode when the actual mode of the block is IMAN LO Man or ROut When SP PV Track options are enable then SP track retained target will have precedence in the selection of the value to track when the actual
337. ollows If DISABLE nis true then the respective input IN n is not used Inputs whose status is bad are ignored Process the dubious option MIN GOOD specifies the minimum available signals for OUT status to be good If there are no inputs left or fewer that MIN GOOD inputs then set the status of OUT to Bad and the value of SELECTED to zero Do not do selection processing For Average Avg the status of OUT is set to worst of inputs considered then average of the useable inputs is calculated if none are useable then the output status is bad When SELECT is Mid First Good or Min set the status of OUT to the status of the selected input The First Good option starts at the first input then the second until it encounters an input whose DISABLE n is not set and its status is Good and then transfers this value to the output of the block If OP SELECT is non zero the SELECT value will override the SELECT TYPE selection SELECTED is a second output which will indicate which input has been selected by the algorithm for all SELECT TYPE except Avg when it reflects the number of inputs used in the average SELECTED output always has a good status unless the block is out of service BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the ISEL block will reflect the following causes e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when the SELECT TYPE parameter has an invalid value Out of
338. on with last usable value 0x14 Bad 6 No Communication with no usable value 0x18 Bad 7 Out of Service highest priority 0 Sub status Hex Notin Forward path Backward path value cascade of cascade of cascade Uncertain 0 Non specific 0x40 X Uncertain 1 Last Usable Value 0x44 X Uncertain 2 Substitute 0x48 X Uncertain 3 Initial Value 0 4 X Uncertain 4 Sensor Conversion not Accurate 0x50 X Uncertain 5 Engineering Unit Range Violation 0x54 X Uncertain 6 Sub normal 0x58 X Function Blocks Instruction Manual Quality Sub status Hex Notin Forward path Backward path value cascade of cascade of cascade GoodNC 0 Non specific lowest priority 0x80 X GoodNC 1 Active Block Alarm 0x84 X GoodNC 2 Active Advisory Alarm 0x88 X GoodNC 3 Active Critical Alarm 0x8c X GoodNC 4 Unacknowledged Block Alarm 0x90 X GoodNC 5 Unacknowledged Advisory Alarm 0x94 X GoodNC 6 Unacknowledged Critical Alarm 0x98 X Quality Sub status eus aM ooo GoodC 0 Non specific 0 0 X X GoodC 1 Initialization Acknowledge lA 0 4 X GoodC 2 Initialization Request IR 0 8 X GoodC 3 Not Invited NI Oxcc X GoodC 4 Not Selected NS X GoodC 6 Local Override LO 0xd8 X GoodC 7 Fault State Active FSA X GoodC 8 Initiate Fault State IFS 0 0 X Example Conversion from the Enumerations to Number The following form
339. on from false to true in the second argument arg2 presets the counter The syntax for CTD is CTDxx arg1 arg2 Where xx is the used resource from 01 to 16 and arg1 and arg2 are the function arguments and they must be simple variables Examples 10 1 1 1 2 OUT1 CTD03 A11 A14 amp SI For example the following examples are not allowed in the logic line O12CTDO01 IN1 amp IN2 IN3 note that the argument is a result of an operation it is not allowed 01 CTD10 IN1 IN3 note that the argument is a result of NOT function it is not allowed O12CTD10 TP01 IN1 IN2 note that the argument is a result of a function it is not allowed 2 185 Function Blocks Instruction Manual CTU PULSE COUNTER UP This function is used to count rising transitions from false to true in the counter input arg1 Every time it is seeing a rising transition the internal counter accumulator CTA increments of one When the CTA reaches the preset value PST the counter output will go to true A transition from false to true in the second argument arg2 resets the counter The syntax for CTU is CTUxx arg1 arg2 Where xx is the used resource from 01 to 16 and arg1 and arg2 are the function arguments and they must be simple variables Examples O3 CTU10 IN1 IN2 OUT1 CTU03 A11 A14 amp SI For example the following examples are not allowed in the logic line 01 CTU01 IN1 amp IN2 IN3 note that the argument is a result of an opera
340. one S 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO 0 Master Remote Slave 1 Remote Slave 2 7 _ Unsigned8 pales vO S O S SES for master or slave remote Remote Slave 4 Remote Slave 5 Remote Slave 6 8 IO TYPE RO 4 Unsigned8 E S O S Select module type for the rack 0 9 IO TYPE R1 4 Unsigned8 E S O S Select module type for the rack 1 10 TYPE R2 4 Unsigned8 E S O S Select module type for the rack 2 11 IO TYPE R3 4 Unsigned8 E S O S Select module type for the rack 3 12 TYPE R4 4 Unsigned8 E S O S Select module type for the rack 4 13 IO TYPE R5 4 Unsigned8 E S O S Select module type for the rack 5 14 TYPE R6 4 Unsigned8 E S O S Select module type for the rack 6 15 IO TYPE R7 4 Unsigned8 E S O S Select module type for the rack 7 16 TYPE R8 4 Unsigned8 E S O S Select module type for the rack 8 17 TYPE R9 4 Unsigned8 E S O S Select module type for the rack 9 2 14 Block Library DataType Valid Range Default Parameter Description length Options Value 18 _ _ 10 4 Unsigned8 0 E S O S Select module type for the rack 10 19 IO TYPE R11 4 Unsigned8 0 E S O S Select module type for the rack 11 20 TYPE R12 4 Unsigned8 0 E S O S Select module type for the rack 12 21 IO TYPE R13 4 Unsigned8 0 E S O S Select module type for the rack
341. onverted to bit 0 or 1 and vice versa for Modbus supervision and also converted to boolean parameter BVALUEX IVALUEx parameters can address FF block parameters of the following data types Integer8 Integer16 Integer32 Unsigned8 Unsigned16 and Unsigned32 Each analog parameter IVALUEx is mapping as two analog registers in Modbus ie four bytes Thus when addressing a FF block parameter with one or two bytes such parameter will be promoted to Unsigned32 or Integer32 If Relative Index 5 MODE BLK e Sub Index 0 it is performed a writing in Sub Index 1 and a reading in Sub Index 2 Parameters Valid Parameter pini siio Description Options 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 MODE_BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO 2 142 Block Library Valid Parameter paie Range ae Description Options 7 LOCAL_MOD_MAP Unsigned8 01015 0 S O S _ Define the modbus addresses 8 ID1 05 262 S O S Information to locate float parameter 9 FVALUE1 Float 0 N Value from requested float parameter 10 F ID2 DS 262 S O S Information to locate float parameter 11 FVALUE2 Float 0 N Value from requested float parame
342. ore ET Parameter Description Length Options Value Mode 90 LOGIC_33 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 33 91 LOGIC_34 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 34 92 LOGIC 35 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 35 93 36 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 36 94 LOGIC 37 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 37 95 LOGIC 38 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 38 96 LOGIC 39 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 39 97 LOGIC 40 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 40 98 LOGIC 41 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 41 99 LOGIC 42 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 42 100 LOGIC 43 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 43 101 LOGIC 44 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 44 102 45 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 45 103 LOGIC 46 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 46 104 LOGIC 47 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 47 105 LOGIC 48 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 48 106 LOGIC 49 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 49 107 LOGIC 50 VisibleString 24 Spaces Na S OS Logical Line Command 50 0 Enable 108 LOGIC Unsigneda 1 Checked _ Checked D OS Allows the check for logic line 2 Changed bu
343. own Index of the PI associated to the function block or resource An index of 0 indicates that PEDOINIER Unsigned32 None S there is no PI associated to the function block or resource This attribute indicates the revision level of 8 CONTENTS REV Unsigned32 0 None 5 MEFE BralJonthm Tne ow Oren contain the minor revision level and the upper 16 bits contain the major revision level 9 IN_D1 DS 66 D Discrete Input 1 for the calculation block 10 IN_D2 DS 66 D Discrete Input 2 for the calculation block 11 IN_D3 DS 66 D Discrete Input 3 for the calculation block 12 IN_D4 DS 66 D Discrete Input 4 for the calculation block 13 IN_D5 DS 66 D Discrete Input 5 for the calculation block 14 IN_D6 DS 66 D Discrete Input 6 for the calculation block 15 IN_D7 DS 66 D Discrete Input 7 for the calculation block 16 IN D8 DS 66 D Discrete Input 8 for the calculation block 17 VAL D1 Unsigned8 0 S The preset discrete value to use in failure for hardware output 1 18 FSTATE VAL D2 Unsigned8 0 S The preset discrete value to use in failure for hardware output 2 preset discrete value to use failure for 19 FSTATE_VAL_D3 Unsigned8 0 5 hardware output 3 The preset discrete value to use in failure for 20 FSTATE VAL D4 Unsigned8 0 S hardware output 4 21 FSTATE VAL D5 Unsigned8 0 S The preset discrete value to use in failure for 9 hardware output 5 preset discrete value to use in failure for 22 FS
344. peration See equation 2 The PClacting as the LAS will not FIRST_UNPOLLED_ADDRE UNPOLLED ADDRESS gm SS unsigned char 0 to 256 48 consecutive address starting on FIRST UNPOLLED ADDRESS The PClacting as the LAS will not 36 N UNPOLLED ADDRESS unsigned char 0 to 256 184 UNPORLED ADDRESS consecutive address starting on FIRST UNPOLLED ADDRESS 2 17 Function Block Instruction Manual Data Type Valid Range Default Store m Idx Parameter length Options Value Units Mode Description Devices on the network will use SLOT TIME and 37 SLOT_TIME_octet unsigned int MAX_RESPONSE_DELAY to set a timeout to control some activity on the network Devices on the network will use SLOT TIME and unsigned int MAX_RESPONSE_DELAY to set a timeout to control some activity on the network Minimum time that the network needs MIN INTER PDU DELAY o A to be in silent to allow the device to 99 ctet unsigned char 010256 ie RAY be prepared to receive the next frame on the network 40 TARGET_ROTATION_TIME_ unsigned long 0 to 222 mE Target time to LAS rotates the token ms to all devices in the network Maximum timeout to be configured on 41 unsigned int 0to2 8260 RW client server VCRs to wait for data confirmation First f Next Selects a local VCR
345. peration in the BYPASS mode only the RESOURCE HCFG and HBC blocks are needed Any HIRT or HVT block perchance instantiated will stay in the BYPASS state BLK_EXEC_STATE parameter have not any function e Before use BYPASS the HCFG COMM_BEHAVIOR parameter must be configured as BYPASS The HBC HART_BYPASS_STATUS parameter indicates the message situation it can be e IDLE the channel is ready to use e BUSY REQUEST issued waiting reply from the device e TIMEOUT after the programmed number of retries it was not possible to receive a valid response e RESPONSE AVAILABLE there is an available response to read This response is valid while the parameter is in this state The 02 does not check integrity for transmitted or received message contents passing totally what was received by the communication channel It is responsibility of the user to guarantee the quality of the sent messages and the response interpretation HART transaction sequence in the BYPASS mode 1 Check if the HBC HART BYPASS STATUS n parameter is in IDLE TIMEOUT or RESPONSE AVAILABLE state 2 If so the message be written in the HBC HART BYPASS REQ n parameter 3 The 02 will check if the channel is available and in the first chance will transmit the parameter content 4 While the HART_BYPASS_STATUS n parameter is in BUSY the H1802 will be waiting the response or repeating the request until the retries limit configured in HCF
346. ply onlyin AUTO mode Ramp rate at which downward setpoint 20 SP_RATE_UP Float Positive NF PV Sec changes in PV units per second Itis disable if is zero or INF Rate limiting will apply only in AUTO mode PV_SCALE The setpoint high limit is the highest setpoint i Fiat 1096 100 PN S operator entry that can be used for the block PV_SCALE The setpoint low limit is the lowest setpoint 22 oa Float 10 EN operator entry that can be used for the block 23 GAIN Float 0 None S Proportional term of the PID It is the Kp value 24 RESET Float Positive INF sec 5 Integral term of the PID It is the Tr value This specifies the time for the internal working value of bias or ratio to return to the operator set bias or ratio in seconds 25 BAL_TIME Float Positive 0 sec 5 In the PID block it may be used to specify the time constant at which the integral term will move to obtain balance when the output is limited and the mode is Auto Cas or 2 57 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Data Type Valid Range Default p Store D Idx Parameter length Options Value Units Mode Description 26 RATE Float Positive 0 5 Derivative term of the PID Itis the Td value The value and status from a lower block s 27 BKCAL_IN DS 65 OUT N BKCAL_OUT that is used to prevent reset windup and to initialize the control loop 28 OUT_HI_LI
347. pply in this algorithm It means that the block ignores the status and values of IN and IN_1 when the OSDL_TYPE is Output Selector The OP_SELECT is a discrete input parameter that selects one of two outputs to receive SP parameter When the OP_SELECT is zero the OUT parameter receives the SP parameter Otherwise the OUT_1 parameter receives the SP parameter When the OP_SELECT status is not usable the block changes to Auto but the algorithm goes on working with the unusable value Most of the times the SP is transferred to the selected output whatever is the status Therefore an unusable value and status in the CAS_IN will be reflected to the selected output Only the status of upper cascade initialization will not be copied to the selected output Handling the non selected output There are two ways to handle the non selected output if the Keep last value if not selected bit in OSDL_OPTS parameter is true the non selected output will keep the last value Otherwise it will receive the value contained in the NOT_SEL_VAL or NOT_SEL_VAL_1 the outputs OUT and OUT_1 respectively The non selected output receives the uncertain status indicating to the downstream block that it is not selected any more The configuration of the STATUS OPTS in the downstream block will define how to deal with it IFS status propagation If the IFS only for selected output bit OSDL OPTS parameter is true the fault state status will be propagated on
348. problems inthe block The cause of the alert is entered the subcode field The first alert to become active BLK_ALM will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed UPDATE_EVT DS 73 Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic non volatile S static 2 206 Block Library HCFG HART Configuration Transducer Block Parameters Parameter Data Type Description 0 ad DS 64 NA S 1 ST REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG DESC OctString 32 Spaces NA S 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None S 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1to 255 0 None S 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S NA S See Mode Parameter 6 BLK ERR Bitstring 2 None D RO 7 jd sia p VisibleString 32 0 NA D RO Useful for information and diagnostic purposes Autonomous means the normal behavior where 0x00 Autonomo the database is built automatically If set to 8 COMM_BEHAVIOR Enumerated Autonomous s NA S Bypass the device depends on external 0x01 Bypass applications to send HART commands and the block HBC must be used After a download or if a channel has been changed in a HIRT block this pa
349. put FIELDBUS variables of the MBCS block In order to set this parameter properly user needs first to check the tables below 2 136 Block Library LOCA MOD MAP MBCS LOCAL MOD MAP x e g PARAMETER OFFSET 40 LOCAL_MOD_MAP x 0 15 1 40001 OFFSET 40041 IN1 Value 40002 OFFSET 40042 40003 OFFSET 40043 IN2 Value 40004 OFFSET 40044 40005 OFFSET 40045 IN3 Value 40006 OFFSET 40046 40007 OFFSET 40047 IN4 Value 40008 OFFSET 40048 40009 OFFSET 40049 OUT1 Value 40010 OFFSET 40050 40011 OFFSET 40051 OUT2 Value 40012 OFFSET 40052 40013 OFFSET 40053 OUT3 Value 40014 OFFSET 40054 40015 OFFSET 40055 OUT4 Value 40016 OFFSET 40056 IN1 Status 40017 OFFSET 40057 IN2 Status 40018 OFFSET 40058 IN3 Status 40019 OFFSET 40059 IN4 Status 40020 OFFSET 40060 OUT1 Status 40021 OFFSET 40061 OUT2 Status 40022 OFFSET 40062 OUT3 Status 40023 OFFSET 40063 OUT4 Status 40024 OFFSET 40064 IN_D1 Status 40025 OFFSET 40065 IN_D2 Status 40026 OFFSET 40066 IN_D3 Status 40027 OFFSET 40067 IN_D4 Status 40028 OFFSET 40068 OUT_D1 Status 40029 OFFSET 40069 OUT_D2 Status 40030 OFFSET 40070 OUT_D3 Status 40031 OFFSET 40071 OUT_D4 Status 40032 OFFSET 40072 IN_D1 Value 1 OFFSET 41 IN_D2 Value 2 OFFSET 42 IN_D2 Value 3 OFFSET 43 IN_D2 Value 4 OFFSET 44 OUT_D1 Value 5 OFFSET 45 OUT_D2 Value 6 OFFSET 46 OUT_D3 Value 7 OF
350. put tracking is not active The algorithm stops the calculation AM PON aa Man Man Output tracking is not active the target mode is VAL changed to Man TRK_IN_D and TRK_VAL is usable TRK_IN_D is active LO Output Tracking is active output tracking is enabled If the additional parameters of EPID block is configured with the default values the block works as the standard PID block BLOCK_ERR The BLOCK_ERR of the PID block will reflect the following causes e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when the BYPASS and SHED_OPT parameters have an invalid value e Out of Service it occurs when the block is in O S mode Supported Modes O S IMAN LO MAN AUTO CAS RCAS and ROUT Control Algorithm 5 x ia 1 a 5 RESET 5 OUT GAIN BIAS FEEDFORWARD NOTE Internal BIAS Calculated on changing to automatic modes RCAS CAS AUTO e Pseudo Derivative Gain Equals to 0 13 2 56 Block Library Parameters Data Type Valid Range Default Store et Parameter Description iex length Options Value 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bit
351. quation It follows a description of each equation type as well the meaning of used parameters Ln x It calculates natural logarithm Inputs IN_1 input to the function x Configurable parameters None Outputs OUT result of natural logarithm Log x It calculates base 10 logarithm Inputs IN 1 input to the function x Configurable parameters None Outputs OUT result of base 10 logarithm Exp x It calculates e to power of x Inputs IN 1 input to the function x Configurable parameters None Outputs OUT result of e to power of x Dew point temperature It calculates the dew point temperature water vapor saturation pressure psia and water vapor pressure pw 2 131 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Inputs IN 1 dry bulb temperature F IN 2 relative humidity percent Configurable parameters None Outputs OUT dew point temperature OUT 1 water vapor saturation pressure psia OUT 2 water vapor pressure pw Special Reserved option BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the AEQU block will reflect the following causes e Out of Service When the block is in O S mode e Block Configuration Error When an abnormal result occurs INF NaN Supported modes O S MAN AUTO Parameters Idx Parameter ale mange zr Units Description length Options Value 1 S
352. r 8 bytes TimeValue It represents the date hour to synchronize the clock e Date Date 3 bytes Format Year Month Week Day and Month Day o Hour 4 bytes Format HHZMMZMSEG TimeofDay Time 4 bytes It counted in milliseconds from the Zero hour of the day o Date 3 bytes It counted in days related to the January 1 1984 TimeDifference The structure is the same of the TimeofDay e TimeValue It used to represent Date and Hour to synchronize the clock It is an integer with 8 bytes in the base of 1 32 milliseconds Block Structure DS 64 This data structure consists of the attributes of a block Element Name Size 1 Block Tag VisibleString 32 2 DD Memberld Unsigned32 4 3 DD Itemid Unsigned32 4 4 DD Revision Unsigned16 2 5 Profile Unsigned16 2 6 Profile Revision Unsigned16 2 7 Execution Time Unsigned32 4 8 Period of Execution Unsigned32 4 9 Number of Parameters Unsigned16 2 1 32 Introduction to Function Block Application Element Name Data Type Size Next FB to Execute Unsigned16 Starting Index of Views Unsigned16 NumberofV IEW_3 Unsigned8 NumberofV 4 Unsigned8 Value amp Status Floating Point Structure DS 65 This data structure consists of the value and status of floating point parameters that are Inputs or Outputs Element Name Size 1 Status Unsigned8 1 2 Value Float 4 Value
353. r may determine whether alarming sending of an alert will be done by the block or propagated upstream for alarming Target to Manual if BAD IN Set the target mode to Man if the status of the IN parameter is BAD This latches a PID block into the Man state if the input ever goes bad Uncertain if Limited Set the output status of an input or calculation block to uncertain if the measured or calculated value is limited BAD if Limited Set the output status to Bad if the sensor is at a high or low limit Uncertain if Man Mode Set the output status of an input or calculation block to uncertain if the actual mode of the block is Man Target to Next Permitted Mode if BAD CAS_IN Set the target mode to next permitted mode if target mode is CAS and the status of CAS_IN is BAD This latches a control block into the next permitted mode if the CAS_IN is being used in control and the status goes bad ALARM_SUM and ACK_OPTION Valid for all blocks except for Resource Block APID PID EPID DENS STEP Description Meaning Unack Alarm1 Discrete alarm Unack Alarm2 High High alarm Unack Alarm3 High alarm Unack Alarm4 Low Low alarm Unack Alarm5 Low alarm Unack Alarme Deviation High alarm Unack Alarm7 Deviation Low alarm X x Unack 8 Block alarm o 9 Alarm10 Unac
354. r mode change The high and low scale values engineering 37 TRK_SCALE DS 68 0 100 TRK S Man units code and number of digits to the right of the decimal point associated with VAL This discrete input is used to initiate external 38 TRK_IN_D DS 66 On Off D tracking of the block output to the value specified by TRK_VAL This input is used as the track value when 39 TRK p external tracking is enabled by TRK IN D 40 FF_VAL DS 65 FF D The feed forward value and status The feedforward input high and low scale 41 FF_SCALE DS 68 0 100 FF 5 values engineering units code and number of digits to the right of the decimal point The gain that the feed forward input is 42 FF_GAIN Float 0 none S Man multiplied by before it is added to the calculated control output 43 UPDATE EVT DS 73 Na D This alert is generated by any change to the static data 2 58 Block Library Data Type Valid Range Default Store ES Idx Parameter length Options Value Units Mode Description The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert Y to become active will set the Active status in 52 PEOSISCAEM Die Na p the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task anot
355. r operate on a single input will contain one parameter designed as the primary input parameter One input parameter of some types of blocks is designated as the primary input parameter Primary inputs are used for control or calculation purposes These blocks may also contain secondary input parameters that support processing done on the primary input parameter Parameter Relationships The execution of a block involves the inputs outputs contained parameters and the algorithm of the block The execution time for a block s algorithm is defined as a parameter of the block Its value is dependent on how the block was implemented The input parameters are used by the algorithm in conjunction with the state of the function block application containing the block to determine if the algorithm can achieve the target mode established for it The target mode is the part of the mode parameter that indicates what mode of operation is desired for the block It is normally set by a control device or the operator Under certain operating condition a block may not be able to function in the requested mode In such cases the actual mode reflects the mode it is able to achieve Comparison of the actual against the target indicates whether the target was achieved The values for the mode parameter for a block are defined by the Permitted Mode parameter Thus the modes available for controlling a block may vary with each block The values assigned to the Permitt
356. r the device tag in FB700 is different from LC700 e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when the OCCURRENCE CHANNEL has an invalid value Output failure the CPU of LC700 stopped working FB700 e Power up there is no CPU of LC700 in the rack or the hardware configuration of LC700 has an error FB700 e Out of Service When the block is O S mode Supported Modes O S LO and AUTO Schematic SELECTOR FAILSAFE FSAFE VAL 1 8 Parameters Default Store Description Options Value Mode Unsigned16 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Na STRATEGY Unsigned16 OJJAN ALERT_KEY Unsigned8 110255 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO 2 159 Function Block Instruction Manual Data T Valid Idx Parameter ype pO Description length Options ode For more details about the configuration of this OCCURRENCE parameter see Chapter 1 CHANNEL 7 Unsigned16 None S O S Configuration It defines the transducer to be CHANNEL used going to or from the physical world It addresses a group of eight points 8 1 DS 65 D Numbered input 1 9 IN 2 DS 65 D Numbered input 2 10 IN 3 DS 65 D Numbered input 3 11 IN 4 DS 65 D Numbered input 4 12 IN 5 DS 65 D Numbered input 5
357. rameter will be 0x01 Enabled set to Disabled automatically Set it to Enabled to 9 COMM_ENABLE Enumerated 0x00 Disabled Disabled NA 5 start HART communication Caution this Y arameter must not be saved OFF LINE and downloaded It must always be written in ON LINE mode only 0x00 No This parameter shows how many HIRT blocks 0x01 1 have been configured to use the corresponding 10 CHANNEL_ACTIVE Enumerated 8 0x02 2 m iz channel If block is using the channel it will OxOF 15 remain deactivated Shows the percentual of communication errors 11 COMM_ERRORS Float 8 0 D RO Up to 0 5 is acceptable for more than 10k requests 0x01 Primary 12 MASTER_TYPE Enumerated 8 0 00 Primary NA 5 HART Master Type normally Primary Secondary Number of retries if slave does not respond before slave timeout or if error is received Increase 19 RETRIES Unsigned8l8 23008 Nong the number to make the communication more reliable in noisy environments 0x01 Not MASTER SYNCHRO Synchronized FACTORY USE Synchronized means normal 14 NIZED Boolean 8 0x00 Not E NA D RO operation synchronized 0x00 Normal FACTORY USE This parameter shows if any 15 CHANNEL MODE Enumerated 8 0 01 Burst Normal None D RO burst mode device was detected on the respective Mode channel 0x00 Watching FACTORY USE I s the Master State Machine 16 MASTER_STATE Enumerated 8 0 01 Enabled Watching None D RO behavior at sach
358. rence is merely in the application perspective 2 106 Block Library 5 1 OUT REM 1 See note 1 0 TIMER SP TIMER SP Note 1 Returns to zero if QUIES CLEAR Time gt Timer Example when TIMER_TYPE DELAY If TIMER TYPE is EXTEND a true to false change on the combined input PV D will be delayed at the output PRE OUT D until the amount of time specified by TIMER SP has been expired If the combined input returns to true before the time expires the output will remain as true concealing the input transitions If the PRE OUT D output has been set to false because the time has expired a false to true transition in the combined input will be presented to PRE OUT D immediately true PV D false 1 1 1 true PRE_OUT_D false 1 5 1 1 1 1 1 OUT EXP 1 27 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 TIMER_SP OUT_REM See note 1 d c TIMER SP TIMER SP Note 1 Returns to zero if QUIES CLEAR Time _ gt Timer Example when TIMER_TYPE EXTEND If TIMER TYPE is DEBOUNCE and if PRE OUT D is false a false to true change on the combined input PV D will be delayed at the output PRE OUT D until the amount of time specified by TIMER SP has been expired If the combined input returns to false before the time expires the output will remain as false concealing the input transitions If PRE OUT
359. rmally done for G 1 In the example the control becomes slower above or below 50 ofthe level Adaptative Gain is also very useful for pH control Configurable Limits of anti reset wind up The saturation limits to integral term can be changed by the ARW LOW and ARW UP parameters Then the control algorithm stops the integral calculation when the output signal reaches the anti reset wind up limits The proportional and derivative calculations are not affected The Anti Reset Wind up will not be stopped to the output limits i e when the ARW UP limit is greater than OUT HI LIM the OUT is clamped in the OUT HI LIM value but internally the algorithm continue the integral calculation until the ARW UP limit The user can avoid this case configuring the ARW UP less or equal to OUT HI The same idea applies to the low limit Special treatment for the error The treatment of the error in the control process can be chosen by the ERROR TYPE parameter The quadratic error can be applied on only integral term or on all PID terms In the quadratic error the considered error for the calculation will be e e 100 OUT RIT ERROR 100 R NO FAAL ae 100939 ERROR In order use the GAP control consider the cases where the control is unstable over band around SP due the dead band of the actuator or due the noise or other things there is a special gain
360. rmation to generate constants A and B em 14 SCALE LOC DS 259 S M equation Y A X B plus the addresses in a slave device 15 INA DS 65 N Analog input 4 Information to generate constants A and B em 16 SCALE LOC IN4 DS 259 S M equation Y A X B plus the addresses in a slave device 17 IN D1 DS 66 N Discrete input 1 18 LOCATOR IN D1 DS 261 S O S Addresses ina slave device 19 IN D2 DS 66 N Discrete input 2 20 LOCATOR IN D2 DS 261 S O S Addresses ina slave device 21 IN D3 DS 66 N Discrete input 3 22 LOCATOR IN D3 DS 261 S O S Addresses ina slave device 23 IN D4 DS 66 N Discrete input 4 24 LOCATOR IN D4 DS 261 S O S Addresses in a slave device 25 OUT1 DS 65 N Man Analog output 1 Information to generate constants A and B em 26 SCALE LOC OUT1 DS 259 S M equation Y A X B plus the addresses in a slave device 27 OUT2 DS 65 N Man Analog output 2 Information to generate constants A and B em 28 SCALE LOC OUT2 DS 259 equation Y A X B plus the addresses in a slave device 29 OUT3 DS 65 N Man Analog output 3 Information to generate constants A and B em 30 SCALE_LOC_OUT3 DS 259 S M equation Y A X B plus the addresses in a slave device 2 147 Function Block Instruction Manual DataT Valid Range Default ae Parameter ype 9 Units peu 4 Description length Options Value ode 31 OUT4 DS 65 Analog output 4 Information t
361. s are connected then set the output equal to the an generate an error code An error code is also generated if less than min_good inputs have good status If the number of inputs which good is less than the 2s Unsigned8 0 S value of MIN_GOOD then set the out status to bad Nore 1 1 21 SELECTED DS 66 2 2 D RO Aninteger indicating which input has been selected 3 3 4 4 0 Normal Operation 1 Selects IN1 An operator adjustable parameter to force a given input 22 OP SELECT DS 66 2 Selects IN2 None D to be used Selecting 0 will indicate normal operation d while choosing 1 to 4 will indicate the inputto be used 3 Selects 4 Selects IN4 23 UPDATE EVT DS 73 na D This alert is generated by any change to the static data The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The 24 BLOCK ALM DS 72 first alert to become active will set the Active status the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The default valu
362. s enabled When simulation is disabled the 10 DS 82 Disable D simulate value and status track the actual are the value and status The value is the rate of Enable Disable change of the transducer count in counts per options second not the accumulation Value of each metered pulse in engineering 11 PULSE VAL Float 0 None units Used only to calculate PV and OUT Not used for OUT ACCUM calculation 1 seconds 2 minutes 3 hours Time units factor to be used in the conversion 12 TIME UNITS Unsigned8 0 E S of the output 4 days 5 day hr min sec 13 OUT SCALE DS 68 0 100 OUT S Man The high and low scale values to the OUT parameter 14 GRANT_DENY DS 70 0 na D See Block gt 15 OPTS Bitstring 2 Options 0 na S O S See Block Options 16 STATUS OPTS Bitstring 2 o 0 Na S O S See Block Options For more details about the configuration of 17 CHANNEL Unsigned16 0 None S O S this parameter see Chapter 1 CHANNEL Configuration 18 PV_FTIME Float Non Negative 0 S Time constant of a single exponential filter for the PV in seconds 2 50 Block Library Valid Range Default Parameter Description Options Value Raw value of the field device with a status 19 FIELD_VAL DS 65 D RO reflecting the Transducer condition before filtering PV_FTIME This alert is generated by any change to the 20 UPDATE_EVT DS 73 Na D static data
363. s entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter Read only D dynamic N non volatile If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mode SP 2 76 Block Library CHAR Signal Characterizer Description The signal characterizer block has two sections each with an output that is a non linear function of the respective inputs The function is determined by a single look up table with x y coordinates of twenty points each The status of input is copied to the corresponding output so the block may be used in the control or process signal path An option can swap the axes of the function for section 2 so that it can be used in the backward control path The block interpolates correlates the input IN_1 to the output OUT_1 and the input IN_2 to the output OUT_2 according to a curve given by the points x X2 yo x20 where x corresponds to the Input to the Output The x coordinates given in engineering units of the input The y coordinates ar
364. s in a physical discrete input 2 1 Function Block Instruction Manual CONTROL AND CALCULATION FUNCTION BLOCKS DESCRIPTION PID CONTROL This standard block has a lot of valuables features as setpoint treatment value and rate limiting filtering and alarm on PV feedforward output tracking and others ENHANCED PID It has all the standard features plus bumpless or hard transfer from a manual mode to an automatic mode and bias ADVANCED PID tt has all the standard features plus bumpless or hard transfer from a manual mode to automatic mode bias adaptative gain PI sampling dead band for error special treatment for error ISA or parallel algorithm ARITHMETIC This calculation block provides some pre defined equations ready for use in applications as flow compensation HTG ratio control and others SPLITTER This block is used in two typical applications split ranging and sequencing It receives the output of PID block which is processed according to the selected algorithm and then it generates the values for the two analog output blocks SIGNAL CHARACTERIZER It has capability for two signal characterization based on the same curve The second input has an option for swapping x to y providing an easy way to use the inverse function which may be used in signal characterization of readback variables INTEGRATOR It integrates a variable in function of
365. s is 3 Modbus Address of Value It informs the Modbus address of variable which it will be monitored In the example of the last element it supposes the Modbus address of the monitored variable was 40032 Thus element must receive this address Scaling Locator Structure with Status DS 259 This data structure consists of data used to generate constants A and B in equation Y A X B plus the addresses in a slave device Element Name Data Type Size From EU 100 Float 4 From EU0 Float 4 Slave Address Unsigned8 Modbus Address of Value Unsigned16 Modbus Address of Status Unsigned16 1 3 ToEU 100 Float 4 ToEU0 Float 5 Data Type Unsigned8 6 7 8 e Slave Address It informs the slave address which is required to reference to the PVALUEn parameter For example it suppose there is one LC700 with device address equal 3 and In this equipment is required to monitor one specific variable Thus this Slave Address is 3 1 37 Function Blocks Instruction Manual e Modbus Address of Value It informs the Modbus address of variable which it will be monitored In the example of the last element it supposes the Modbus address of the monitored variable was 40032 Thus element must receive this address e Modbus Address of Status In this parameter the user informs the Modbus address which the status will be read or write Each input and output has one correspondent status The status in
366. s the first block of the curve 6 Swap amp Intermediate Swap the curve for OUT_2 and anintermediate block of the curve 7 Swap amp Last 7 Swap amp Last Swap the curve for OUT 2 and the block is the last block in the curve 17 CURVE_X 20 Floats o s X S Curve input points The x points of the curve are defined by an array of twenty points 0 Curve output points points of the curve 19 SURVEY ui s y gt are defined by an array of twenty points 3 This alert is generated by any change to the 19 UPDATE_EVT DS 73 na D saie data The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in 20 BLOCK ALM 5275 D the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The default value of BYPASS is Off The default value of all elements of CURVE_X is INF The default value of all elements of CURVE_Y is INF 2 80 Block Library Description INTG
367. se at OUT D whose duration is determined by the TIMER SP value At the end of that time duration OUT D will return to false If the combined input returns to false and presents a subsequent false to true transition while the timer is timing the timer shall be reinitialized and PRE OUT shall continue to be true true PRE OUT D false 1 See note 1 k k gt SP 5 TIMER_SP Note 1 Returns to zero if QUIES_OPT CLEAR Time _ gt Timer Example when TIMER_TYPE RT_PULSE 2 108 Block Library RESET_IN is a discrete input which on a false to true transition resets the timer OUT EXP is set to 0 0 and then the timer follows processing described under Initial Value Handling regarding the value of PRE OUT D and OUT REM If RESET IN is not connected an operator engineer may set it to true In this case the block logic will reset it to false on its next execution TIME UNITS allows the user to specify to the HMI the units of time in which TIMER SP OUT EXP and OUT REM are to be displayed Each bit in OPTS if set indicates that the corresponding discrete with status input or output parameter is inverted That is input values are inverted prior to use by the block and outputs are inverted after the value is determined by the block Inicialization The following table summarizes the values of PRE OUT D OUT EXP and OUT REM after the initial
368. service In Manual mode the OUT D can be set by the operator The block stops output calculation In Auto mode the block operates normally CAS cascade the Setpoint is supplied by another function block through the CAS IN parameter In RCAS the block setpoint is set by a control application running on a computer DCS or PLC Status Handling The status of OUT shall reflect the worst quality of the status of any connected input Initial Value Handling The initial value of OUT Di should be zero that is no action in both directions and the Integral action value should also go to zero 2 168 Block Library Parameters Data T Valid Range Default AT Parameter ype 9 Description length Options Value 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT_KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None S 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO 7 PV DS 65 PV D RO Process analog value This is the IN value after pass over the PV filter The analog set point Can be set manually 8 SP DS 65 PV SCALE 10 PV N Auto automatically through the interface device or another field device 9 OUT D DS 66 N Man The output value result of the Step Output PID calculation The high and low scale values to the PV and SP 10 PV SCALE DS 68 0 100
369. shigiao R oad S uite 30233 42 rue du Pav des Gardes Beijing 100873 P R C F 92370 Chaville Tel 486 10 6849 8643 Tel 33 1 41 15 0220 86 10 6894 0898 Fax 331 41 15 0219 e mail info smar com cn e mail smar am wanadoo fr SINGAPORE Smar Singapore Pte Ltd 315 Outram Road 06 07 Tan Boon Liat Building Singapore 169074 Tel 465 6324 0182 Fax 465 6324 0183 e mail info smar com sg Smar Research Corporation 4250 Veterans Memorial Hwy Suite 156 Holbrook NY 11741 Tel 1 631 737 3111 Fax 1 631 737 3892 e mail sales smarresearch com Introduction Introduction Fieldbus is not a replacement for 4 20 mA or Intelligent Smart Transmitter Protocols it provides much more Fieldbus is a complete Control System Architecture enabling distribution of the control function to equipment in the field therefore it is a replacement for the DCS Architecture of the 1970s To achieve the desired control the devices must be configured That includes calibration but also building of a control strategy The latter is covered in this manual One of the major advantages of Fieldbus is interoperability Some blocks described in this manual are used not only by Smar devices but other Foundation Fieldbus devices too No particular configuration tool is addressed in this manual because the devices are independent of configuration tool due to the DD technology Get the best results of the Fieldbus System by carefully re
370. should be a primary master in order to permit the use of a portable configurator RETRIES This parameter adjusts the number of times the HI302 will try to communicate with a device before detecting that the device doesn t respond The standard value is 3 retries HART Communication Diagnostic Parameters MASTER_SYNCHRONIZED Indicates if every Master channel has synchronized the communication layer and if each is ready to transmit the HART messages in normal operation or in Bypass mode CHANNEL_MODE Indicates if the channel is operating normally or there is any device in BURST_MODE MASTER_STATE Shows the status of the HART channel at every moment e WATCHING indicates that the channel is only reading data that passes through the line and are crucial to keep the synchronism if there is another Master or any device in Burst mode e ENABLED the channel is free to send a HART message e USING indicates that a message was sent and a corresponding response is expected The response has to be sent within the maximum number of retries configured in the RETRIES parameter COMM_ERRORS shows the percentage of detected errors in the communication of each HART channel If the error percentage is lower than 0 5 communication is in high quality REQUEST_COUNTER Totals the number of messages sent by each channel including the retries RETRIES COUNTER Totals the number of repetitions for each channel A high value in this parameter gt
371. signed char 0 RAW _ selected 1 2 3 or 4 Ready 56 PORT_UPDATE_PROFILE unsigned char Start Update Updates the database of all devices Update on the selected port Processing PORT MACROCYCLE CON 2 32 2 57 FIGURED ms unsigned long 0102 0 R W Configured macro cycle PORT_MACROCYCLE_SUG Suggested macro cycle 58 m unsigned lon 0102 GESTED_ms Note Not Available 2 18 Block Library Data Type Valid Range Default Store m Idx Parameter length Options Value Units Mode Description Actual period of time that the LAS 59 ee on unsigned long 0 to 2 took to rotate the token to all devices ms inthe network 60 PORT CONF DEV unsigned char 0 to 256 Numberotexpecisistations on this network 61 PORT_N_DEV unsigned char 010256 Number of devices the network Number of device with complete 62 PORT_N_DEV_READY unsigned char 0 to 256 database updated Note Not Available PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bit string 8 a 63 1 bytes 256 bits De0a15 Live list on the selected port PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bit string 8 64 2 bytes 256 bits De 16 31 Live list on the selected port PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bitstring 8 a 65 3 bytes 256 bits De 32 a 47 Live list on the selected port PORT LIVE LIST STATUS bit string 8 mm 66 4 bytes 256 bits De 48 a 63 Live list on t
372. slave equipment and it desires to become available one temperature analogical value from one TT302 range 0 500 C for a Modbus master in the range 4 20 mA with the data type integer 2 bytes Using the Modbus Block Control Slave MBCS A In the MBCS block the scale is configured IN_1 SCALE_CONV_IN_1 of the following form e FROM_EU_100 500 e FROM_0 0 1 19 Function Blocks Instruction Manual e TO EU 100 20 e EU 0 4 e DATATYPE Integer16 B The MBCS block reads the data from the Fieldbus in the IN input and stores in IN_VALUE It calculates the Y value following the equation Y A IN_VALUE B Thus it converts the value to the DATATYPE specified and saves in MOD_VAR_IN which it will be the value to be sent to the Modbus Using the values from the example above and considering the actual value of temperature is 300 it has IN VALUE 300 value read from TT302 And following the equations showed above TO_EU_100 TO_EU_0 From_EU_100 From_EU_0 20 4 500 0 0 032 B TO EU 0 From EU_0 4 0 032 0 4 MOD VAR IN A IN VALUE B MOD VAR IN 0 032 300 4 MOD VAR IN 13 6 The value of the Modbus variable read after the conversion to integer for this example will be OUT 14 mA Fault State Handling A Definition The Fault State is a special state that allows the output block to do safe action when it has been detected an abnormal situation
373. sociated with the discrete alarm Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 43 Function Blocks Instruction Manual MAI Multiple Analog Input Description MAI block makes available for the FF network eight analog variables of the subsystem through its eight output parameters OUT 1 through OUT 8 Status indication in the output parameters OUT x depends on the subsystem and the transducer block that is manufacturer specific For example if there is individual detection of sensor failure it will be indicated in the status of related OUT x parameter Problem in the interface to the subsystem will be indicated in the status of all OUT x as BAD Device Failure BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the MAI block will reflect the following causes e Other the number of MDI MDO MAI and blocks or the device tag FB700 is different from LC700 e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when the OCURRENCE CHANNEL has an invalid value FB700 or it is not compatible the CHANNEL parameter and HC configuration DFI302 Input failure the CPU of LC700 stopped working FB700 or I O module failure DFI302 Power up there is no CPU of LC700 in the rack or the hardware configuration of LC700 has an error e Out of Service Wh
374. st read write data ElementName Value1 DataType Boolean Value2 Integer8 Value3 Integer16 Value4 Integer32 Value5 Unsigned8 Value6 Unsigned16 Value7 Unsigned32 Value8 FloatingPoint o oj o o n o p Value9 VisibleString Value10 OctetString Value11 Date Value12 Time of Day Value13 Time Difference Value14 Bitstring Value15 Time Value Discrete Structure DS 159 This data structure consists of one status and eight discrete value parameters E Element Name Status Data Type Unsigned8 Value1 Unsigned8 Value2 Unsigned8 Value3 Unsigned8 Value4 Unsigned8 1 35 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Element Name Data Type Value5 Unsigned8 Value6 Unsigned8 Value7 Unsigned8 Value8 Unsigned8 Discrete Structure DS 160 This data structure consists of one status and sixteen discrete value parameters Element Name Data Type Status Unsigned8 Value 1 Unsigned8 Value2 Unsigned8 Value3 Unsigned8 Value4 Unsigned8 Value5 Unsigned8 Value6 Unsigned8 Value7 Unsigned8 oJI NIJ AJ AJOJN Value8 Unsigned8 E Value9 Unsigned8 Value10 Unsigned8 Value1 1 Unsigned8 Value12 Unsigned8 Value13 Unsigned8 Value14 Unsigned8 Value15 Unsigned8 Va
375. string 2 E D RO 7 PV DS 65 PV D RO Process analog value This is the IN value after pass over the PV filter L The analog set point Can be set manually 8 SP DS 65 ED ui PV N Auto automatically through the interface device or another field device 9 OUT DS 65 5 OUT N Man The output value result of the PID calculation 10 PV_SCALE DS 68 0 100 PV S Man The high and low scale values to the PV and SP parameter 11 OUT SCALE DS 68 0 100 OUT S Man The high and low scale values to the OUT parameter Options for controlling access of host 12 GRANT DENY DS 70 0 na D computer and local control panels to B operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 13 CONTROL_OPTS Bitstring 2 See Block Options 0 na S O S See Block Options 14 STATUS OPTS Bitstring 2 See Block Options 0 Na S O S See Block Options 15 IN DS 65 PV D The primary input value of the block or PV value 16 PV FTIME Float Non Negative 0 Sec S Time constant of a single exponential filter for the PV in seconds 1 Off When bypass is set the setpoint value in 17 BYPASS Unsigned8 0 E S Man percent will be directly transferred to the 2 output This parameter is the remote setpoint value 18 CAS_IN DS 65 D which must come from another Fieldbus block or a DCS block through a defined link Ramp rate at which upward setpoint changes in PV units per second It is disable if is zero 19 SP RATE DN Float Positive INF S or INF Rate limiting will ap
376. sualization For example the user needs to monitor the gain value from the PID block Thus it inserts the PID Tag Block which contained the gain parameter required to be visualized in the Modbus Master e Relative Index It is the parameter index of a function block which it desired to monitor See the function block parameter tables Thus it inserts the relative index to the desired parameter to be monitored In the case above to monitor the gain parameter from the ID relative block the relative index is 23 e Sub Index Sub Index is used for parameters which posses structure In this case it is necessary to indicate which structure element is being referred 1 38 Introduction to Function Block Application Slave Address Structure DS 263 This data structure consists of data informing the IP address and the Modbus address of the slaves Element Name IP Slave1 Data Type VisibleString 1 Size IP Slave2 VisibleString 1 IP Slave3 VisibleString 1 IP Slave4 IP Slave5 VisibleString 1 IP Slave6 VisibleString 1 IP Slave7 VisibleString 1 IP Slaves 921051209105 200 105 uu VisibleString 1 VisibleString 1 aye wy hp Slave Address1 Unsigned8 Slave Address2 Unsigned8 Slave Address3 Unsigned8 Slave Address4 Unsigned8 Slave Address5 Unsigned8 Slave Address6 Unsigne
377. t RATE where Rate is the derivative time constant in seconds and d dt can be calculated in several ways including derivative gain filtering etc The PID Step Controller activates the OPEN or CLOSE signals according to the modified deviation the PID parameters and the other parameters in the following way The signal is activated during a time equivalent to If the modified deviation is still different of zero the Integral or Reset action will give pulses with a duration defined by PULSE_DUR with a frequency calculated by f t and f are dynamically modified by In order to avoid the Reset wind up the actuation time in one direction must be integrated and limited If the actuation time in one direction is larger than the TRAVEL TIME there is no use in making the respective output signal to pulse therefore it is recommendable to maintain it continuously activated The block provides a full PV and Deviation alarm support The meaning of possible values for OUT D are OUT D value 0 gt Stop OUT D value 1 Close OUT D value 2 gt Open As the STEP block requires two discrete outputs when setting the CHANNEL parameter indeed two outputs are allocated The value of CHANNEL points to the CLOSE output and the next channel points to the OPEN output Supported Modes Out of service Manual Auto CAS and RCAS are supported In Out of service mode the status of the output will be Out of
378. t not checked yet 109 ERROR LINE Unsigned8 0 50 1 S Hn the logic line where there is an 0 Logic Ok 1 Exceed String Length or string not valid 2 Non valid operand 3 No implemented logic or missing 4 Missing parentheses or argument not valid 3 No 5 Non valid implemented Indicated the code for the error in the logic 110 ERROR CODE Unsigned8 resource logic or Na 5 line 6 Argument not Missing 7 valid 7 Function not valid 8 Non available resource 9 Non valid attribution 10 First Argument not valid 11 Second Argument not valid 2 180 Block Library Data Type Valid Range Default Store EE Parameter Description Length Options Value Mode 0 Logic parameter 0 Logic changes are parameter anly ie ea ore Enable logic parameter changes independent 111 _ Unsigned8 OutofService i 2 5 of Moda Block parameter 1 Always Seni accept Logic RDSE parameter changes This alert is generated by any change to the 112 UPDATE EVT DS 73 Na D static data The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause ofthe alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in 118 BLOCK ALM Dove Na 9 the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert
379. t parameter 2 8 OUT2 DS 65 Xor Y D RO The interpolation result of IN_2 The engineering unit of the variables 3 XLUNITS 5 corresponding to the x axis for display 10 Y UNITS Unsigned16 E S The engineering unit of the variables 77 9 corresponding to the y axis for display Options for controlling access host computer and local control panels to E GRANT DENY aS 9 operating tuning and alarm parameters of the block 12 CONTROL OPTS Bitstring 2 0 Na S O S See Block Options 13 IN_1 DS 65 D Numbered input parameter 1 14 IN_2 DS 65 D Numbered input parameter 2 1 0ff When bypass is set the input value will be 15 BYPASS Unsigned8 0 5 directly transferred to the output 2 79 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Data Type Valid Range Default Parameter Description length Options Value 0 False No Swap not support cascade of char 1 Swap Swap the curve for OUT 2 e not 0 False support cascade of char 1 Swap 2 First No swap and the block is the first block of the curve 2 First i 3 Intermediate No swap and the block is 3 Intermediate anintermediate block in the curve 16 SWAP 2 Unsigned8 4 Last 0 E S O S 4 Last No swap and the block is the last 5 Swap amp First block in the curve 6 Swap amp Intermediate 5 Swap amp First Swap the curve for OUT_2 and i
380. t values use two MODBUS registers but it is necessary only to inform the first one MODBUS Addresses e 0001 to 9999 gt Digital Outputs e 10001 to 19999 gt Digital Inputs e 30001 to 39999 gt Analog Inputs e 40001 to 49999 gt Analog Outputs 2 149 Function Block Instruction Manual Parameter PLOCATORn It refers to the PVALUEn parameter These parameters are of the DS 258 data type Each of these parameters consist of the following elements From Eu 100 From Eu 0 To Eu 100 ToEu0 Data Type Slave Address MODBUS Address Of Value This block allows Modbus Scale Conversion to do the conversion procedure see the item Modbus Scale Conversion in the Chapter 1 for more details Parameter ILOCATORn It refers to the IVALUEn parameter see on Chapter 1 Data Type and Data Structure Definition e Slave Address e Modbus Address OF Value The IVALUEn parameters will display the values of the variables set in LOCATORn Parameter BLOCATORn It refers to the BVALUEn parameter This parameter is of the data type DS 260 so you will have to set two elements for this parameter see on Chapter 1 Data Type and Data Structure Definition e Slave Address e Modbus Address OF Value The BVALUEn parameters will display the values of the variables set in BLOCATORn BAD_STATUS Parameter This parameter indicates if the communication between slaves was established properly If the
381. tage sensor and C F R K for temperature sensor XD SCALE range must be inside the sensor range in the unit selected The selection of transducer number is done in SENSOR TRANSDUCER NUMBER The second transducer will exist only when the sensor connection is double two wires In this case two sensors will generate inputs for two transducers When the sensor works as a backup the second sensor will generate the input if the first one fails When the sensor works as a differential the output is the difference of the two inputs The AI block connected to this transducer has the CHANNEL the same selection as SENSOR TRANSDUCER NUMBER The supported mode is OOS and AUTO As the transducer block runs together with Al block the transducer block goes to AUTO only if the Al mode block is already in AUTO The cold junction temperature may be read from the SECONDARY VALUE parameter Warning messages may appear in Primary Value status or in the Block Error in certain condition as explain below Supported Modes OOS and AUTO BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the transducer block will reflect the following causes e Input Failure When the sensor is broken or the sensor reading is out of limits e Out of Service When the block is in OOS mode Primary Value Status The PRIMARY VALUE status of the transducer block will reflect the following causes Bad SensorFailure NotLimited When the sensor is broken or the sensor reading is out of limits
382. tatus if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters The required mode for writing is the actual mode regardless the target mode OUT 2 113 Function Blocks Instruction Manual OSDL Output Signal Selector and Dynamic Limiter Description The output signal selector and dynamic limiter block OSDL provides two different algorithms types As Output Selector the cascade input may be routed for one of two outputs based on the value of the OP_SELECT input parameter The output not selected may have two ways keeping the last value when not selected or receive a internal value As Dynamic Limiter the cascade input is transferred to both output but it is limited by the secondary inputs multiplied by a gain plus a bias The Dinamic LIMITER is extremely useful in one of its most important applications combustion control with double cross limits The OSDL_TYPE parameter determines the algorithm used by the OSDL block In order to change the OSDL_TYPE the block must be in Out of Service mode Output Signal Selector The SP value may be controlled by an operator Auto mode or through a cascade control Cas mode In the cascade control the SP is supplied by another function block through the CAS_IN parameter The inputs IN and IN_1 do not a
383. tatus and value is copied local link or received from the bus external link If the input is not linked then the status may be set manually by the user as well the value 1 4 Introduction to Function Block Application Composition of Status The Status has the following composition MSB LSB ile ole Quality SubStatus Limits The quality sub status and limit components of status are defined as follows Quality The quality used will be determined by the highest priority condition 0 Bad 1 Uncertain 2 Good Non cascade 3 Good Cascade Sub status Sub status values in the status attribute are defined as shown in the following table Limit The following limit conditions will be always available in the status attribute 0 Not limited 1 Low limited 2 High limited 3 Constant Examples OxC1 in hexadecimal is Good Cascade Non Specific and Low Limited status OxCF in hexadecimal is Good Cascade Not invited and Constant status Ox4E in hexadecimal is Uncertain Initial Value and High Limited status Sub status Hex Notin Forward path Backward path value cascade of cascade of cascade Bad 0 Non specific 0x00 X X X Bad 1 Configuration Error 0x04 X X X Bad 2 Not Connected 0x08 Bad 3 Device Failure Ox0c X X X Bad 4 Sensor Failure 0x10 X X X Bad 5 No Communicati
384. tatus higher and equal to 0x80 is considered true and a status lower than 0x80 is considered false Supported Modes O S MAN and AUTO Changes on the Logic Lines and its configuration parameters depend on the CHANGE_OPTION selection Schematic FONCTION PROCESSING 21 TP TON TOF CTO CTO ES 5R DM LOGICAL OPERATION BASED ON IN 950 STRUCTURED TEXT FSAFE VAL 118 2 176 Block Library Parameter Parameters Data Type Length Valid Options Default Value Store Mode Description The revision level of static data associated 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO with the function block 2 DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na S The user description of intended application 9 of the block The strategy field canbe used to identify 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block The identification number of the plant unit 4 ALERT_KEY Unsigned8 110255 0 5 This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc 5 MODE_BLK 0 69 ols Na S The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware and software BEOCKIERR DRO components associated with the block Itis a bit string so multiple errors may be sh
385. ted based on the error and the P and D terms on the PV 2 61 Function Blocks Instruction Manual PI Sampling algorithm SP OFFSET OUTPUT E E PERIOD E ll TIME The output is calculated based on the PI algorithm during time to After that the algorithm stops calculating and it holds the last value during time The time ty is adjusted by SAMPLE ON and t by SAMPLE PER SAMPLE ON If the SAMPLE PER is less than SAMP ON or SAMP ON is zero then the algorithm works as an ordinary PI controller Adaptive gain The adaptive gain permits to change the algorithm PID terms by a factor obtained in a curve established by CURVE X and CURVE Y parameters This curve is based in SP PV Error OUT or another value set in AD GAIN IN parameter The algorithm actions that will be changed are defined by the AD GAIN ACTION parameter The AD GAIN IN SEL parameter selects the input value to enter into the curve in order to get the adaptive gain The CURVE X points of the curve are in the same engineering units of the selected variable The CURVE Y points are the adaptive gain The adaptive gain G changes the PID constants GAIN RESET and RATE to GAIN G GAIN RESET RESET G RATE G RATE If the curve has less than 20 configured points the non configured points shall be set with INF If the curve has a configuration error then the BLOCK ALM indicates it and the adaptive gai
386. ted by OUT_EXP OUT_REM will indicate the time remaining between the current expired duration OUT_EXP and current limit SP If OUT_EXP does not exceed SP OUT D will be set to false If OUT EXP equals or exceeds TIMER SP PRE OUT D will be set to true and OUT REM will be set to zero When the combined input returns to false either with or without exceeding the limits specified by SP OUT D will be set to false Note that this type of behavior is the same as TYPE DELAY The difference is merely in the application perspective i PV_D false 4 l true i i OUT Di 1 1 1 1 ot TIMER_SP i i See note 1 j bod OUT REM _ tol 0 a Jt Lg tot i TIMER_SP TIMER_SP Note 1 Returns to zero if QUIES_OPT CLEAR Timer Example when TIMER_TYPE COMPARE If TIMER TYPE is DELAY false to true change on the combined input PV D will be delayed at the output PRE_OUT_D until the amount of time specified by TIMER_SP has been expired If the combined input returns to false before the time expires the output will remain as false concealing the input transitions If the PRE OUT output has been set to true because the time has expired a true to false transition in the combined input will be presented to PRE OUT D immediately Note that this type of behavior is the same as TIMER TYPE COMPARE The diffe
387. ted for the block Description type FB700 Block has OCCURRENCE parameter Block has CHANNEL parameter DFI302 MO_OPTS has a different bit description MO STATUS OPTS is not available in profile revision 1 2 161 Function Block Instruction Manual MDO Multiple Discrete Output Description The block makes available to the I O subsystem its eight input parameters IN_D1 through IN_D8 This function block has the same fault state characteristics as the DO block It includes option to hold the last value or go to a preset value when fault state active individual preset values for each point besides a delay time to go into the fault state state The actual mode will be LO only due to the resource block otherwise bad status in input parameter and configuration of MO_STATUS_OPTS will not affect the mode calculation However the functionality of fault state will be done only for that input parameter The parameter FSTATE_STATE shows which points are in fault state active BLOCK_ERR The BLOCK_ERR of the MDO block will reflect the following causes e Other the number of MDI MAI MAO blocks or the device tag in FB700 is different from LC700 e Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when the OCCURRENCE CHANNEL has an invalid value FB700 e Output failure the CPU of LC700 stopped working FB700 e Power up there is no CPU of LC700 in the rack or
388. ter 12 F ID3 DS 262 S O S Information to locate float parameter 13 FVALUES3 Float 0 N Value from requested float parameter 14 ID4 DS 262 S O S Information to locate float parameter 15 FVALUEA Float 0 N Value from requested float parameter 16 F ID5 DS 262 S O S Information to locate float parameter 17 FVALUE5 Float 0 N Value from requested float parameter 18 ID6 DS 262 S O S Information to locate float parameter 19 FVALUE6 Float 0 N Value from requested float parameter 20 07 09 262 S O S Information to locate float parameter 21 FVALUE7 Float 0 N Value from requested float parameter 22 F ID8 DS 262 S O S Information to locate float parameter 23 FVALUE8 Float 0 N Value from requested float parameter 24 01 DS 262 S O S Information to locate integer parameter 25 IVALUE1 Integer32 0 N Value from requested integer parameter 26 1 02 05 262 S O S Information to locate integer parameter 27 IVALUE2 Integer32 0 N Value from requested integer parameter 38 1 ID3 DS 262 S O S to locate integer parameter 29 IVALUE3 Integer32 0 N Value from requested integer parameter 30 1 IDA 05 262 S O S to locate integer parameter 31 IVALUEA Integer32 0 N Value from requested integer parameter 32 B 101 DS 262 S O S Information to locate boolean parameter 33 BVALUE1 Boolean TRUE N Value from requested boolean parameter 34 B 102 DS 262 S O S Information to locate boo
389. terpretation follows the Foundation Fieldbus Default See the item Parameter Status for more details Modbus Variable Locator Structure DS 260 This data structure consists of data indicating the addresses in a slave device 2 Element Name Data Type Size Slave Address Unsigned8 Modbus Address of Value Unsigned16 Slave Address It indicates the Slave Address which the required variable to be monitored is located For example if in an application one LC700 was adjusted with Device Address 1 the Slave Address must be 1 Modbus Address Value It writes the Modbus address of the variable which will be monitored the MBSM block It supposes the user needs to monitor the variable with MODBUS Address 40001 located in one Slave I O module with Device Address 1 Thus the Modbus Address of Value must be 40001 Modbus Variable Locator Structure with Status DS 261 This data structure consists of data indicating the addresses in a slave device E Element Name Data Type Slave Address Unsigned8 Modbus Address of Value Unsigned16 Modbus Address of Status Unsigned16 FF Parameter ID Structure DS 262 This data structure consists of data informing the position of the FF parameter requested E Element Name Data Type Block Tag VisibleString 32 Relative Index Unsigned16 Sub Index Unsigned8 Block Tag It informs the Block Tag that contains the variable which is required to vi
390. the FF_GAIN and added to the output of the PID algorithm N N E em OUT OUT without feedforward b with feedforward If the status of FF_VAL is Bad the last usable value will be used When the status returns to good the difference of FF_VAL values will be subtracted from BIAS_A M in order to avoid bump in the output PID Constants GAIN Kp RESET Tr and RATE Td are the tuning constants for the P and D terms respectively Gain is a dimensionless number RESET and RATE are time constants expressed in seconds There are existing controllers that are tuned by the inverse value of some or all of them such as proportional band and repeats per minute The human interface to these parameters should be able to display the user s preference Bypass When bypass is active the SP value will be transferred to the OUT without the calculation of PID terms Bypass is used in secondary cascade controller when the PV is bad Conditions to turn the Bypass on The Bypass Enable bit in the CONTROL_OPTS must be true BYPASS parameter is changed to ON The BYPASS parameter is the ON OFF switch that activates the bypass By default it can be changed only when the block mode is Man or O S Optionally when the Change of Bypass in an automatic mode bit in the FEATURES SEL parameter in Resource block is true then the block permits that the BYPASS switch changes in automatic modes too There is special tre
391. the user set to on the SET FSTATE parameter and the bit Fault State supported in the FEATURES SEL is true When the output block is in the Fault State the output may retain the last value or goes to the preset value determined by the FSTATE VAL The default is retaining the last value The output goes to the preset value if the bit Fault State to value in the IO OPTS is true When the Fault State is active then the actual mode of the output block goes to Local Override LO In the backward path the block sends the Not Invited NI status to indicate that the block is in Fault State Optionally the target mode of the output block will be changed to Manual by the block algorithm when the Fault State is active In order to set this characteristic the Target to Man if Fault State activated bit in needs to be true Examples The following control loop must be considered for the examples below The below tables show the sequence of status exchange between the PID 1 1 21 Function Blocks Instruction Manual OUT FAILURE IN THE EXECUTION 2 SENSOR FAILURE OR COMMUNICATION FAILURE OUT eee eee ene FAILURE 1 BKCAL OUT CASIN BKCAL OUT FAILURE FAILURE 2 CAS_IN BKCAL OUT The Master 2 Slave and AO blocks in a fault and normal condition The status of PID 1 IN becomes bad in the execution 2 which may
392. the whole group of points The whole group may have 4 or 8 points of I O Group Ordinal number of group in the specified module it is numbered from 0 first group till number of groups minus 1 The points are arranged in groups of 8 points regardless how they are grouped for electrical isolation If the type is 8 discrete input 4 discrete output the inputs belong to the group 0 and the outputs belong to the group 1 Slot S One slot supports one I O module and it is numbered from O first slot in the rack till 3 last slot in the rack 1 30 Introduction to Function Block Application Rack R Each rack has four slots The rack is numbered from 0 first rack till 14 last rack Therefore a single point in the DFI302 may be identified by specifying the rack slot S group G and point P As the CHANNEL parameter in the multiple blocks MIO must specify the whole group 8 points the point must be 9 which mean the whole group The value in the CHANNEL parameter is composed by those elements in the following form RRSGP For example a CHANNEL parameter equals to 1203 it means rack 1 slot 2 group 0 and point 3 If CHANNEL parameter of a MAI block is 10119 it means rack 10 slot 1 group 1 and point 9 whole group Before setting the CHANNEL parameter it is recommended to configure the hardware in the HC block Because the write check will verify if the type
393. ther block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 35 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Sensor range Sensor range 2 Sensor range 3 Sensor Type Differential wire wire Celsius Celsius Celsius 1 Cu 10 GE RTD 270 to 270 20 to 250 20 to 250 2 Ni 120 DIN 320 to 320 50 to 270 50 to 270 3 Pt 50 IEC 1050 to 1050 200 to 850 200 to 850 4 Pt 100 IEC 1050 to 1050 200 to 850 200 to 850 5 Pt 500 IEC 270 to 270 200 to 450 200 to 450 6 Pt 50 JIS 850 to 850 200 to 600 200 to 600 7 Pt 100 JIS 800 to 800 200 to 600 200 to 600 51 0 to 100 Ohm 0 to 100 to 100 52 0 to 400 0 to 400 0 to 400 53 0 to 2000 0 to 2000 0 to 2000 151 B NBS TC 1600 to 1600 100 to 1800 152 E NBS 1100 to 1100 100 to 1000 153 J NBS 900 to 900 150 to 750 154 K NBS 1550 to 1550 200 to 1350 155 N NBS 1400 to 1400 100 to 1300 156 R NBS 1750 to 1750 0 to 1750 157 S NBS 1750 to 1750 0 to 1750 158 T NBS 600 to 600 200 to 400 159 L DIN 1100 to 1100 200 to 900 160 U DIN 800 to 800 200 to 600 201 6 to 22 MV 6 to 22 202 10 to 100 10 to 100 203 50 to 500 50 to 500 If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted
394. through the NUMBER OF RETRANSMISSIONS parameter User may select a value in the range 0 to 255 to this parameter The default value is 1 2 134 Block Library Parameters DataT Valid Default Parameter 9 Store Description length Options Value Mode 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 None S RO 2 TAG_DESC OctString 32 Spaces Na 5 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None 5 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 MODE BLK DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO 7 MEDIA Unsigned8 0 Serial 1 TCP IP Serial E 5 Define the type of Modbus channel 8 MASTER_SLAVE Unsigned8 0 Master 1 Slave Slave E 5 Define if DFlis master or slave 9 DEVICE ADDRESS Unsigned8 0 247 1 5 the Modbus address only for 0 110 1 300 2 600 3 1200 4 2400 10 BAUD_RATE Unsigned8 5 4800 6 9600 19200 5 Define the baud rate only for media serial 7 19200 8 38400 9 57600 10 115200 11 STOP BITS Unsigned8 0 1 1 2 1 S S the number of stop bits only for media 12 PARITY Unsigned8 d 5 Define the parity only for media serial Time to wait a response from a slave for DFI 13 TIMEOUT Unsigned16 0 65535 1000 ms 5 master or time to wait the OUTs be updated for DFI slave NUMBER RETRANS Number of retransmission if DFl doesn t 14 MISSIONS 089 S receive response from slave IP number and modbus addresses of s
395. tion it is not allowed 01 CTU10 IN1 IN3 note that the argument is a result of NOT function it is not allowed O12CTU10 TP01 IN1 IN2 note that the argument is a result of a function it is not allowed RS FLIP FLOP This function has the following operation table R arg1 S arg2 OUT 0 0 Last state 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 The syntax for RS Flip Flop is RSxx arg1 arg2 Where xx is the used resource from 01 to 16 and arg1 and arg2 are the function arguments and they must be simple variables Examples 510 1 2 OUT1 RS03 A11 A14 amp SI1 For example the following examples are not allowed in the logic line 01 RS01 IN1 amp IN2 IN3 note that the argument is a result of an operation it is not allowed O01 RS10 IN1 IN3 note that the argument is a result of NOT function it is not allowed 01 RS10 TPO01 IN1 IN2 note that the argument is a result of a function itis not allowed SR FLIP FLOP This function has the following operation table S arg1 R arg2 OUT 0 0 Last state 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 The syntax for SR Flip Flop is SRxx arg1 arg2 Where xx is the used resource from 01 to 16 and arg1 and arg2 are the function arguments and they must be simple variables Examples 5 10 1 2 OUT1 SR03 A11 A14 amp SI For example the following examples are not allowed in the logic line O1 SRO01 IN1 amp IN2 IN3 note that the argument is a result
396. to locate boolean parameter 38 BVALUE8 Boolean TRUE N Value from requested addresses 39 UPDATE_EVT DS 73 Na D This alert is generated by any change to the static data The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is become actio Wil eat fe Acte stan in the 40 PEDUISSAUM USE Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Gray Background Line Custom Parameters Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter Read only D dynamic non volatile S static 2 151 Function Block Instruction Manual Output Function Blocks AO Analog Output Overview The Analog Output Block is a function block used by devices that work as output elements in a control loop like valves actuators positioners etc The AO block receives a signal from another function block and passes its results to an output transducer block through an internal channel reference Schematic FAULT TATE ACTIVE MANUAL IN E OUT I0 OFT JEKCAL OUT EEAD EACE Description The AO block is connected to the transducer block through the CHANNEL parameter that must match with the following parameter in the transducer block
397. to mode the output values are the respective constant values Reading or Writing from to Contained Variables of other blocks The writing and or reading in the contained parameters of other blocks is associated to the block execution in the Auto mode Input Treatment Writing in Contained Parameters During the block execution in the Auto mode the block writes the value of the IN xx parameter in a parameter of any other block in the same device The value will be written in the parameter configured in the following situations e While the value had a usable valuein the xx input i e xx Status was Good or Uncertain and the option Use Uncertain as Good in STATUS was set e DISABLE IN xx input is usable and with FALSE value or when the xx input was with an usable value 2 123 Function Blocks Instruction Manual e For the inputs will just be done the writing when the actual value was different of the previous This avoids cyclical writing in static parameters which causes a cyclical increment of the ST REV and event generation by the EVT e Forthe IN xinputs will just be done the writing when the actual value was upper or lower that DEAD BAND x In this range would not have writing in the parameter When the DEAD BAND X parameter is equal zero it means continued writing If the writing does not accomplish in the desired block the input with failure will be indicated in the B
398. tpoint low limit is the lowest setpoint operator 22 SP_LO_LIM Float PV_SCALE 10 0 PV 5 entry that canbe used for the block 23 GAIN Float 0 None 5 Proportional term of the PID It is the Kp value 24 RESET Float Positive INF sec 5 Integral term of the PID It is the Tr value This specifies the time for the internal working value of bias or ratio to return to the operator set bias or ratio seconds 25 BAL_TIME Float Positive 0 sec 5 In the PID block it may be used to specify the time constant at which the integral term will move to obtain balance when the output is limited and the mode is Auto Cas or RCas 26 RATE Float Positive 0 sec 5 Derivative term of the PID Itis the Td value 27 lO OPTS Bitstring 2 See Block Options 0 na S O S See Block Options 2 169 Function Blocks Instruction Manual Data Type Valid Range Default Parameter Description length Options Value For more details about the configuration of this parameter see Chapter 1 CHANNEL Configuration In the DF 802 this parameter is selecting two discrete outputs The first one is the CLOSE output and the next point in the same group will be the OPEN output The CHANNEL parameter will be addressing the CLOSE output despite of it is allocating the OPEN output too The time in seconds from detection of fault of the M output block remote setpoint to the output action of 29 FSTATE TIME Float Positive 0 Sec S the block output if
399. tput to the block The block running in ROut works similarly a lower block in cascade Auto Cas and RCas are the automatic modes which calculate the primary output using the normal algorithm The manual modes are IMan LO Man and ROut Source of SP Source of OUT Iman User Other function block following BKCAL_IN parameter PID EPID APID User PID EPID APID Other function block following TRK VAL parameter LO AO DO Fault state last value or B FSTATE VAL AO DO Fault state last value or FSTATE VAL Man User User Auto User Block algorithm Other function block following CAS IN Cas parameter Block algorithm Rcas Control AER onaninterface Block algorithm evice Rout Block keeps last value Control Application running on an interface device b Elements of MODE BLK The mode parameter MODE BLK is defined in every function block It is defined as having four elements 1 Target This is the mode requested by the operator Only one mode from those allowed by the permitted mode parameter may be requested that check will be done by the device 2 Actual This is the current mode of the block which may differ from the target based on operating conditions and block configuration as input parameter status and bypass configuration for example Its value is always calculated as part of block execution therefore the user can not write in this attribute 3 Permitt
400. tputs when applicable Using a precision miliampmeter 1 put all outputs in 50 by actuating in block Using the value the meter is reading write it in the correspondig element of this array always with at least 2 decimal in mA should be 12 mA After written the value look at the meter again and confirm the reading now is 12 0 mA After calibrate and test write ANALOG INPUT TRIM _ parameter to Trimmed and Checked to save the calibration data This alert is generated by any change to the static data The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active BLK_ALM will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static ANALOG OUTPUT CAL Float 8 UPDATE EVT 2 208 Block Library Parameter BLOCK_STRUCTU RE HVT HART VARIABLE TEMPLATE Parameters Data Type DS 64 Valid Range Options Default Value Description ST_REV Unsigned16 MODE BLK BLK ERR DS 69 Bitstring 2 O S TAG DESC OctString 32 Spaces N
401. ttempting a download 23 Unsigned32 1 32 Interval between writing copies of NV parameters to millisec non volatile memory Zero means never Percent of memory available for further 24 FREE SRACE Float 010100 configuration Zero a preconfigured resource Percent of the block processing time that is free to 25 PREESTME Float 0 to 100 process additional blocks 1 32millis Time duration at which to give up on computer 22 SHED_RCAS Sosio nedo O40000 ec writes to function block RCas locations 1 32 Time duration at which to give up on computer 27 SHED ROUT Unsigned32 640000 millisec writes to function block ROut locations Condition set by loss of communication to an output block failure promoted to an output block or a 28 FAULT STATE Unsigned8 physical contact When Fault State condition is set then output function blocks will perform their FSAFE actions Allows the fault state condition to be manually 29 SET FSTATE Unsigned8 1 Off 2 Set initiated by selecting Set Writing a Clear to this parameter will clear the 30 CLR FSTATE Unsigned8 1 Off 2 Clear device fault state if the field condition if any has cleared 31 MAX NOTIFY Unsigned8 Set by None S RO Maximum number of unconfirmed notify messages possible 2 8 Block Library 32 Parameter LIM_NOTIFY DataType length Unsigned8 Valid Range Options 0 to MAX_ NOTIFY Defa
402. tures around the calibration one 2 C the accuracy can reach approximately 0 1 2 199 Function Blocks Instruction Manual HIRT HART IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION AND REAL TIME DATA Parameters Default Parameter Data Type Options Value Description HART Read BLOCK_STRUCTUR E ST_REV Unsigned16 TAG_DESC OctString 32 STRATEGY Unsigned16 ALERT_KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 MODE_BLK DS 69 See Mode Parameter BLK_ERR Bitstring 2 DS 64 HART channel where the device is HART_CHANNEL Unsigned8 1108 Eee 0 0 Polling Address 0 Polling Selects the HART Universal Command used to DECND gt Address identify the device associated with this block 11 11 HART Tag If Automatic HI302 will try to re identify the device by scanning througout the polling address 0x00 Automatic range Also if the device stops to respond HI302 9 ID METHOD Boolean Automatic None S will periodically send a request trying to 0x01 Manual reconnect If Manual such operations must be done by changing MODE BLK from OOS to AUTO Device s Polling short 7 10 POLL ADDR Unsigned8 01015 0 None S Address 6 11 HART TAG Spaces NA S Device s TAG 13 18 0x01 Polling Enabled Polling Real Time Data Polling 12 POLL CTRL Boolean 0x00 Poling Enabled NA S Control Disabled 2 200 Block Library Parameter Data Type Valid Range D
403. ue 7 in the OPTS parameter is false The preset discrete value to use when failure 26 FSTATE VAL D8 Unsigned8 0 S occurs in IN D8 Ignored if the Fault state to value 8 in the MO OPTS parameter is false 2 163 Function Block Instruction Manual Data Type Valid Range Default Parameter Description length Options Value 27 FSTATE_STATUS Unsigned8 D RO Itshows which points are in fault state active The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active 28 BLOCK_ALM DS 72 Na D will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed This alert is generated by any change to the static 29 UPDATE_EVT DS 73 Na D data Legend Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters If BEHAVIOR parameter is Adapted The default value of OCCURRENCE is the number of MDO blocks instantiated in the profile revision 0 Device type Description 700 Block has OCCURRENCE parameter Block has CHANNEL parameter D
404. ula is used to obtain the enumeration number of a determinate status attribute Decimal Value Status 64 Quality 4 Sub Status Limit For example considering the following status Uncertain Initial Value High Limited Where Quality uncertain 1 Sub Status Initial Value 3 Limit High Limited 2 Applying the formula Decimal Value Status 64 1 4 3 2 78 in decimal or Ox4E in Hexadecimal Example Conversion from Number to Enumerations There are many forms to convert the enumerate number to the status string Below is shown two forms to do this The number is expressed in binary as Hex Value Status 78 0 4 01001110 in binary Dividing this binary number in quality sub status and limit fields Quality 01 1 Uncertain Sub Status 0011 3 Initial Value Limit 10 2 High Limited The corresponding status is Uncertain Initial Value High Limited Using the value of status in decimal format Decimal Value Status 78 1 6 Introduction to Function Block Application Divide the number by 64 The quotient will be the Quality and save the remainder Quality 78 64 1 Remainder 14 Divided the remainder by 4 The quotient will be the Sub Status and the remainder will be the limit SubStatus 14 4 3 Limit 2 Process Variable Calculation The process variable PV parameter reflects the value and status of the pri
405. ulate until reset the duration of the combined input signal Count changes of the combined discrete input signal Set a discrete output if the duration of the combined input signal exceeds a limit Extend Delay Pulse or Debounce the combined input as an output Provide outputs indicating amount of time expired and amount of time remaining Selectively invert any connected discrete input or output Reset timer Up to four inputs may be combined logically ANDed ORed voted any 2 or more true any 3 or more true or counted exactly 1 true exactly 2 true exactly 3 odd count or even count The combined input value is specified by the combination type COMB_TYPE enumeration Choices are indicated in the table below Connected inputs may have the values of true false or undefined Undefined connected inputs are treated with status bad out of service Non connected inputs may have the values of true false or undefined Undefined non connected inputs operator engineer enterable are ignored COMB_TYPE Enumeration D OR true if one or more used inputs are true ANY2 true if two or more used inputs are true true if three or more used inputs are true AND true if all used inputs are true EXACTLY1 true if exactly 1 used input is true EXACTLY2 true if exactly 2 used inputs are true EXACTLY3 true if exactly 3 used inputs are true EVEN true if exactly 0 2 or 4 used inputs are true ODD true if exactly 1 or 3 used
406. ult Value MAX NOTIFY None Description Maximum number of messages allowed unconfirmed alert notify 33 CONFIRM TIME Unsigned32 640000 1 32 millisec The minimum time between retries of alert reports 34 WRITE LOCK Unsigned8 1 Unlocked 2 Locked E If set no writes from anywhere are allowed except to clear WRITE_LOCK Block inputs will continue to be updated 35 UPDATE_EVT DS 73 Na This alert is generated by any change to the static data 36 BLOCK_ALM DS 72 Na The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field The first alert to become active will set the Active status in the Status attribute As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting task another block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status if the subcode has changed 37 ALARM_SUM DS 74 Na The current alert status unacknowledged states unreported states and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block 38 ACK_OPTION Bitstring 2 0 Auto ACK Disable 1 Auto ACK Enable Na Selection of whether alarms associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged 39 WRITE_PRI Unsigned8 01015 Priority of the alarm generated by clearing the write lock 40 WR
407. ultiplies before subtracting LO BIAS It is used to calculate the low limit for OUT 1 This bias is subtracted of IN after multiplying by LO 21 HI GAIN 1 Float 1 1 None It is used to calculate the high limit for OUT This gain multiplies IN 1 before adding HI BIAS 1 22 23 HI 1 LO 1 Float Float Positive 0 9 None It is used to calculate the high limit for OUT This bias is added to IN 1 after multiplying by HI GAIN 1 It is used to calculate the low limit for OUT This gain multiplies IN 1 before subtracting LO BIAS 1 24 LO BIAS 1 Float Positive It is used to calculate the low limit for OUT This bias is subtracted of IN 1 after multiplying by LO 1 25 GAIN Float None Gain applied to OUT after limiting 26 27 1 BKCAL IN Float DS 65 None Gain applied to OUT_1 after limiting The value and status from a lower block s BKCAL_OUT that is used to prevent reset windup and to initialize the control loop 28 BKCAL_IN_1 DS 65 The back calculated input required to initialize a lower cascade 1 29 BKCAL_OUT DS 66 The value and status required by an upper block s BKCAL_IN so that the upper block may prevent reset windup and provide bumpless transfer to closed loop control 30 27 BAL_TIME NOT_SEL_VAL Float Float Sec This specifies the time for th
408. unction Block 29 PRIMARY_VALUE_RANGE SECONDARY_VALUE DS 65 The High and Low range limit values the engineering unit code and the number of digits to the right of the decimal point to be used for Primary Value XD_SCALE The secondary value related to the 40 100 SVU D sensor 30 SECONDARY VALUE UNIT Unsigned16 C F C 5 engineering units to be used with SECONDARY_VALUE Legend E Enumerated parameter na Admensional parameter RO Read only D dynamic N non volatile S static Gray Background Line Custom Parameters 2 27 Function Blocks Instruction Manual DT302 Concentration Density Transmitter Description The density transducer makes the corrected reading PRIMARY_VALUE available to the Al block according to configured MEASURED_TYPE The engineering unit and the primary value range are selected from the XD SCALE in the Al block The units allowed are g cm Kg me Ib ft Kg m degBaum degBrix Plato INPM GL Soli wt and The XD SCALE range must be inside the sensor range in the unit selected The supported mode is OOS and AUTO As the transducer block runs together with AI block the transducer block goes to AUTO only if the Al mode block is already in AUTO The sensor temperature may be read from the SECONDARY VALUE parameter Warning messages may appear in Primary Value status or in th
409. unction that results in a PV with status reflecting the input in use The remaining three inputs are combined with the PV in a selection of four term math functions that have been found useful in a variety of measurements The inputs used to form the PV must come from devices with the desired engineering units so that the PV enters the equation with the right units Each of the additional inputs has a bias and gain constant The bias can be used to correct for absolute temperature or pressure The gain can be used to normalize terms within a square root function The output also has gain and bias constants for any further adjustment required The range extension function has a graduated transfer controlled by two constants referenced to IN An internal value g is zero for IN less than RANGE LO It is one when IN is greater than RANGE It is interpolated from zero to one over the range of RANGE LO to RANGE The equation for PV follows g IN 1 g IN LO if IN RANGE LO or IN LO lt RANGE Hl and status of IN is unusable and status of IN LO is usable g 0 IN gt RANGE Hl or IN gt RANGE LO and status of IN is usable and status of IN LO is unusable g 1 RANGE LO lt IN x RANGE IN RANGE LO RANGE HI RANGE LO 8 RANGE LO RANGE HI HI PV COMBINATION OFF IN AND IN LO PVSIN LO PVzIN 1 1 If the status of IN LO is unusable and
410. value instead of zero when AUTO is selected b Start counting from SP Residue when DN AUTO is selected 20 The number of resets is counted in the register N RESET This counter can not be written or reset 21 The percentage of rejected counts RTOTAL in the whole totalization TOTAL RTOTAL may be determined by calculating the parameter PCT INCL as it follows PCT INCL TOTAL TOTAL RTOTAL The acceptable limit for good status is established by GOOD LIM The acceptable limit for uncertain status is established by UNCERT LIM If PCT INCL GOOD LIM the status of OUT will be good else if PCT INCL gt UNCERT the status will be uncertain else the status will be bad BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the INTG block will reflect the following causes e Block Configuration Error the configuration error occurs when TIME UNIT1 TIME_UNIT2 or INTEG_TYPE parameters have an invalid value e Out of Service it occurs when the block is O S mode Supported Modes O S MAN and AUTO Status If IN 1 or IN 2 is not connected it will be ignored The configuration of INTEG_OPTS Use Bad Uncertain will be applied to the worst status between IN_1 and IN_2 Based on it the increment will be done in OUT or RTOTAL OUT will receive the status determinaded by GOOD_LIM and UNCERT_LIM 2 84 Block Library Schematic O INTEG_TYPE INTEG_
411. venience Reading from DF modules and then passing their values to the MODBUS master or setting values in the MODBUS master and then passing them to DF modules Now each input and output are associated with MODBUS addresses the MODBUS master is able to read their values from the address DEVICE ADDRESS set on the MBCF block and specific MODBUS address set here Schematic Our OuT2 RANGE DATA CONVERSION Ours RANGE AND DATA TYPE CONVERSION OUT 01 QUT D2 Our OUT 04 BLOCK ERR The BLOCK ERR of the MBCS block will reflect the following causes e Other it occurs when the conversion from Y to DATA TYPE results in a value out of range of this data type e Out of Service it occurs when the block is in O S mode Parameters DataType Valid Range Default Description Options Value length 1 ST_REV Unsigned16 0 S RO 2 TAG DESC OctStri ng 32 Spaces Na 3 STRATEGY Unsigned16 0 None S 4 ALERT KEY Unsigned8 1 to 255 0 None 5 5 MODE DS 69 O S Na S See Mode Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR Bitstring 2 E D RO y LOCAL_MOD_MAP Unsigned8 01015 0 S O S Define the Modbus addresses 8 10 IN1 SCALE CONV IN1 IN2 DS 65 N Analog input 1 Information to generate constants A and B em DS 256 equation Y A X B DS 65 N Analog input 2 2 138 Block Library
412. vice leaves or enters in the live list PORT ST MACRCC YCL 7 32 Number of macro cycle executed by 81 unsigned long 0 2 iho solsctad port 7 32 Number of frames sent by the 82 PORT_ST_PDU_SENT unsigned long 0102 0 selected port 32 Number of frames received by the 83 PORT ST PDU RECEIVED unsigned long 0 2 0 selected port 32 Number of frames with wrong FCS 84 PORT ST WRONG FCS unsigned long 0 2 0 received by the selected port 32 Number of Claim Las process 85 PORT_ST_CLAIM_LAS unsigned long 0102 0 RO initialized by the selected port 86 PORT ST AP DATA unsigned long 0 to 2 0 RO un 1 Percent of connection maintenance 87 eee ee unsigned long 0 to 23 0 RO data onthe bus Including residual activity and connection frame 88 NANCE unsigned long 0 to 222 0 RO i dp of maintenance data on the 2 19 Function Block Instruction Manual Data Type length Idx Parameter DEVICE_CHANGE_PASSW Valid Options Default Value Description Password to protect against unexpected change of the device 89 ORD visible string 32 address and device ID Before write to device address and device ID write SYSTEM302 to this parameter ed Selects the device to be analyzed or 90 DEVICE SELECT unsigned char None configured in the following parameters Pr
413. will take for that particular VIEW This time is evaluated as 1 second for each HART transaction issued command 2 197 Function Blocks Instruction Manual HVT Block Configuring the HVT Block The HVT block can be seen as a complement for the HIRT block It includes all non mapped variables in the HIRT block Therefore it is not necessary to have all of the parameters configured except the following MODE_BLK Should be set on AUTO If it is set on OS the block operation will stop When the block is set on OS it returns to the initial Identification state When the block is set on AUTO the block identification and the update process is repeated if there is a valid TAG in the DEV_TAG_SEL parameter DEV_TAG_SEL This parameter doesn t need to be configured for the download It connects the HIRT block to the HVT block temporarily allowing the HVT block to communicate with the HART device This connection is made through the HART_TAG parameter If the supervisory software has to read the HVT parameters for any device it should fill the device s HART_TAG The HVT block then searches in every HIRT block for a written HART_TAG in order to make an association with it automatically Then it identifies the HART device and the specific command configuration to be used as long as this configuration is stored in the Flash memory of the 02 or in any HCD block See the chapter about Functioning Theory for more details 02
414. with Lead Lag FP302 LN man CONDENSATE PRODUCT gt gt PRODUCT FBMANUAL_12 3 9 Function Block Instruction Manual Corresponding Configuration T1302 1 101 ME TAG 101 100 i TAG oz IN our NE BKCAL_IN RS FF_VAL 1 0302 Seas Sees ae TAG 101 02 FBMANUAL 13 Parameterization BLOCK TT302 101 MODE BLK TARGET AUTO PID BLOCK TT302 101 MODE PV_SCALE 0 600 C OUT_SCALE 0 100 FF_SCALE 0 500 GAL min FF_GAIN 0 1 Al BLOCK LD302 TAG FT 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO XD_SCALE 0 125 2 0 OUT_SCALE 0 500 GAL min L_TYPE Indirect square root LLAG BLOCK LD302 TAG FY 100 MODE_BLK TARGET AUTO OUT_UNIT GAL min LEAD TIME 60 60 AO BLOCK FP302 TAG FCV 101 MODE_BLK TARGET CAS PV_SCALE 0 100 XD SCALE 3 15 psi 3 10 Examples Flow Compensation Configuration with Totalization PRODUCT AP DP L DP H T lt FBMANUAL_14 Corresponding Configuration AP DP L DP H T TAG LD302 1 TAG LD302 2 TAG LD302 3 TAG TT302 5 CAG uet 777 TAG The 2 100 100 f 100 TT 100 oi iO
415. with RESET value 13 The input RESET IN allows a discrete signal coming from another block to set the timer to zero While this input parameter has value TRUE the block will remain in reset therefore it will be able to start only after this input parameter goes to FALSE 14 When the time reaches the last point of the profile it will automatically return to zero RESET and restart START automatically if the parameter AUTO CYCLE is set to true 15 The operation status is given by the parameter SPG STATE READY When the profile is at the beginning waiting for the starting signal ACTIVE When the timer is PAUSE When the PAUSE signal stopped the timer END When the time reaches the last point of the profile 16 The parameter PAUSE CAUSE enumerates the cause of the PAUSE state 1 Operator Pause 2 Logic Pause 3 Operator amp Logic 4 Deviation pause 5 Operator amp Deviation 6 Logic amp Deviation 7 Operator amp Logic amp Deviation Logic Pause happens when the deviation limits are exceeded or the PID block is not in Cascade mode 2 98 Block Library Schematic 17 Sometimes there is a large deviation between the controlled variable available in BKCAL_IN and the profile initial value In this situation the timer may not be started or the control will start with a large upset In order to avoid these problems the parameter START_TYPE offers the following options
416. xpansion value The existence of a new alarm condition may be temporarily ignored by setting the IGNORE TIME parameter to the number of seconds to disregard the alarm Both the reporting of the alarm and the possible change to PRE OUT will be ignored during this time This parameter does not delay the clearing of the existence of the alarm on return to normal If the alarm condition does not persist for IGNORE TIME seconds it will not be reported PRE OUT ALM and OUT ALM indicate the existence of one or more selected alarm conditions per the specification of the OUT ALM SUM parameter Enumerated choices of the OUT ALM SUM parameter and their included alarm conditions are listed below CUTE AEN INCLUDED ALARM CONDITIONS SUM HI HI ALM HI ALM LO ALM LO LO ALM ANY Y v v LOWs HIGHs LEVEL1 LEVEL2 LO_LO LO For example if LOWs is chosen for OUT_ALM_SUM either a LO_ALM or LO_LO_ALM being true will cause OUT_ALM to be set to true If LEVEL1 is chosen for OUT ALM SUM either a LO ALM or HI being true will cause OUT ALM to be set to true The OUT ALM parameter can be used for control purposes for example as an interlock signal besides the basic function of alarm monitoring Simple alarm calculation static alarm limits no expansion and no delay to detection The alarm limits will be static HI HI LIM H
417. y Overview This function block has an algorithm to calculate density in different kinds of engineering units as Plato degree Brix TC and INPM Schematic GRAVITY NUM_SAMPLES NUM_AVERAGES DENS_UNITS MAN JDENS QUT OUT SCALE Description The algorithm to calculate the density is based on the pressure in two points of the tank in a known difference height The calculation is done using the average from the sensor pressure samples the number of the samples is determined by the NUM SAMPLES parameter Then the previous density is calculated using the following formula p _ Conv factor P 1 P 2 5 HEIGHT GRAVITY cm Where in the formula above the average pressure is given by NUM SAMPLES SIN i pes H PRESSURE _ UNITS NUM _ SAMPLES Conv_Factor is a factor to transform the formula coeficients in the same units HEIGHT and GRAVITY 0 The temperature is compensated in the density calculation The DENS_OUT parameter is the compassed density in g cm The OUT parameter is the compensated density in a different engineering unit for chosen by the EU SEL parameter The density block provides alarm condition and the discrete alarm output to be used any block If the density exceeds HI LIM or LO LIM an alarm is indicated in HI ALM or LO ALM and the output OUT D will be set to true If one or both of the limit parameters are set INF this indicate that this alarm is disabled
418. y is used when the block calculates the actual mode and when determining if write access is allowed for a particular mode or other of higher priority Description Priority O S Out of Service 7 highest IMan Initialization Manual 6 LO Local Override 5 Man Manual 4 Auto Automatic 3 Cas Cascade 2 Rcas Remote Cascade 1 Rout Remote Output 0 lowest Priority of the Mode d Mode shedding Interface devices such as a host computer distributed control system DCS controller or programmable logic controller PLC may exist which not support the function blocks application architecture but have proprietary control applications running on them Such applications may adjust the values of the block setpoint RCas mode and or primary output ROut mode parameters in a function block When doing so they provide the value of each parameter along with its status If a new value is not received by the function block within a specified update time SHED RCAS and SHED or a bad status is received then the function block mode will be changed to a non remote mode of higher priority The SHED OPT parameter configures the desired behavior when shedding from a remote mode Rcas and Rout therefore it does not include the Cas mode Also it determines if the shed mode is maintained once the RCAS IN or ROUT IN parameter updating is recovered no return target mode receives the shed mode or original

FOUNDATION

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents